summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorSlávek Banko <slavek.banko@axis.cz>2013-10-08 00:13:25 +0200
committerSlávek Banko <slavek.banko@axis.cz>2013-10-08 05:14:53 +0200
commit84f5a315c3429b47a7eff15e626e2efdbe4f6e5e (patch)
tree770861aa9033e1dc6c5168358194ff85b32dd429
parent57d8bb3d12aed373eee08915f0ff19f5233aabe3 (diff)
downloadkscope-84f5a315c3429b47a7eff15e626e2efdbe4f6e5e.tar.gz
kscope-84f5a315c3429b47a7eff15e626e2efdbe4f6e5e.zip
Initial TQt conversion
-rw-r--r--acinclude.m448
-rw-r--r--src/autocompletionlayout.ui26
-rw-r--r--src/bookmarksdlg.cpp10
-rw-r--r--src/bookmarksdlg.h8
-rw-r--r--src/bookmarkslayout.ui6
-rw-r--r--src/calltreedlg.cpp44
-rw-r--r--src/calltreedlg.h26
-rw-r--r--src/calltreelayout.ui36
-rw-r--r--src/calltreemanager.cpp16
-rw-r--r--src/calltreemanager.h16
-rw-r--r--src/configfrontend.cpp10
-rw-r--r--src/configfrontend.h6
-rw-r--r--src/cscopefrontend.cpp44
-rw-r--r--src/cscopefrontend.h34
-rw-r--r--src/cscopemsgdlg.cpp8
-rw-r--r--src/cscopemsgdlg.h4
-rw-r--r--src/cscopemsglayout.ui10
-rw-r--r--src/ctagsfrontend.cpp18
-rw-r--r--src/ctagsfrontend.h10
-rw-r--r--src/ctagslist.cpp38
-rw-r--r--src/ctagslist.h16
-rw-r--r--src/dirscanner.cpp34
-rw-r--r--src/dirscanner.h50
-rw-r--r--src/dotfrontend.cpp26
-rw-r--r--src/dotfrontend.h8
-rw-r--r--src/dotparse.ypp28
-rw-r--r--src/dotscan.lpp2
-rw-r--r--src/editormanager.cpp2
-rw-r--r--src/editormanager.h4
-rw-r--r--src/editorpage.cpp62
-rw-r--r--src/editorpage.h42
-rw-r--r--src/editortabs.cpp56
-rw-r--r--src/editortabs.h30
-rw-r--r--src/encoder.cpp6
-rw-r--r--src/encoder.h4
-rw-r--r--src/filelist.cpp28
-rw-r--r--src/filelist.h18
-rw-r--r--src/fileview.cpp28
-rw-r--r--src/fileview.h10
-rw-r--r--src/fileviewlayout.ui8
-rw-r--r--src/frontend.cpp20
-rw-r--r--src/frontend.h22
-rw-r--r--src/graphedge.cpp52
-rw-r--r--src/graphedge.h38
-rw-r--r--src/graphnode.cpp34
-rw-r--r--src/graphnode.h30
-rw-r--r--src/graphprefdlg.cpp4
-rw-r--r--src/graphprefdlg.h2
-rw-r--r--src/graphpreflayout.ui26
-rw-r--r--src/graphwidget.cpp154
-rw-r--r--src/graphwidget.h62
-rw-r--r--src/historypage.cpp26
-rw-r--r--src/historypage.h16
-rw-r--r--src/historyview.cpp12
-rw-r--r--src/historyview.h18
-rw-r--r--src/kscope.cpp166
-rw-r--r--src/kscope.h30
-rw-r--r--src/kscopeactions.cpp10
-rw-r--r--src/kscopeactions.h10
-rw-r--r--src/kscopeconfig.cpp70
-rw-r--r--src/kscopeconfig.h66
-rw-r--r--src/kscopepixmaps.cpp32
-rw-r--r--src/kscopepixmaps.h8
-rw-r--r--src/makedlg.cpp52
-rw-r--r--src/makedlg.h18
-rw-r--r--src/makefrontend.cpp26
-rw-r--r--src/makefrontend.h12
-rw-r--r--src/makelayout.ui22
-rw-r--r--src/newprojectdlg.cpp46
-rw-r--r--src/newprojectdlg.h18
-rw-r--r--src/newprojectlayout.ui88
-rw-r--r--src/openprojectdlg.cpp24
-rw-r--r--src/openprojectdlg.h12
-rw-r--r--src/openprojectlayout.ui40
-rw-r--r--src/prefcolor.cpp30
-rw-r--r--src/prefcolor.h4
-rw-r--r--src/prefcolorlayout.ui14
-rw-r--r--src/preferencesdlg.cpp18
-rw-r--r--src/preferencesdlg.h4
-rw-r--r--src/preffont.cpp36
-rw-r--r--src/preffont.h4
-rw-r--r--src/preffontlayout.ui14
-rw-r--r--src/preffrontend.cpp22
-rw-r--r--src/preffrontend.h8
-rw-r--r--src/preffrontendlayout.ui20
-rw-r--r--src/prefopt.cpp12
-rw-r--r--src/prefopt.h2
-rw-r--r--src/prefoptlayout.ui32
-rw-r--r--src/progressdlg.cpp6
-rw-r--r--src/progressdlg.h8
-rw-r--r--src/project.cpp54
-rw-r--r--src/project.h30
-rw-r--r--src/projectbase.cpp22
-rw-r--r--src/projectbase.h48
-rw-r--r--src/projectfilesdlg.cpp66
-rw-r--r--src/projectfilesdlg.h24
-rw-r--r--src/projectfileslayout.ui38
-rw-r--r--src/projectmanager.cpp20
-rw-r--r--src/projectmanager.h12
-rw-r--r--src/querypage.cpp44
-rw-r--r--src/querypage.h26
-rw-r--r--src/querypagebase.cpp26
-rw-r--r--src/querypagebase.h24
-rw-r--r--src/queryresultsmenu.cpp6
-rw-r--r--src/queryresultsmenu.h22
-rw-r--r--src/queryview.cpp94
-rw-r--r--src/queryview.h56
-rw-r--r--src/queryviewdlg.cpp10
-rw-r--r--src/queryviewdlg.h8
-rw-r--r--src/queryviewdriver.cpp10
-rw-r--r--src/queryviewdriver.h12
-rw-r--r--src/queryviewlayout.ui10
-rw-r--r--src/querywidget.cpp66
-rw-r--r--src/querywidget.h34
-rw-r--r--src/querywidgetlayout.ui2
-rw-r--r--src/scanprogressdlg.cpp8
-rw-r--r--src/scanprogressdlg.h4
-rw-r--r--src/scanprogresslayout.ui10
-rw-r--r--src/searchlist.cpp76
-rw-r--r--src/searchlist.h44
-rw-r--r--src/searchresultsdlg.cpp22
-rw-r--r--src/searchresultsdlg.h8
-rw-r--r--src/searchresultslayout.ui32
-rw-r--r--src/symbolcompletion.cpp26
-rw-r--r--src/symbolcompletion.h32
-rw-r--r--src/symboldlg.cpp48
-rw-r--r--src/symboldlg.h18
-rw-r--r--src/symbollayout.ui34
-rw-r--r--src/tabwidget.cpp10
-rw-r--r--src/tabwidget.h10
-rw-r--r--src/treewidget.cpp38
-rw-r--r--src/treewidget.h18
-rw-r--r--src/welcomedlg.ui6
133 files changed, 1794 insertions, 1794 deletions
diff --git a/acinclude.m4 b/acinclude.m4
index e6a6582..4f23692 100644
--- a/acinclude.m4
+++ b/acinclude.m4
@@ -1060,7 +1060,7 @@ elif test "$kde_use_qt_emb" = "yes"; then
x_includes=""
x_libraries=""
elif test "$kde_use_qt_mac" = "yes"; then
- dnl We're using QT/Mac (I use QT_MAC so that qglobal.h doesn't *have* to
+ dnl We're using QT/Mac (I use QT_MAC so that ntqglobal.h doesn't *have* to
dnl be included to get the information) --Sam
CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS -DQT_MAC -no-cpp-precomp"
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DQT_MAC -no-cpp-precomp"
@@ -1092,19 +1092,19 @@ AC_DEFUN([KDE_PRINT_QT_PROGRAM],
AC_REQUIRE([KDE_USE_QT])
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#include "confdefs.h"
-#include <qglobal.h>
-#include <qapplication.h>
+#include <ntqglobal.h>
+#include <ntqapplication.h>
EOF
if test "$kde_qtver" = "2"; then
cat >> conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#include <qevent.h>
-#include <qstring.h>
-#include <qstyle.h>
+#include <ntqevent.h>
+#include <ntqstring.h>
+#include <ntqstyle.h>
EOF
if test $kde_qtsubver -gt 0; then
cat >> conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#if QT_VERSION < 210
+#if TQT_VERSION < 210
#error 1
#endif
EOF
@@ -1113,8 +1113,8 @@ fi
if test "$kde_qtver" = "3"; then
cat >> conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#include <qcursor.h>
-#include <qstylefactory.h>
+#include <ntqcursor.h>
+#include <ntqstylefactory.h>
#include <private/qucomextra_p.h>
EOF
fi
@@ -1201,22 +1201,22 @@ fi
if test -z "$3"; then
if test $kde_qtver = 3; then
if test $kde_qtsubver -gt 0; then
- kde_qt_verstring="QT_VERSION >= 0x03@VER@00 && QT_VERSION < 0x040000"
+ kde_qt_verstring="TQT_VERSION >= 0x03@VER@00 && TQT_VERSION < 0x040000"
qtsubver=`echo "00$kde_qtsubver" | sed -e 's,.*\(..\)$,\1,'`
kde_qt_verstring=`echo $kde_qt_verstring | sed -e "s,@VER@,$qtsubver,"`
else
- kde_qt_verstring="QT_VERSION >= 300 && QT_VERSION < 0x040000"
+ kde_qt_verstring="TQT_VERSION >= 300 && TQT_VERSION < 0x040000"
fi
fi
if test $kde_qtver = 2; then
if test $kde_qtsubver -gt 0; then
- kde_qt_verstring="QT_VERSION >= 222"
+ kde_qt_verstring="TQT_VERSION >= 222"
else
- kde_qt_verstring="QT_VERSION >= 200"
+ kde_qt_verstring="TQT_VERSION >= 200"
fi
fi
if test $kde_qtver = 1; then
- kde_qt_verstring="QT_VERSION >= 142 && QT_VERSION < 200"
+ kde_qt_verstring="TQT_VERSION >= 142 && TQT_VERSION < 200"
fi
else
kde_qt_verstring="$3"
@@ -1325,7 +1325,7 @@ AC_ARG_ENABLE(
USING_QT_MT=""
dnl ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-dnl If we not get --disable-qt-mt then adjust some vars for the host.
+dnl If we not get --disable-tqt-mt then adjust some vars for the host.
dnl ------------------------------------------------------------------------
KDE_MT_LDFLAGS=
@@ -1383,7 +1383,7 @@ dnl ------------------------------------------------------------
fi
dnl ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-dnl If we got --enable-qt-mt then adjust the Qt library name for the host.
+dnl If we got --enable-tqt-mt then adjust the Qt library name for the host.
dnl ------------------------------------------------------------------------
if test "x$kde_use_qt_mt" = "xyes"; then
@@ -1449,9 +1449,9 @@ if test ! "$ac_qt_includes" = "NO"; then
fi
if test "$kde_qtver" != "1"; then
- kde_qt_header=qstyle.h
+ kde_qt_header=ntqstyle.h
else
- kde_qt_header=qglobal.h
+ kde_qt_header=ntqglobal.h
fi
AC_FIND_FILE($kde_qt_header, $qt_incdirs, qt_incdir)
@@ -2034,7 +2034,7 @@ AC_CACHE_VAL(kde_cv_have_kdeqtaddon,
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $all_libraries $USER_LDFLAGS"
AC_TRY_LINK([
- #include <qdom.h>
+ #include <ntqdom.h>
],
[
QDomDocument doc;
@@ -2595,7 +2595,7 @@ LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed "s/$LIBJPEG//"`
ac_save_CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS"
CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS $all_includes $USER_INCLUDES"
AC_TRY_LINK(
-[#include <qapplication.h>],
+[#include <ntqapplication.h>],
[
int argc;
char** argv;
@@ -3397,7 +3397,7 @@ AC_DEFUN([KDE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_VISIBILITY],
AC_TRY_COMPILE(
[
-#include <qglobal.h>
+#include <ntqglobal.h>
#if Q_EXPORT - 0 != 0
/* if this compiles, then Q_EXPORT is undefined */
/* if Q_EXPORT is nonempty, this will break compilation */
@@ -4635,7 +4635,7 @@ CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS -I$qt_incdir $all_includes"
AC_TRY_RUN(dnl
[
#include <qimageio.h>
-#include <qstring.h>
+#include <ntqstring.h>
int main() {
QString t = "hallo";
t.fill('t');
@@ -5480,7 +5480,7 @@ if test "${with_qt_dir+set}" = set; then
kde_qtdir="$with_qt_dir"
fi
-AC_FIND_FILE(qsql.html, [ $kde_qtdir/doc/html $QTDIR/doc/html /usr/share/doc/packages/qt3/html /usr/lib/qt/doc /usr/lib/qt3/doc /usr/lib/qt3/doc/html /usr/doc/qt3/html /usr/doc/qt3 /usr/share/doc/qt3-doc /usr/share/qt3/doc/html /usr/X11R6/share/doc/qt/html ], QTDOCDIR)
+AC_FIND_FILE(ntqsql.html, [ $kde_qtdir/doc/html $QTDIR/doc/html /usr/share/doc/packages/qt3/html /usr/lib/qt/doc /usr/lib/qt3/doc /usr/lib/qt3/doc/html /usr/doc/qt3/html /usr/doc/qt3 /usr/share/doc/qt3-doc /usr/share/qt3/doc/html /usr/X11R6/share/doc/qt/html ], QTDOCDIR)
AC_MSG_RESULT($QTDOCDIR)
AC_SUBST(QTDOCDIR)
@@ -5501,7 +5501,7 @@ AC_SUBST(DOXYGEN_PROJECT_NAME)
AC_SUBST(DOXYGEN_PROJECT_NUMBER)
KDE_HAS_DOXYGEN=no
-if test -n "$DOXYGEN" && test -x "$DOXYGEN" && test -f $QTDOCDIR/qsql.html; then
+if test -n "$DOXYGEN" && test -x "$DOXYGEN" && test -f $QTDOCDIR/ntqsql.html; then
KDE_HAS_DOXYGEN=yes
fi
AC_SUBST(KDE_HAS_DOXYGEN)
diff --git a/src/autocompletionlayout.ui b/src/autocompletionlayout.ui
index 2c8c274..77236bc 100644
--- a/src/autocompletionlayout.ui
+++ b/src/autocompletionlayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
<class>AutoCompletionLayout</class>
-<widget class="QDialog">
+<widget class="TQDialog">
<property name="name">
<cstring>AutoCompletionLayout</cstring>
</property>
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout20</cstring>
</property>
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLabel">
+ <widget class="TQLabel">
<property name="name">
<cstring>textLabel1</cstring>
</property>
@@ -52,14 +52,14 @@
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
- <widget class="QSpinBox">
+ <widget class="TQSpinBox">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pMinCharsSpin</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</hbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout21</cstring>
</property>
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLabel">
+ <widget class="TQLabel">
<property name="name">
<cstring>textLabel2</cstring>
</property>
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
- <widget class="QSpinBox">
+ <widget class="TQSpinBox">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pDelaySpin</cstring>
</property>
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
</widget>
</hbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout22</cstring>
</property>
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLabel">
+ <widget class="TQLabel">
<property name="name">
<cstring>textLabel3</cstring>
</property>
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
- <widget class="QSpinBox">
+ <widget class="TQSpinBox">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pMaxEntriesSpin</cstring>
</property>
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout23</cstring>
</property>
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pOKButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
<string>OK</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pCancelButton</cstring>
</property>
diff --git a/src/bookmarksdlg.cpp b/src/bookmarksdlg.cpp
index 577476a..f42deb6 100644
--- a/src/bookmarksdlg.cpp
+++ b/src/bookmarksdlg.cpp
@@ -28,28 +28,28 @@
#include "bookmarksdlg.h"
#include "queryview.h"
-BookmarksDlg::BookmarksDlg(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+BookmarksDlg::BookmarksDlg(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
BookmarksLayout (pParent, szName, true)
{
// Do not show the "Function" column
m_pView->setColumnWidth(0, 0);
// Handle requests for source locations
- connect(m_pView, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)), this,
- SLOT(slotLineRequested(const QString&, uint)));
+ connect(m_pView, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)), this,
+ SLOT(slotLineRequested(const TQString&, uint)));
}
BookmarksDlg::~BookmarksDlg()
{
}
-void BookmarksDlg::getBookmark(QString& sPath, uint& nLine)
+void BookmarksDlg::getBookmark(TQString& sPath, uint& nLine)
{
sPath = m_sPath;
nLine = m_nLine;
}
-void BookmarksDlg::slotLineRequested(const QString& sPath, uint nLine)
+void BookmarksDlg::slotLineRequested(const TQString& sPath, uint nLine)
{
m_sPath = sPath;
m_nLine = nLine;
diff --git a/src/bookmarksdlg.h b/src/bookmarksdlg.h
index ab74f9d..aaeced1 100644
--- a/src/bookmarksdlg.h
+++ b/src/bookmarksdlg.h
@@ -35,18 +35,18 @@ class BookmarksDlg : public BookmarksLayout
Q_OBJECT
public:
- BookmarksDlg(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+ BookmarksDlg(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
~BookmarksDlg();
QueryView* getView() { return m_pView; }
- void getBookmark(QString&, uint&);
+ void getBookmark(TQString&, uint&);
private:
- QString m_sPath;
+ TQString m_sPath;
uint m_nLine;
private slots:
- void slotLineRequested(const QString&, uint);
+ void slotLineRequested(const TQString&, uint);
};
#endif
diff --git a/src/bookmarkslayout.ui b/src/bookmarkslayout.ui
index f1f8135..bbab5eb 100644
--- a/src/bookmarkslayout.ui
+++ b/src/bookmarkslayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
<class>BookmarksLayout</class>
-<widget class="QDialog">
+<widget class="TQDialog">
<property name="name">
<cstring>BookmarksLayout</cstring>
</property>
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
<enum>Horizontal</enum>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout1</cstring>
</property>
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pCloseButton</cstring>
</property>
diff --git a/src/calltreedlg.cpp b/src/calltreedlg.cpp
index 65ee4f8..75c9abb 100644
--- a/src/calltreedlg.cpp
+++ b/src/calltreedlg.cpp
@@ -25,10 +25,10 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qfile.h>
-#include <qtoolbutton.h>
-#include <qbuttongroup.h>
-#include <qwidgetstack.h>
+#include <ntqfile.h>
+#include <ntqtoolbutton.h>
+#include <ntqbuttongroup.h>
+#include <ntqwidgetstack.h>
#include <klocale.h>
#include <kfiledialog.h>
#include "calltreedlg.h"
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ int CallTreeDlg::s_nFileNameIndex = 0;
* @param pParent The parent widget
* @param szName The widget's name
*/
-CallTreeDlg::CallTreeDlg(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+CallTreeDlg::CallTreeDlg(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
CallTreeLayout(pParent, szName, CALL_TREE_W_FLAGS)
{
// Set button pixmaps
@@ -70,12 +70,12 @@ CallTreeDlg::CallTreeDlg(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
m_pPrefButton->setPixmap(GET_PIXMAP(ButtonPref));
// Open the location of a call
- connect(m_pGraphWidget, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)),
- this, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)));
- connect(m_pCalledWidget, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)),
- this, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)));
- connect(m_pCallingWidget, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)),
- this, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)));
+ connect(m_pGraphWidget, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)),
+ this, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)));
+ connect(m_pCalledWidget, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)),
+ this, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)));
+ connect(m_pCallingWidget, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)),
+ this, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)));
m_pCallingWidget->setMode(TreeWidget::Calling);
@@ -93,14 +93,14 @@ CallTreeDlg::~CallTreeDlg()
/**
* @param sFunc The function to use as the root of the call tree
*/
-void CallTreeDlg::setRoot(const QString& sFunc)
+void CallTreeDlg::setRoot(const TQString& sFunc)
{
m_sRoot = sFunc;
// Generate unique file name to save call tree later
m_sFileName = sFunc;
m_sFileName.replace(' ', '_');
- m_sFileName += QString::number(++s_nFileNameIndex);
+ m_sFileName += TQString::number(++s_nFileNameIndex);
// Set the root item in all views
m_pGraphWidget->setRoot(sFunc);
@@ -129,13 +129,13 @@ void CallTreeDlg::show()
* is therefore safe to delete the graph file at this point.
* @param pEvent Information on the closing event
*/
-void CallTreeDlg::closeEvent(QCloseEvent* pEvent)
+void CallTreeDlg::closeEvent(TQCloseEvent* pEvent)
{
if (!m_sFilePath.isEmpty())
- QFile::remove(m_sFilePath);
+ TQFile::remove(m_sFilePath);
emit closed(this);
- QWidget::closeEvent(pEvent);
+ TQWidget::closeEvent(pEvent);
}
extern void yyinit(CallTreeDlg*, FILE*, Encoder*);
@@ -148,9 +148,9 @@ extern int yyparse();
* @param sFileName The name of the call tree file to load
* @return true if successful, false otherwise
*/
-bool CallTreeDlg::load(const QString& sProjPath, const QString& sFileName)
+bool CallTreeDlg::load(const TQString& sProjPath, const TQString& sFileName)
{
- QString sPath;
+ TQString sPath;
FILE* pFile;
int nVersion, nView, nResult;
Encoder enc;
@@ -203,9 +203,9 @@ bool CallTreeDlg::load(const QString& sProjPath, const QString& sFileName)
* closed.
* @param sProjPath The full path of the project directory
*/
-void CallTreeDlg::store(const QString& sProjPath)
+void CallTreeDlg::store(const TQString& sProjPath)
{
- QString sPath;
+ TQString sPath;
FILE* pFile;
// Create the full file path
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ void CallTreeDlg::store(const QString& sProjPath)
*/
void CallTreeDlg::slotSaveClicked()
{
- QString sFile;
+ TQString sFile;
// Prompt the user for a file name
sFile = KFileDialog::getSaveFileName(":kscope");
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ void CallTreeDlg::slotPrefClicked()
GraphPrefDlg dlg(this);
int nMaxNodeDegree;
- if (dlg.exec() == QDialog::Accepted) {
+ if (dlg.exec() == TQDialog::Accepted) {
nMaxNodeDegree = dlg.getMaxNodeDegree();
Config().setGraphMaxNodeDegree(nMaxNodeDegree);
m_pGraphWidget->setMaxNodeDegree(nMaxNodeDegree);
diff --git a/src/calltreedlg.h b/src/calltreedlg.h
index d5f567b..092fd7d 100644
--- a/src/calltreedlg.h
+++ b/src/calltreedlg.h
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
#ifndef CALLTREEDLG_H
#define CALLTREEDLG_H
-#include <qwidget.h>
-#include <qlistview.h>
+#include <ntqwidget.h>
+#include <ntqlistview.h>
#include <calltreelayout.h>
/**
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
* - Call graph, showing both calling and call functions
* - Called functions tree
* - Calling functions tree
- * NOTE: This is class is now derived from QWidget instead of QDialog. This
+ * NOTE: This is class is now derived from TQWidget instead of TQDialog. This
* means that call-trees are independent windows, which can be maximised or
* minimised.
* @author Elad Lahav
@@ -48,15 +48,15 @@ class CallTreeDlg : public CallTreeLayout
Q_OBJECT
public:
- CallTreeDlg(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+ CallTreeDlg(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
~CallTreeDlg();
- void setRoot(const QString&);
- bool load(const QString&, const QString&);
- void store(const QString&);
+ void setRoot(const TQString&);
+ bool load(const TQString&, const TQString&);
+ void store(const TQString&);
/** Returns Call Tree filename */
- QString getFileName() { return m_sFileName; }
+ TQString getFileName() { return m_sFileName; }
public slots:
virtual void show();
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ signals:
* @param sPath The full path of the file to show
* @param nLine The line number in this file
*/
- void lineRequested(const QString& sPath, uint nLine);
+ void lineRequested(const TQString& sPath, uint nLine);
/**
* Emitted when the user closes the tree view.
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ signals:
void closed(const CallTreeDlg*);
protected:
- virtual void closeEvent(QCloseEvent*);
+ virtual void closeEvent(TQCloseEvent*);
protected slots:
virtual void slotSaveClicked();
@@ -90,16 +90,16 @@ protected slots:
private:
/** The root function. */
- QString m_sRoot;
+ TQString m_sRoot;
/** A unique file name used for storing the call tree on a file.
The name is a combination of the root function and an incremented
index. */
- QString m_sFileName;
+ TQString m_sFileName;
/** The full path of the file on which the call tree was saved
(empty if this graph was never stored). */
- QString m_sFilePath;
+ TQString m_sFilePath;
/** The view to show when the dialogue is first displayed. */
int m_nDefView;
diff --git a/src/calltreelayout.ui b/src/calltreelayout.ui
index 2562977..69beb2f 100644
--- a/src/calltreelayout.ui
+++ b/src/calltreelayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
<class>CallTreeLayout</class>
-<widget class="QWidget">
+<widget class="TQWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>CallTreeLayout</cstring>
</property>
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout2</cstring>
</property>
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QButtonGroup">
+ <widget class="TQButtonGroup">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pViewGroup</cstring>
</property>
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
<property name="margin">
<number>0</number>
</property>
- <widget class="QToolButton">
+ <widget class="TQToolButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pGraphButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
<string>Call Graph</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QToolButton">
+ <widget class="TQToolButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pCalledButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
<string>Called Functions Tree</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QToolButton">
+ <widget class="TQToolButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pCallingButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
<enum>Vertical</enum>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QButtonGroup">
+ <widget class="TQButtonGroup">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pGraphGroup</cstring>
</property>
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
<property name="margin">
<number>0</number>
</property>
- <widget class="QToolButton">
+ <widget class="TQToolButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pSaveButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
<string>Save As...</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QToolButton">
+ <widget class="TQToolButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pZoomInButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
<string>Zoom In</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QToolButton">
+ <widget class="TQToolButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pZoomOutButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
<string>Zoom Out</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QToolButton">
+ <widget class="TQToolButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pRotateButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@
<string>Rotate</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QToolButton">
+ <widget class="TQToolButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pPrefButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@
</spacer>
</hbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QWidgetStack">
+ <widget class="TQWidgetStack">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pStack</cstring>
</property>
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
- <widget class="QWidget">
+ <widget class="TQWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>WStackPage</cstring>
</property>
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@
</widget>
</vbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QWidget">
+ <widget class="TQWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>WStackPage</cstring>
</property>
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@
</widget>
</vbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QWidget">
+ <widget class="TQWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>WStackPage</cstring>
</property>
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@
</vbox>
</widget>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLabel">
+ <widget class="TQLabel">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pHelpLabel</cstring>
</property>
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@
<slot access="protected">slotZoomOutClicked()</slot>
<slot access="protected">slotRotateClicked()</slot>
<slot access="protected">slotViewChanged(int)</slot>
- <slot access="protected">slotViewChanged(QWidget*)</slot>
+ <slot access="protected">slotViewChanged(TQWidget*)</slot>
<slot access="protected">slotPrefClicked()</slot>
</slots>
<layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="11"/>
diff --git a/src/calltreemanager.cpp b/src/calltreemanager.cpp
index 5dc8e9f..ac03cac 100644
--- a/src/calltreemanager.cpp
+++ b/src/calltreemanager.cpp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
* @param pParent The widget to use as the parent of all Call Tree
* dialogues
*/
-CallTreeManager::CallTreeManager(QWidget* pParent) : QObject(pParent)
+CallTreeManager::CallTreeManager(TQWidget* pParent) : TQObject(pParent)
{
// Delete dialogue objects when they are removed from the list
m_lstDialogs.setAutoDelete(true);
@@ -52,8 +52,8 @@ CallTreeManager::~CallTreeManager()
* @param sProjPath The project's directory
* @param slFiles Holds a list of saved file names, upon return
*/
-void CallTreeManager::saveOpenDialogs(const QString& sProjPath,
- QStringList& slFiles)
+void CallTreeManager::saveOpenDialogs(const TQString& sProjPath,
+ TQStringList& slFiles)
{
CallTreeDlg *pDlg;
@@ -70,10 +70,10 @@ void CallTreeManager::saveOpenDialogs(const QString& sProjPath,
* @param sProjPath The project's directory
* @param slFiles A list of file names to open
*/
-void CallTreeManager::loadOpenDialogs(const QString& sProjPath,
- const QStringList& slFiles)
+void CallTreeManager::loadOpenDialogs(const TQString& sProjPath,
+ const TQStringList& slFiles)
{
- QStringList::ConstIterator itr;
+ TQStringList::ConstIterator itr;
CallTreeDlg *pDlg;
for (itr = slFiles.begin(); itr != slFiles.end(); ++itr) {
@@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ CallTreeDlg* CallTreeManager::addDialog()
m_lstDialogs.append(pDlg);
// Open an editor whenever a function name is double-clicked
- connect(pDlg, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)),
- this, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)));
+ connect(pDlg, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)),
+ this, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)));
// Track the closing of the call tree dialog
connect(pDlg, SIGNAL(closed(const CallTreeDlg*)), this,
diff --git a/src/calltreemanager.h b/src/calltreemanager.h
index adb91e6..09d47f7 100644
--- a/src/calltreemanager.h
+++ b/src/calltreemanager.h
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
#ifndef CALLTREEMANAGER_H
#define CALLTREEMANAGER_H
-#include <qwidget.h>
-#include <qptrlist.h>
+#include <ntqwidget.h>
+#include <ntqptrlist.h>
class CallTreeDlg;
@@ -38,16 +38,16 @@ class CallTreeDlg;
* Responsible for saving/loading of the call tree dialogs.
* @author Albert Yosher
*/
-class CallTreeManager : public QObject
+class CallTreeManager : public TQObject
{
Q_OBJECT
public:
- CallTreeManager(QWidget*);
+ CallTreeManager(TQWidget*);
~CallTreeManager();
- void saveOpenDialogs(const QString&, QStringList&);
- void loadOpenDialogs(const QString&, const QStringList&);
+ void saveOpenDialogs(const TQString&, TQStringList&);
+ void loadOpenDialogs(const TQString&, const TQStringList&);
CallTreeDlg* addDialog();
void closeAll();
@@ -58,11 +58,11 @@ signals:
* @param sPath The full path of the file to show
* @param nLine The line number in this file
*/
- void lineRequested(const QString& sPath, uint nLine);
+ void lineRequested(const TQString& sPath, uint nLine);
private:
/** The list of open call tree dialogues. */
- QPtrList<CallTreeDlg> m_lstDialogs;
+ TQPtrList<CallTreeDlg> m_lstDialogs;
private slots:
void slotRemoveDialog(const CallTreeDlg*);
diff --git a/src/configfrontend.cpp b/src/configfrontend.cpp
index 27e4e32..66c9684 100644
--- a/src/configfrontend.cpp
+++ b/src/configfrontend.cpp
@@ -56,13 +56,13 @@ ConfigFrontend::~ConfigFrontend()
* @param bCscopeOptsOnly Only verify cscope's path and options
* @return true if successful, false otherwise
*/
-bool ConfigFrontend::run(const QString& sCscopePath,
- const QString& sCtagsPath, const QString& sDotPath,
+bool ConfigFrontend::run(const TQString& sCscopePath,
+ const TQString& sCtagsPath, const TQString& sDotPath,
bool bCscopeOptsOnly)
{
- QStringList slArgs;
+ TQStringList slArgs;
KStandardDirs sd;
- QString sScript;
+ TQString sScript;
// Execute using the user's shell
setUseShell(true);
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ bool ConfigFrontend::run(const QString& sCscopePath,
* a different test.
* @param sToken The generated token
*/
-Frontend::ParseResult ConfigFrontend::parseStdout(QString& sToken,
+Frontend::ParseResult ConfigFrontend::parseStdout(TQString& sToken,
ParserDelim)
{
uint nResult;
diff --git a/src/configfrontend.h b/src/configfrontend.h
index df5e303..4c43c35 100644
--- a/src/configfrontend.h
+++ b/src/configfrontend.h
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ public:
ConfigFrontend(bool bAutoDelete = false);
~ConfigFrontend();
- bool run(const QString&, const QString&, const QString&,
+ bool run(const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString&,
bool bCscopeOptsOnly = false);
/**
@@ -64,10 +64,10 @@ signals:
* @param nType The type of test executed
* @param sResult The obtained result
*/
- void result(uint nType, const QString& sResult);
+ void result(uint nType, const TQString& sResult);
protected:
- virtual ParseResult parseStdout(QString&, ParserDelim);
+ virtual ParseResult parseStdout(TQString&, ParserDelim);
private:
/** The type of test whose result is expected next. */
diff --git a/src/cscopefrontend.cpp b/src/cscopefrontend.cpp
index 7c8f288..79d829e 100644
--- a/src/cscopefrontend.cpp
+++ b/src/cscopefrontend.cpp
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qfileinfo.h>
-#include <qtimer.h>
+#include <ntqfileinfo.h>
+#include <ntqtimer.h>
#include <kconfig.h>
#include <kmessagebox.h>
#include <klocale.h>
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
#define REGEXP_STR "Symbols matched %d of %d"
#define SEARCHEND_STR "%d lines"
-QString CscopeFrontend::s_sProjPath;
+TQString CscopeFrontend::s_sProjPath;
uint CscopeFrontend::s_nProjArgs;
uint CscopeFrontend::s_nSupArgs;
@@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ CscopeFrontend::~CscopeFrontend()
* @param slArgs Command line arguments for Cscope
* @return true if successful, false otherwise
*/
-bool CscopeFrontend::run(const QStringList& slArgs)
+bool CscopeFrontend::run(const TQStringList& slArgs)
{
- QStringList slCmdLine;
+ TQStringList slCmdLine;
// Set the command line arguments
slCmdLine.append(Config().getCscopePath());
@@ -113,16 +113,16 @@ bool CscopeFrontend::run(const QStringList& slArgs)
* @param nMaxRecords The maximal number of records to return (abort if this
* number is exceeded)
*/
-void CscopeFrontend::query(uint nType, const QString& sText, bool bCase,
+void CscopeFrontend::query(uint nType, const TQString& sText, bool bCase,
uint nMaxRecords)
{
- QString sQuery;
- QStringList slArgs;
+ TQString sQuery;
+ TQStringList slArgs;
m_nMaxRecords = nMaxRecords;
// Create the Cscope command line
- slArgs.append(QString("-L") + QString::number(nType));
+ slArgs.append(TQString("-L") + TQString::number(nType));
slArgs.append(sText);
slArgs.append("-d");
if (!bCase)
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ void CscopeFrontend::query(uint nType, const QString& sText, bool bCase,
*/
void CscopeFrontend::rebuild()
{
- QStringList slArgs;
+ TQStringList slArgs;
// If a process is already running, kill it start a new one
if (isRunning()) {
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ void CscopeFrontend::rebuild()
* @param sProjPath The full path of the project's directory
* @param nArgs Project-specific command-line arguments
*/
-void CscopeFrontend::init(const QString& sProjPath, uint nArgs)
+void CscopeFrontend::init(const TQString& sProjPath, uint nArgs)
{
s_sProjPath = sProjPath;
s_nProjArgs = nArgs;
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ void CscopeFrontend::slotCancel()
* @return A value indicating the way this token should be treated: dropped,
* added to the token queue, or finishes a new record
*/
-Frontend::ParseResult CscopeFrontend::parseStdout(QString& sToken,
+Frontend::ParseResult CscopeFrontend::parseStdout(TQString& sToken,
ParserDelim /* ignored */)
{
int nFiles, nTotal, nRecords;
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ Frontend::ParseResult CscopeFrontend::parseStdout(QString& sToken,
* Handles Cscope messages sent to the standard error stream.
* @param sText The error message text
*/
-void CscopeFrontend::parseStderr(const QString& sText)
+void CscopeFrontend::parseStderr(const TQString& sText)
{
// Wait for a complete line to arrive
m_sErrMsg += sText;
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ void CscopeFrontend::finalize()
* @param pMainWidget The parent widget to use for the progress bar and
* label
*/
-CscopeProgress::CscopeProgress(QWidget* pMainWidget) : QObject(),
+CscopeProgress::CscopeProgress(TQWidget* pMainWidget) : TQObject(),
m_pMainWidget(pMainWidget),
m_pProgressBar(NULL),
m_pLabel(NULL)
@@ -415,9 +415,9 @@ void CscopeProgress::setProgress(int nProgress, int nTotal)
// Show the "Please wait..." label
if (m_pLabel == NULL) {
- m_pLabel = new QLabel(i18n("Processing query results, "
+ m_pLabel = new TQLabel(i18n("Processing query results, "
"please wait..."), m_pMainWidget);
- m_pLabel->setFrameStyle(QFrame::Box | QFrame::Plain);
+ m_pLabel->setFrameStyle(TQFrame::Box | TQFrame::Plain);
m_pLabel->setLineWidth(1);
m_pLabel->adjustSize();
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ void CscopeProgress::setProgress(int nProgress, int nTotal)
m_pLabel->setPaletteForegroundColor(
KGlobalSettings::highlightedTextColor());
- QTimer::singleShot(1000, this, SLOT(slotShowLabel()));
+ TQTimer::singleShot(1000, this, SLOT(slotShowLabel()));
}
return;
@@ -437,8 +437,8 @@ void CscopeProgress::setProgress(int nProgress, int nTotal)
// first progress signal is received. Thus the bar will not be displayed
// on very short queries.
if (m_pProgressBar == NULL) {
- m_pProgressBar = new QProgressBar(m_pMainWidget);
- QTimer::singleShot(1000, this, SLOT(slotShowProgressBar()));
+ m_pProgressBar = new TQProgressBar(m_pMainWidget);
+ TQTimer::singleShot(1000, this, SLOT(slotShowProgressBar()));
}
// Set the current progress value
@@ -490,14 +490,14 @@ void CscopeVerifier::verify()
ConfigFrontend* pConf;
pConf = new ConfigFrontend(true);
- connect(pConf, SIGNAL(result(uint, const QString&)), this,
- SLOT(slotConfigResult(uint, const QString&)));
+ connect(pConf, SIGNAL(result(uint, const TQString&)), this,
+ SLOT(slotConfigResult(uint, const TQString&)));
connect(pConf, SIGNAL(finished(uint)), this, SLOT(slotFinished()));
pConf->run(Config().getCscopePath(), "", "", true);
}
-void CscopeVerifier::slotConfigResult(uint nType, const QString& sResult)
+void CscopeVerifier::slotConfigResult(uint nType, const TQString& sResult)
{
switch (nType) {
case ConfigFrontend::CscopeVerbose:
diff --git a/src/cscopefrontend.h b/src/cscopefrontend.h
index 2b2c569..1743e34 100644
--- a/src/cscopefrontend.h
+++ b/src/cscopefrontend.h
@@ -28,9 +28,9 @@
#ifndef CSCOPEFRONTEND_H
#define CSCOPEFRONTEND_H
-#include <qstringlist.h>
-#include <qprogressbar.h>
-#include <qlabel.h>
+#include <ntqstringlist.h>
+#include <ntqprogressbar.h>
+#include <ntqlabel.h>
#include "frontend.h"
#define CSCOPE_RECORD_SIZE 4
@@ -71,10 +71,10 @@ public:
enum Options { VerboseOut = 0x01, SlowPathDef = 0x02,
Kernel = 0x04, InvIndex = 0x08, NoCompression = 0x10 };
- void query(uint, const QString&, bool bCase = true, uint nMaxRecords = 0);
+ void query(uint, const TQString&, bool bCase = true, uint nMaxRecords = 0);
void rebuild();
- static void init(const QString&, uint);
+ static void init(const TQString&, uint);
/**
* @param nArgs The command-line arguments supported by the version of
@@ -92,8 +92,8 @@ signals:
void buildInvIndex();
protected:
- virtual ParseResult parseStdout(QString&, ParserDelim);
- virtual void parseStderr(const QString&);
+ virtual ParseResult parseStdout(TQString&, ParserDelim);
+ virtual void parseStderr(const TQString&);
virtual void finalize();
private:
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ private:
ParserState m_state;
/** Accumulates text sent by Cscope to the standard error stream. */
- QString m_sErrMsg;
+ TQString m_sErrMsg;
/** If true, the rebuild process will be restarted when the process
exits. */
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ private:
int m_nMaxRecords;
/** The full path of the directory holding the project files. */
- static QString s_sProjPath;
+ static TQString s_sProjPath;
/** Project-specific options for the command-line arguments. */
static uint s_nProjArgs;
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ private:
/** The command line arguments supported by this version of Cscope. */
static uint s_nSupArgs;
- bool run(const QStringList&);
+ bool run(const TQStringList&);
};
/**
@@ -136,12 +136,12 @@ private:
* output is being processed.
* @author Elad Lahav
*/
-class CscopeProgress : public QObject
+class CscopeProgress : public TQObject
{
Q_OBJECT
public:
- CscopeProgress(QWidget*);
+ CscopeProgress(TQWidget*);
~CscopeProgress();
void setProgress(int, int);
@@ -149,20 +149,20 @@ public:
private:
/** The parent widget for the progress bar and label. */
- QWidget* m_pMainWidget;
+ TQWidget* m_pMainWidget;
/** A bar used to display query progress information. */
- QProgressBar* m_pProgressBar;
+ TQProgressBar* m_pProgressBar;
/** A label used to display a "Please wait..." message. */
- QLabel* m_pLabel;
+ TQLabel* m_pLabel;
private slots:
void slotShowProgressBar();
void slotShowLabel();
};
-class CscopeVerifier : public QObject
+class CscopeVerifier : public TQObject
{
Q_OBJECT
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ private:
uint m_nArgs;
private slots:
- void slotConfigResult(uint, const QString&);
+ void slotConfigResult(uint, const TQString&);
void slotFinished();
};
diff --git a/src/cscopemsgdlg.cpp b/src/cscopemsgdlg.cpp
index 1bf6656..2ffb469 100644
--- a/src/cscopemsgdlg.cpp
+++ b/src/cscopemsgdlg.cpp
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qtextedit.h>
-#include <qpushbutton.h>
+#include <ntqtextedit.h>
+#include <ntqpushbutton.h>
#include "cscopemsgdlg.h"
/**
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
* @param pParent The parent widget
* @param szName The widget's name
*/
-CscopeMsgDlg::CscopeMsgDlg(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName)
+CscopeMsgDlg::CscopeMsgDlg(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName)
: CscopeMsgLayout(pParent, szName, false, 0)
{
// Hide the dialog when the "Hide" button is clicked
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ CscopeMsgDlg::~CscopeMsgDlg()
* After a new messsage is added, the dialog becomes visible.
* @param sText The text of the message to add
*/
-void CscopeMsgDlg::addText(const QString& sText)
+void CscopeMsgDlg::addText(const TQString& sText)
{
m_pMsgText->append(sText);
show();
diff --git a/src/cscopemsgdlg.h b/src/cscopemsgdlg.h
index 0cd45cd..cab1a25 100644
--- a/src/cscopemsgdlg.h
+++ b/src/cscopemsgdlg.h
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@ class CscopeMsgDlg : public CscopeMsgLayout
Q_OBJECT
public:
- CscopeMsgDlg(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+ CscopeMsgDlg(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
~CscopeMsgDlg();
- void addText(const QString&);
+ void addText(const TQString&);
};
#endif
diff --git a/src/cscopemsglayout.ui b/src/cscopemsglayout.ui
index 1a6458d..198a98e 100644
--- a/src/cscopemsglayout.ui
+++ b/src/cscopemsglayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.2" stdsetdef="1">
<class>CscopeMsgLayout</class>
-<widget class="QDialog">
+<widget class="TQDialog">
<property name="name">
<cstring>CscopeMsgLayout</cstring>
</property>
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QTextEdit">
+ <widget class="TQTextEdit">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pMsgText</cstring>
</property>
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout1</cstring>
</property>
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pClearButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
<string>Clear</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pHideButton</cstring>
</property>
diff --git a/src/ctagsfrontend.cpp b/src/ctagsfrontend.cpp
index 73f7519..425a435 100644
--- a/src/ctagsfrontend.cpp
+++ b/src/ctagsfrontend.cpp
@@ -25,14 +25,14 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qfileinfo.h>
+#include <ntqfileinfo.h>
#include <kmessagebox.h>
#include <klocale.h>
#include <kshell.h>
#include "ctagsfrontend.h"
#include "kscopeconfig.h"
-QStringList CtagsFrontend::s_slExtraArgs;
+TQStringList CtagsFrontend::s_slExtraArgs;
/**
* Class constructor.
@@ -53,10 +53,10 @@ CtagsFrontend::~CtagsFrontend()
* @param sFileName The full path to the source file
* @return true if successful, false otherwise
*/
-bool CtagsFrontend::run(const QString& sFileName)
+bool CtagsFrontend::run(const TQString& sFileName)
{
- QString sPath;
- QStringList slArgs;
+ TQString sPath;
+ TQStringList slArgs;
// Make sure the executable exists
sPath = Config().getCtagsPath();
@@ -90,9 +90,9 @@ bool CtagsFrontend::run(const QString& sFileName)
* @return true if the file in the given path exists and has executable
* permissions, false otherwise
*/
-bool CtagsFrontend::verify(const QString& sPath)
+bool CtagsFrontend::verify(const TQString& sPath)
{
- QFileInfo fi(sPath);
+ TQFileInfo fi(sPath);
if (!fi.exists() || !fi.isFile() || !fi.isExecutable() ||
fi.fileName().find("ctags", 0, false) == -1) {
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ bool CtagsFrontend::verify(const QString& sPath)
* command-line arguments.
* @param sArgs The per-project command string
*/
-void CtagsFrontend::setExtraArgs(const QString& sArgs)
+void CtagsFrontend::setExtraArgs(const TQString& sArgs)
{
s_slExtraArgs = KShell::splitArgs(sArgs);
}
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ void CtagsFrontend::setExtraArgs(const QString& sArgs)
* @return A value indicating the way this token should be treated: dropped,
* added to the token queue, or finishes a new record
*/
-Frontend::ParseResult CtagsFrontend::parseStdout(QString& sToken,
+Frontend::ParseResult CtagsFrontend::parseStdout(TQString& sToken,
ParserDelim delim)
{
ParseResult result = DiscardToken;
diff --git a/src/ctagsfrontend.h b/src/ctagsfrontend.h
index 3c0c452..68985be 100644
--- a/src/ctagsfrontend.h
+++ b/src/ctagsfrontend.h
@@ -55,13 +55,13 @@ public:
CtagsFrontend();
~CtagsFrontend();
- bool run(const QString&);
+ bool run(const TQString&);
- static bool verify(const QString&);
- static void setExtraArgs(const QString&);
+ static bool verify(const TQString&);
+ static void setExtraArgs(const TQString&);
protected:
- virtual ParseResult parseStdout(QString&, ParserDelim);
+ virtual ParseResult parseStdout(TQString&, ParserDelim);
private:
/** State values for the parser state machine. */
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ private:
ParserState m_state;
/** Additional ommand-line arguments (per-project). */
- static QStringList s_slExtraArgs;
+ static TQStringList s_slExtraArgs;
};
#endif
diff --git a/src/ctagslist.cpp b/src/ctagslist.cpp
index 687e9fb..0a0ae69 100644
--- a/src/ctagslist.cpp
+++ b/src/ctagslist.cpp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qheader.h>
+#include <ntqheader.h>
#include <klocale.h>
#include "ctagslist.h"
#include "kscopeconfig.h"
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
* correct sorting.
* @author Elad Lahav
*/
-class CtagsListItem : public QListViewItem
+class CtagsListItem : public TQListViewItem
{
public:
/**
@@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ public:
* @param sLine The line in which the tag is defined
* @param sType The type of the tag
*/
- CtagsListItem(QListView* pParent, QString sName, QString sLine,
- QString sType) : QListViewItem(pParent, sName, sLine, sType),
+ CtagsListItem(TQListView* pParent, TQString sName, TQString sLine,
+ TQString sType) : TQListViewItem(pParent, sName, sLine, sType),
m_nPendLine (sLine.toUInt()) {}
/**
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
* @return 0 if the items are equal, 1 if the local item is greater, -1
* if the local item is lesser
*/
- virtual int compare(QListViewItem* pItem, int nCol, bool bAscend) const {
+ virtual int compare(TQListViewItem* pItem, int nCol, bool bAscend) const {
if (nCol == 1) {
uint nLineCur, nLineOther;
int nResult;
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ public:
}
// Use default comparison for text columns
- return QListViewItem::compare(pItem, nCol, bAscend);
+ return TQListViewItem::compare(pItem, nCol, bAscend);
}
/**
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ private:
* @param pParent The parent widget
* @param szName The widget's name
*/
-CtagsList::CtagsList(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+CtagsList::CtagsList(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
SearchList(0, pParent, szName),
m_arrLines(16),
m_nItems(0),
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ CtagsList::CtagsList(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
m_pList->addColumn(i18n("Name"));
m_pList->addColumn(i18n("Line"));
m_pList->addColumn(i18n("Type"));
- m_pList->setColumnAlignment(1, Qt::AlignRight);
+ m_pList->setColumnAlignment(1, TQt::AlignRight);
// Set colours and font
applyPrefs();
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ CtagsList::~CtagsList()
*/
void CtagsList::slotDataReady(FrontendToken* pToken)
{
- QString sName, sType, sLine;
+ TQString sName, sType, sLine;
CtagsListItem* pItem;
KScopePixmaps::PixName pix;
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ void CtagsList::slotDataReady(FrontendToken* pToken)
// Resize the line array, if required
if (m_arrLines.size() < m_nItems)
- m_arrLines.resize(m_nItems, QGArray::SpeedOptim);
+ m_arrLines.resize(m_nItems, TQGArray::SpeedOptim);
// Add the new item to the line array
m_arrLines[m_nItems - 1] = pItem;
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ void CtagsList::slotDataReady(FrontendToken* pToken)
* changes.
* @param pEvent The event data
*/
-void CtagsList::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent* pEvent)
+void CtagsList::resizeEvent(TQResizeEvent* pEvent)
{
SearchList::resizeEvent(pEvent);
emit resized();
@@ -270,9 +270,9 @@ void CtagsList::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent* pEvent)
* highlighted and the ENTER key is pressed.
* @param pItem The selected list item
*/
-void CtagsList::processItemSelected(QListViewItem* pItem)
+void CtagsList::processItemSelected(TQListViewItem* pItem)
{
- QString sLine;
+ TQString sLine;
sLine = pItem->text(1);
emit lineRequested(sLine.toUInt());
@@ -284,9 +284,9 @@ void CtagsList::processItemSelected(QListViewItem* pItem)
* @param sTip The constructed tip string (on return)
* @return Always true
*/
-bool CtagsList::getTip(QListViewItem* pItem, QString& sTip)
+bool CtagsList::getTip(TQListViewItem* pItem, TQString& sTip)
{
- sTip = QString("Type: <b>%1</b><br>Name: <b>%2</b><br>Line: <b>%3</b>").
+ sTip = TQString("Type: <b>%1</b><br>Name: <b>%2</b><br>Line: <b>%3</b>").
arg(pItem->text(2)).arg(pItem->text(0)).arg(pItem->text(1));
return true;
}
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ void CtagsList::slotCtagsFinished(uint nRecords)
*/
void CtagsList::slotSortChanged(int nSection)
{
- Qt::SortOrder order;
+ TQt::SortOrder order;
// Determine whether the new order is ascending or descending
order = m_pList->sortOrder();
@@ -425,19 +425,19 @@ void CtagsList::slotSortChanged(int nSection)
switch (nSection) {
case 0:
// Sort by name
- Config().setCtagSortOrder(order == Qt::Ascending ?
+ Config().setCtagSortOrder(order == TQt::Ascending ?
KScopeConfig::NameAsc : KScopeConfig::NameDes);
break;
case 1:
// Sort by line
- Config().setCtagSortOrder(order == Qt::Ascending ?
+ Config().setCtagSortOrder(order == TQt::Ascending ?
KScopeConfig::LineAsc : KScopeConfig::LineDes);
break;
case 2:
// Sort by type
- Config().setCtagSortOrder(order == Qt::Ascending ?
+ Config().setCtagSortOrder(order == TQt::Ascending ?
KScopeConfig::TypeAsc : KScopeConfig::TypeDes);
break;
}
diff --git a/src/ctagslist.h b/src/ctagslist.h
index 4d318cc..03d1560 100644
--- a/src/ctagslist.h
+++ b/src/ctagslist.h
@@ -28,9 +28,9 @@
#ifndef CTAGSLIST_H
#define CTAGSLIST_H
-#include <qwidget.h>
-#include <qpixmap.h>
-#include <qmemarray.h>
+#include <ntqwidget.h>
+#include <ntqpixmap.h>
+#include <ntqmemarray.h>
#include "searchlist.h"
#include "frontend.h"
@@ -51,14 +51,14 @@ class CtagsList : public SearchList
Q_OBJECT
public:
- CtagsList(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+ CtagsList(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
~CtagsList();
void applyPrefs();
void gotoLine(uint);
void clear();
- virtual bool getTip(QListViewItem*, QString&);
+ virtual bool getTip(TQListViewItem*, TQString&);
public slots:
void slotDataReady(FrontendToken*);
@@ -78,13 +78,13 @@ signals:
void lineRequested(uint nLine);
protected:
- virtual void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent*);
- virtual void processItemSelected(QListViewItem*);
+ virtual void resizeEvent(TQResizeEvent*);
+ virtual void processItemSelected(TQListViewItem*);
private:
/** An array of pointers to the tag list items, sorted by the line
number. */
- QMemArray<CtagsListItem*> m_arrLines;
+ TQMemArray<CtagsListItem*> m_arrLines;
/** The number of items in the tag list. */
uint m_nItems;
diff --git a/src/dirscanner.cpp b/src/dirscanner.cpp
index 517237e..ba8717e 100644
--- a/src/dirscanner.cpp
+++ b/src/dirscanner.cpp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qapplication.h>
+#include <ntqapplication.h>
#include "dirscanner.h"
/**
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
* @param bFinished true if all files were scanned, false otherwise
*/
DirScanEvent::DirScanEvent(int nFiles, bool bFinished)
- : QCustomEvent(EventId),
+ : TQCustomEvent(EventId),
m_nFiles(nFiles),
m_bFinished(bFinished)
{
@@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ DirScanEvent::DirScanEvent(int nFiles, bool bFinished)
* @param pDicFiles Pointer to a map of current project files (to
avoid duplication)
*/
-DirScanner::DirScanner(QObject* pEventReceiver,
- QDict<QListViewItem>* pDicFiles) : QThread(),
+DirScanner::DirScanner(TQObject* pEventReceiver,
+ TQDict<TQListViewItem>* pDicFiles) : TQThread(),
m_pEventReceiver(pEventReceiver),
m_pDicFiles(pDicFiles)
{
@@ -70,18 +70,18 @@ DirScanner::~DirScanner()
* @param sNameFilter Defines the search pattern
* @param bRecursive true to descend into sub-dorectories, false otherwise
*/
-void DirScanner::start(const QString& sDir, const QString& sNameFilter,
+void DirScanner::start(const TQString& sDir, const TQString& sNameFilter,
bool bRecursive)
{
// Initialise the search parameters
- m_dir = QDir(sDir);
+ m_dir = TQDir(sDir);
m_sNameFilter = sNameFilter;
m_bCancel = false;
m_bRecursive = bRecursive;
m_slFiles.clear();
// Invoke the thread
- QThread::start();
+ TQThread::start();
}
/**
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ void DirScanner::run()
int nFiles;
nFiles = scanDir(m_dir);
- QApplication::postEvent(m_pEventReceiver,
+ TQApplication::postEvent(m_pEventReceiver,
new DirScanEvent(nFiles, true));
m_setScanned.clear();
@@ -105,12 +105,12 @@ void DirScanner::run()
* added
* @return The total number of files added
*/
-int DirScanner::scanDir(QDir& dir)
+int DirScanner::scanDir(TQDir& dir)
{
- QString sCanon;
- QStringList slDirFiles, slDirs;
- QStringList::const_iterator itr;
- QString sFile;
+ TQString sCanon;
+ TQStringList slDirFiles, slDirs;
+ TQStringList::const_iterator itr;
+ TQString sFile;
int nFiles = 0;
if (m_bCancel)
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ int DirScanner::scanDir(QDir& dir)
m_setScanned.insert(sCanon);
// Add all files in this directory
- slDirFiles = dir.entryList(m_sNameFilter, QDir::Files);
+ slDirFiles = dir.entryList(m_sNameFilter, TQDir::Files);
for (itr = slDirFiles.begin(); itr != slDirFiles.end(); ++itr) {
sFile = dir.absPath() + "/" + *itr;
@@ -136,14 +136,14 @@ int DirScanner::scanDir(QDir& dir)
}
}
- QApplication::postEvent(m_pEventReceiver,
+ TQApplication::postEvent(m_pEventReceiver,
new DirScanEvent(nFiles, false));
// Recurse into sub-directories, if requested
if (!m_bRecursive)
return nFiles;
- slDirs = dir.entryList(QDir::Dirs);
+ slDirs = dir.entryList(TQDir::Dirs);
// Iterate the list of sub-directories
for (itr = slDirs.begin(); itr != slDirs.end(); ++itr) {
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ int DirScanner::scanDir(QDir& dir)
continue;
// Add the files in each sub-directory
- QDir dirSub(dir);
+ TQDir dirSub(dir);
if (dirSub.cd(*itr))
nFiles += scanDir(dirSub);
}
diff --git a/src/dirscanner.h b/src/dirscanner.h
index b25fc2d..a494052 100644
--- a/src/dirscanner.h
+++ b/src/dirscanner.h
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@
#ifndef DIRSCANNER_H
#define DIRSCANNER_H
-#include <qobject.h>
-#include <qevent.h>
-#include <qthread.h>
-#include <qdir.h>
-#include <qstringlist.h>
-#include <qdict.h>
-#include <qlistview.h>
+#include <ntqobject.h>
+#include <ntqevent.h>
+#include <ntqthread.h>
+#include <ntqdir.h>
+#include <ntqstringlist.h>
+#include <ntqdict.h>
+#include <ntqlistview.h>
class DirScanner;
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class DirScanner;
* dir scanning thread to the main application thread.
* @author Elad Lahav
*/
-class DirScanEvent : public QCustomEvent
+class DirScanEvent : public TQCustomEvent
{
public:
/** The event's unique ID. */
@@ -60,21 +60,21 @@ public:
/**
* A set of unique strings.
- * Qt3 does not have a set class, so this is a simple implementation based on
- * a QDict of dummy int pointers.
+ * TQt3 does not have a set class, so this is a simple implementation based on
+ * a TQDict of dummy int pointers.
* @author Elad Lahav
*/
-class StringSet : public QDict<int>
+class StringSet : public TQDict<int>
{
public:
- StringSet() : QDict<int>() {}
+ StringSet() : TQDict<int>() {}
- void insert(const QString& sItem) {
+ void insert(const TQString& sItem) {
static int nDummy = 0;
- QDict<int>::insert(sItem, &nDummy);
+ TQDict<int>::insert(sItem, &nDummy);
}
- bool exists(const QString& sItem) {
+ bool exists(const TQString& sItem) {
return find(sItem) != NULL;
}
};
@@ -83,18 +83,18 @@ public:
* Scans a directory for files matching a given pattern, using a separate thread.
* @author Elad Lahav
*/
-class DirScanner : public QThread
+class DirScanner : public TQThread
{
public:
- DirScanner(QObject*, QDict<QListViewItem>*);
+ DirScanner(TQObject*, TQDict<TQListViewItem>*);
~DirScanner();
- void start(const QString&, const QString&, bool);
+ void start(const TQString&, const TQString&, bool);
/**
* @return The list of files scanned by this thread.
*/
- const QStringList& getFiles() { return m_slFiles; }
+ const TQStringList& getFiles() { return m_slFiles; }
/**
* Stops a scanning process, by setting the object's cancel flag.
@@ -111,10 +111,10 @@ protected:
private:
/** Pointer to an object that receives the scanner update events. */
- QObject* m_pEventReceiver;
+ TQObject* m_pEventReceiver;
/** Currently scanned directory. */
- QDir m_dir;
+ TQDir m_dir;
/**
* A set of already-scanned directories (prevents infinite loops in case
@@ -124,13 +124,13 @@ private:
/** Pointer to a list of files indexed by the file path (used to identify
files that should not appear in the scan results.) */
- QDict<QListViewItem>* m_pDicFiles;
+ TQDict<TQListViewItem>* m_pDicFiles;
/** Regular expression for scanning source files. */
- QString m_sNameFilter;
+ TQString m_sNameFilter;
/** The list of scanned file paths. */
- QStringList m_slFiles;
+ TQStringList m_slFiles;
/** A cancellation flag. Stops the scanning process when raised. */
bool m_bCancel;
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ private:
/** true to descend to child directories, false otherwise. */
bool m_bRecursive;
- int scanDir(QDir&);
+ int scanDir(TQDir&);
};
#endif
diff --git a/src/dotfrontend.cpp b/src/dotfrontend.cpp
index e0cfbed..69e825d 100644
--- a/src/dotfrontend.cpp
+++ b/src/dotfrontend.cpp
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qfileinfo.h>
-#include <qpaintdevicemetrics.h>
+#include <ntqfileinfo.h>
+#include <ntqpaintdevicemetrics.h>
#include <kmessagebox.h>
#include <klocale.h>
#include "dotfrontend.h"
@@ -55,11 +55,11 @@ DotFrontend::~DotFrontend()
* description
* @return true if successful, false otherwise
*/
-bool DotFrontend::run(const QString& sFile)
+bool DotFrontend::run(const TQString& sFile)
{
- QString sPath;
- QStringList slArgs;
- QPaintDeviceMetrics pdm(m_pGraph);
+ TQString sPath;
+ TQStringList slArgs;
+ TQPaintDeviceMetrics pdm(m_pGraph);
// Set the horizontal and vertical DPI values
m_dDpiX = (double)pdm.logicalDpiX();
@@ -90,9 +90,9 @@ bool DotFrontend::run(const QString& sFile)
* @return true if the file in the given path exists and has executable
* permissions, false otherwise
*/
-bool DotFrontend::verify(const QString& sPath)
+bool DotFrontend::verify(const TQString& sPath)
{
- QFileInfo fi(sPath);
+ TQFileInfo fi(sPath);
if (!fi.exists() || !fi.isFile() || !fi.isExecutable() ||
fi.fileName() != "dot") {
@@ -114,12 +114,12 @@ bool DotFrontend::verify(const QString& sPath)
* @return A value indicating the way this token should be treated: dropped,
* added to the token queue, or finishes a new record
*/
-Frontend::ParseResult DotFrontend::parseStdout(QString& sToken,
+Frontend::ParseResult DotFrontend::parseStdout(TQString& sToken,
ParserDelim delim)
{
static int nWidth, nHeight, nXpos, nYpos, nCurveSize, nCurveCount;
- static QPointArray arrCurve;
- static QString sNode, sEdgeHead, sEdgeTail;
+ static TQPointArray arrCurve;
+ static TQString sNode, sEdgeHead, sEdgeTail;
ParseResult result = DiscardToken;
double dVal;
bool bOK;
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ Frontend::ParseResult DotFrontend::parseStdout(QString& sToken,
nHeight = (int)(dVal * m_dDpiY);
// Create the bounding rectangle of the node
- QRect rect;
+ TQRect rect;
rect.setX(nXpos - (nWidth / 2));
rect.setY(nYpos - (nHeight / 2));
rect.setWidth(nWidth);
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ Frontend::ParseResult DotFrontend::parseStdout(QString& sToken,
// Draw the edge
m_pGraph->drawEdge(sEdgeHead, sEdgeTail, arrCurve);
- // Must detach from contents since a QPointArray shares data
+ // Must detach from contents since a TQPointArray shares data
arrCurve.detach();
m_state = EndNodeEdge;
diff --git a/src/dotfrontend.h b/src/dotfrontend.h
index 24f14f0..4f75b6f 100644
--- a/src/dotfrontend.h
+++ b/src/dotfrontend.h
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
#define DOTFRONTEND_H
#include <frontend.h>
-#include <qpointarray.h>
+#include <ntqpointarray.h>
class GraphWidget;
@@ -46,12 +46,12 @@ public:
DotFrontend(GraphWidget*);
~DotFrontend();
- bool run(const QString&);
+ bool run(const TQString&);
- static bool verify(const QString&);
+ static bool verify(const TQString&);
protected:
- virtual ParseResult parseStdout(QString&, ParserDelim);
+ virtual ParseResult parseStdout(TQString&, ParserDelim);
private:
/** The owner graph widget on which to draw. */
diff --git a/src/dotparse.ypp b/src/dotparse.ypp
index f21b9e3..f8e8960 100644
--- a/src/dotparse.ypp
+++ b/src/dotparse.ypp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
/* dot.y */
%{
-#include <qdict.h>
-#include <qptrstack.h>
-#include <qlistview.h>
+#include <ntqdict.h>
+#include <ntqptrstack.h>
+#include <ntqlistview.h>
#include "calltreedlg.h"
#include "graphwidget.h"
#include "treewidget.h"
@@ -14,9 +14,9 @@ int yylex();
void yyinit(CallTreeDlg*, FILE*, Encoder*);
void yyerror(const char*);
-static QMap<QString, QString> s_pMapAttr;
-static QStack<QListViewItem> s_pParentStack;
-static QListView* s_pTree;
+static TQMap<TQString, TQString> s_pMapAttr;
+static TQStack<TQListViewItem> s_pParentStack;
+static TQListView* s_pTree;
static GraphWidget* s_pGraph;
static TreeWidget* s_pCallTree;
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ static Encoder* s_pEncoder;
%}
%union {
- QString* pText;
+ TQString* pText;
}
%token GRAPH DIGRAPH NODE NAME STRING NUMBER DIR_EDGE UNDIR_EDGE
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ calling_tree_prepare
root_node
: root_tree_node '{' child_list '}'
{
- QListViewItem* pItem;
+ TQListViewItem* pItem;
pItem = s_pParentStack.pop();
if (pItem->firstChild() != NULL)
@@ -170,9 +170,9 @@ root_node
root_tree_node
: NAME
{
- QListViewItem* pItem;
+ TQListViewItem* pItem;
- pItem = new QListViewItem(s_pTree, *$1);
+ pItem = new TQListViewItem(s_pTree, *$1);
s_pParentStack.push(pItem);
delete $1;
}
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ child_list
child_node
: tree_node tree_attributes '{' child_list '}'
{
- QListViewItem* pItem;
+ TQListViewItem* pItem;
pItem = s_pParentStack.pop();
if (pItem->firstChild() != NULL)
@@ -197,9 +197,9 @@ child_node
tree_node
: NAME
{
- QListViewItem* pItem;
+ TQListViewItem* pItem;
- pItem = new QListViewItem(s_pParentStack.top(), *$1);
+ pItem = new TQListViewItem(s_pParentStack.top(), *$1);
s_pParentStack.push(pItem);
delete $1;
}
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ tree_node
tree_attributes
: attributes
{
- QListViewItem* pItem;
+ TQListViewItem* pItem;
pItem = s_pParentStack.top();
pItem->setText(1, s_pMapAttr["kscope_file"]);
diff --git a/src/dotscan.lpp b/src/dotscan.lpp
index 68887b3..dede564 100644
--- a/src/dotscan.lpp
+++ b/src/dotscan.lpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/* dot.l */
%{
-#include <qstring.h>
+#include <ntqstring.h>
#include "dotparse.hpp"
%}
diff --git a/src/editormanager.cpp b/src/editormanager.cpp
index 253bf6c..505a6cb 100644
--- a/src/editormanager.cpp
+++ b/src/editormanager.cpp
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
* @param pParent The parent widget
* @param szName The widget's name
*/
-EditorManager::EditorManager(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+EditorManager::EditorManager(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
KParts::PartManager(pParent, szName)
{
applyPrefs();
diff --git a/src/editormanager.h b/src/editormanager.h
index 413ffed..0a2a42b 100644
--- a/src/editormanager.h
+++ b/src/editormanager.h
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
#ifndef EDITORMANAGER_H
#define EDITORMANAGER_H
-#include <qwidget.h>
+#include <ntqwidget.h>
#include <kparts/partmanager.h>
#include <klibloader.h>
#include <ktexteditor/document.h>
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class EditorManager : public KParts::PartManager
Q_OBJECT
public:
- EditorManager(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+ EditorManager(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
~EditorManager();
KTextEditor::Document* add();
diff --git a/src/editorpage.cpp b/src/editorpage.cpp
index 5c183b9..a838e76 100644
--- a/src/editorpage.cpp
+++ b/src/editorpage.cpp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qfileinfo.h>
+#include <ntqfileinfo.h>
#include <kdeversion.h>
#include <ktexteditor/selectioninterface.h>
#include <ktexteditor/viewcursorinterface.h>
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
* @param pParent The parent widget
* @param szName The widget's name
*/
-EditorPage::EditorPage(KTextEditor::Document* pDoc, QPopupMenu* pMenu,
- QTabWidget* pParent, const char* szName) : QHBox(pParent, szName),
+EditorPage::EditorPage(KTextEditor::Document* pDoc, TQPopupMenu* pMenu,
+ TQTabWidget* pParent, const char* szName) : TQHBox(pParent, szName),
m_pParentTab(pParent),
m_pDoc(pDoc),
m_bOpen(false),
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ EditorPage::EditorPage(KTextEditor::Document* pDoc, QPopupMenu* pMenu,
KTextEditor::PopupMenuInterface* pMenuIf;
KTextEditor::ViewCursorInterface* pCursorIf;
- // Create code-completion objects (will be deleted by QObject destructor)
+ // Create code-completion objects (will be deleted by TQObject destructor)
m_pCompletion = new SymbolCompletion(this, this);
// Set read-only mode, if required
@@ -66,10 +66,10 @@ EditorPage::EditorPage(KTextEditor::Document* pDoc, QPopupMenu* pMenu,
m_pDoc->setReadWrite(false);
// Create the child widgets
- m_pSplit = new QSplitter(this);
+ m_pSplit = new TQSplitter(this);
m_pCtagsList = new CtagsList(m_pSplit);
m_pView = m_pDoc->createView(m_pSplit);
- m_pSplit->setResizeMode(m_pCtagsList, QSplitter::KeepSize);
+ m_pSplit->setResizeMode(m_pCtagsList, TQSplitter::KeepSize);
// Perform tasks only when the document has been loaded completely
connect(m_pDoc, SIGNAL(completed()), this, SLOT(slotFileOpened()));
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ KTextEditor::View* EditorPage::getView()
* @return The path of the file associated with the Document object, empty
* string if no file is currently open
*/
-QString EditorPage::getFilePath()
+TQString EditorPage::getFilePath()
{
return m_pDoc->url().path();
}
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ QString EditorPage::getFilePath()
* @return The name of the file associated with the Document object, empty
* string if no file is currently open
*/
-QString EditorPage::getFileName()
+TQString EditorPage::getFileName()
{
return m_sName;
}
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ bool EditorPage::isModified()
* Opens a file for editing.
* @param sFileName The full path name of the file to edit.
*/
-void EditorPage::open(const QString& sFileName)
+void EditorPage::open(const TQString& sFileName)
{
// Open the given file
m_bOpen = false;
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ void EditorPage::save()
*/
bool EditorPage::close(bool bForce)
{
- QString sPath;
+ TQString sPath;
// To override the prompt-on-close behaviour, we need to mark the file
// as unmodified
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ void EditorPage::addBookmark(uint nLine)
void EditorPage::getBookmarks(FileLocationList& fll)
{
KTextEditor::MarkInterface* pMarkIf;
- QPtrList<KTextEditor::Mark> plMarks;
+ TQPtrList<KTextEditor::Mark> plMarks;
KTextEditor::Mark* pMark;
// Get the marks interface
@@ -303,14 +303,14 @@ void EditorPage::getBookmarks(FileLocationList& fll)
* @return The selected text, or a null string if no text is currently
* selected
*/
-QString EditorPage::getSelection()
+TQString EditorPage::getSelection()
{
KTextEditor::SelectionInterface* pSelect;
// Get the selected text
pSelect = dynamic_cast<KTextEditor::SelectionInterface*>(m_pDoc);
if (!pSelect || !pSelect->hasSelection())
- return QString::null;
+ return TQString::null;
// Return the selected text
return pSelect->selection();
@@ -320,25 +320,25 @@ QString EditorPage::getSelection()
* Attempts to extract a valid C symbol from the location of the cursor, by
* starting at the current line and column, and looking forward and backward
* for non-symbol characters.
- * @return A C symbol under the cursor, if any, or QString::null otherwise
+ * @return A C symbol under the cursor, if any, or TQString::null otherwise
*/
-QString EditorPage::getWordUnderCursor(uint* pPosInWord)
+TQString EditorPage::getWordUnderCursor(uint* pPosInWord)
{
KTextEditor::ViewCursorInterface* pCursor;
KTextEditor::EditInterface* pEditIf;
- QString sLine;
+ TQString sLine;
uint nLine, nCol, nFrom, nTo, nLast, nLength;
- QChar ch;
+ TQChar ch;
// Get a cursor object
pCursor = dynamic_cast<KTextEditor::ViewCursorInterface*>(m_pView);
if (pCursor == NULL)
- return QString::null;
+ return TQString::null;
// Get a pointer to the edit interface
pEditIf = dynamic_cast<KTextEditor::EditInterface*>(m_pDoc);
if (!pEditIf)
- return QString::null;
+ return TQString::null;
// Get the line on which the cursor is positioned
pCursor->cursorPositionReal(&nLine, &nCol);
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ QString EditorPage::getWordUnderCursor(uint* pPosInWord)
// Mark empty words
nLength = nTo - nFrom;
if (nLength == 0)
- return QString::null;
+ return TQString::null;
// Return the in-word position, if required
if (pPosInWord != NULL)
@@ -383,14 +383,14 @@ QString EditorPage::getWordUnderCursor(uint* pPosInWord)
* is returned. Otherwise, the word under the cursor location is returned, if
* one exists.
* @return Either the currently selected text, or the word under the cursor,
- * or QString::null if both options fail
+ * or TQString::null if both options fail
*/
-QString EditorPage::getSuggestedText()
+TQString EditorPage::getSuggestedText()
{
- QString sText;
+ TQString sText;
sText = getSelection();
- if (sText == QString::null)
+ if (sText == TQString::null)
sText = getWordUnderCursor();
return sText;
@@ -400,22 +400,22 @@ QString EditorPage::getSuggestedText()
* Returns the contents of the requested line.
* Truncates the leading and trailing white spaces.
* @param nLine The line number
- * @return The text of the requested line, if successful, QString::null
+ * @return The text of the requested line, if successful, TQString::null
* otherwise
*/
-QString EditorPage::getLineContents(uint nLine)
+TQString EditorPage::getLineContents(uint nLine)
{
KTextEditor::EditInterface* pEditIf;
- QString sLine;
+ TQString sLine;
// Cannot accept line 0
if (nLine == 0)
- return QString::null;
+ return TQString::null;
// Get a pointer to the edit interface
pEditIf = dynamic_cast<KTextEditor::EditInterface*>(m_pDoc);
if (!pEditIf)
- return QString::null;
+ return TQString::null;
// Get the line on which the cursor is positioned
sLine = pEditIf->textLine(nLine - 1);
@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ void EditorPage::setTabWidth(uint nTabWidth)
{
Kate::Document* pKateDoc;
Kate::Command* pKateCmd;
- QString sCmd, sResult;
+ TQString sCmd, sResult;
pKateDoc = dynamic_cast<Kate::Document*>(m_pDoc);
if ((pKateDoc) &&
@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ void EditorPage::setTabWidth(uint nTabWidth)
*/
void EditorPage::slotFileOpened()
{
- QFileInfo fi(m_pDoc->url().path());
+ TQFileInfo fi(m_pDoc->url().path());
// Get file information
m_sName = fi.fileName();
diff --git a/src/editorpage.h b/src/editorpage.h
index 0af3aaf..37a6e65 100644
--- a/src/editorpage.h
+++ b/src/editorpage.h
@@ -28,11 +28,11 @@
#ifndef EDITORPAGE_H
#define EDITORPAGE_H
-#include <qwidget.h>
-#include <qhbox.h>
-#include <qsplitter.h>
-#include <qtabwidget.h>
-#include <qpopupmenu.h>
+#include <ntqwidget.h>
+#include <ntqhbox.h>
+#include <ntqsplitter.h>
+#include <ntqtabwidget.h>
+#include <ntqpopupmenu.h>
#include <ktexteditor/document.h>
#include <ktexteditor/view.h>
#include <ktexteditor/markinterfaceextension.h>
@@ -53,16 +53,16 @@
* @author Elad Lahav
*/
-class EditorPage : public QHBox, SymbolCompletion::Interface
+class EditorPage : public TQHBox, SymbolCompletion::Interface
{
Q_OBJECT
public:
- EditorPage(KTextEditor::Document*, QPopupMenu*, QTabWidget* pParent = 0,
+ EditorPage(KTextEditor::Document*, TQPopupMenu*, TQTabWidget* pParent = 0,
const char* szName = 0);
~EditorPage();
- void open(const QString&);
+ void open(const TQString&);
void setNewFile();
void save();
bool close(bool bForce = false);
@@ -74,26 +74,26 @@ public:
KTextEditor::Document* getDocument();
KTextEditor::View* getView();
- QString getFilePath();
- QString getFileName();
+ TQString getFilePath();
+ TQString getFileName();
bool isWritable();
bool isModified();
- QString getSelection();
- QString getSuggestedText();
- QString getLineContents(uint);
+ TQString getSelection();
+ TQString getSuggestedText();
+ TQString getLineContents(uint);
void setLayout(bool bShowTagList, const SPLIT_SIZES&);
bool getCursorPos(uint&, uint&);
bool setCursorPos(uint, uint nCol = 1);
void setTabWidth(uint);
- virtual QString getWordUnderCursor(uint* pPosInWord = NULL);
+ virtual TQString getWordUnderCursor(uint* pPosInWord = NULL);
/**
* Implements the SymbolCompletion interface method for returning an
* object that supports KTextEditor::CodeCompletionInterface.
* @return A pointer to the View object of the editor
*/
- virtual QObject* getCCObject() { return m_pView; }
+ virtual TQObject* getCCObject() { return m_pView; }
/**
* @return true if a previously unsaved file is currently being edited,
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ signals:
* @param pPage The emitting object
* @param sPath The full path of the loaded file
*/
- void fileOpened(EditorPage* pPage, const QString& sPath);
+ void fileOpened(EditorPage* pPage, const TQString& sPath);
/**
* Emitted when an editor is opened for editing a new file.
@@ -146,24 +146,24 @@ signals:
* @param sPath The full path of the saved file
* @param bIsNew true if this is a new file, false otherwise
*/
- void fileSaved(const QString& sPath, bool bIsNew);
+ void fileSaved(const TQString& sPath, bool bIsNew);
/**
* Emitted when a file is closed.
* @param sPath The full path of the closed file
*/
- void fileClosed(const QString& sPath);
+ void fileClosed(const TQString& sPath);
private:
/** The tab widget holding this page. */
- QTabWidget* m_pParentTab;
+ TQTabWidget* m_pParentTab;
/** A Ctags process to use on the edited source file. */
CtagsFrontend m_ctags;
/** An adjustable splitter for separating the tag list from the editor
part. */
- QSplitter* m_pSplit;
+ TQSplitter* m_pSplit;
/** A list view for displaying Ctags results. */
CtagsList* m_pCtagsList;
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ private:
bool m_bNewFile;
/** The name of the file being edited. */
- QString m_sName;
+ TQString m_sName;
/** true if the file system allows this file to be modified, false
otherwise. */
diff --git a/src/editortabs.cpp b/src/editortabs.cpp
index 5af9be1..af9587c 100644
--- a/src/editortabs.cpp
+++ b/src/editortabs.cpp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qfileinfo.h>
+#include <ntqfileinfo.h>
#include <klocale.h>
#include <kmessagebox.h>
#include <kurldrag.h>
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
* @param pParent The parent widget
* @param szName The widget's name
*/
-EditorTabs::EditorTabs(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+EditorTabs::EditorTabs(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
TabWidget(pParent, szName),
m_pCurPage(NULL),
m_pWindowMenu(NULL),
@@ -53,16 +53,16 @@ EditorTabs::EditorTabs(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
setAcceptDrops(true);
// Close an editor page when its close button is clicked
- connect(this, SIGNAL(closeRequest(QWidget*)), this,
- SLOT(slotRemovePage(QWidget*)));
+ connect(this, SIGNAL(closeRequest(TQWidget*)), this,
+ SLOT(slotRemovePage(TQWidget*)));
// Set an editor page as the active part, when its tab is selected
- connect(this, SIGNAL(currentChanged(QWidget*)), this,
- SLOT(slotCurrentChanged(QWidget*)));
+ connect(this, SIGNAL(currentChanged(TQWidget*)), this,
+ SLOT(slotCurrentChanged(TQWidget*)));
// Start dragging a file from a tab
- connect(this, SIGNAL(initiateDrag(QWidget*)), this,
- SLOT(slotInitiateDrag(QWidget*)));
+ connect(this, SIGNAL(initiateDrag(TQWidget*)), this,
+ SLOT(slotInitiateDrag(TQWidget*)));
}
/**
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ EditorTabs::~EditorTabs()
* @param pWindowMenu Pointer to the main window's "Window" menu (used to
* add an activation menu item for each editor page)
*/
-void EditorTabs::setWindowMenu(QPopupMenu* pWindowMenu)
+void EditorTabs::setWindowMenu(TQPopupMenu* pWindowMenu)
{
m_pWindowMenu = pWindowMenu;
connect(pWindowMenu, SIGNAL(aboutToShow()), this,
@@ -97,8 +97,8 @@ void EditorTabs::addEditorPage(EditorPage* pNewPage)
// Add the file edited by this page to the map, and display its name,
// once the file is opened
- connect(pNewPage, SIGNAL(fileOpened(EditorPage*, const QString&)), this,
- SLOT(slotAttachFile(EditorPage*, const QString&)));
+ connect(pNewPage, SIGNAL(fileOpened(EditorPage*, const TQString&)), this,
+ SLOT(slotAttachFile(EditorPage*, const TQString&)));
// Handle new unnamed files
connect(pNewPage, SIGNAL(newFile(EditorPage*)), this,
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ void EditorTabs::addEditorPage(EditorPage* pNewPage)
* current one
* @return The editor page object, if found, NULL otherwise
*/
-EditorPage* EditorTabs::findEditorPage(const QString& sFileName,
+EditorPage* EditorTabs::findEditorPage(const TQString& sFileName,
bool bForceChange)
{
EditorMap::iterator itr;
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ EditorPage* EditorTabs::getCurrentPage()
*/
void EditorTabs::removeCurrentPage()
{
- QWidget* pPage;
+ TQWidget* pPage;
// Get the active page, if any
pPage = currentPage();
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ void EditorTabs::removeCurrentPage()
*/
bool EditorTabs::removeAllPages()
{
- QWidget* pPage;
+ TQWidget* pPage;
// Check if there are any modified files
if (getModifiedFilesCount()) {
@@ -222,11 +222,11 @@ bool EditorTabs::removeAllPages()
/**
* Keeps track of the currently active editor page, and notifies on a change
* in the active page.
- * This slot is connected to the currentChanged() signal of the QTabWidget
+ * This slot is connected to the currentChanged() signal of the TQTabWidget
* object.
* @param pWidget The new active page
*/
-void EditorTabs::slotCurrentChanged(QWidget* pWidget)
+void EditorTabs::slotCurrentChanged(TQWidget* pWidget)
{
EditorPage* pOldPage;
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ void EditorTabs::slotCurrentChanged(QWidget* pWidget)
* @param sFilePath The full path of the file edited in this page
*/
void EditorTabs::slotAttachFile(EditorPage* pEditPage,
- const QString& sFilePath)
+ const TQString& sFilePath)
{
// Set the appropriate tab icon, according to the file permissions
if (pEditPage->isWritable())
@@ -288,11 +288,11 @@ void EditorTabs::slotAttachFile(EditorPage* pEditPage,
*/
void EditorTabs::slotNewFile(EditorPage* pEditPage)
{
- QString sCaption;
+ TQString sCaption;
// Set the tab caption to mark a new file
m_nNewFiles++;
- sCaption = i18n("Untitled ") + QString::number(m_nNewFiles);
+ sCaption = i18n("Untitled ") + TQString::number(m_nNewFiles);
changeTab(pEditPage,
Pixmaps().getPixmap(KScopePixmaps::TabRW),
sCaption);
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ void EditorTabs::showBookmarks(QueryView* pView)
// Populate the view
for (pLoc = fll.first(); pLoc; pLoc = fll.next()) {
pView->addRecord("", pLoc->m_sPath,
- QString::number(pLoc->m_nLine + 1),
+ TQString::number(pLoc->m_nLine + 1),
pPage->getLineContents(pLoc->m_nLine + 1));
}
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ void EditorTabs::showBookmarks(QueryView* pView)
* This slot is connected to the clicked() signal of the tab's close button.
* @param pPage The EditorPage object to remove
*/
-void EditorTabs::slotRemovePage(QWidget* pPage)
+void EditorTabs::slotRemovePage(TQWidget* pPage)
{
removePage(pPage, false);
}
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ void EditorTabs::slotToggleTagList()
* The event is accepted if the dragged object is a list of file paths.
* @param pEvent The drag move event object
*/
-void EditorTabs::dragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent* pEvent)
+void EditorTabs::dragMoveEvent(TQDragMoveEvent* pEvent)
{
KURL::List list;
bool bAccept;
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ void EditorTabs::dragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent* pEvent)
* Handles file drops over an empty tab widget, or over the tab bar.
* @param pEvent The drop event object
*/
-void EditorTabs::dropEvent(QDropEvent* pEvent)
+void EditorTabs::dropEvent(TQDropEvent* pEvent)
{
emit filesDropped(pEvent);
}
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ void EditorTabs::dropEvent(QDropEvent* pEvent)
* widget.
* @param pWidget The page whose tab is being dragged
*/
-void EditorTabs::slotInitiateDrag(QWidget* pWidget)
+void EditorTabs::slotInitiateDrag(TQWidget* pWidget)
{
KURL url;
KURLDrag* pDrag;
@@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ void EditorTabs::slotGoRight()
*/
void EditorTabs::slotFillWindowMenu()
{
- QString sLabel;
+ TQString sLabel;
int i;
// Delete old menu items
@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ void EditorTabs::slotFillWindowMenu()
// Add new items
for (i = 0; i < count(); i++) {
- sLabel = (i < 10) ? QString("&%1 %2").arg(i).arg(label(i)) : label(i);
+ sLabel = (i < 10) ? TQString("&%1 %2").arg(i).arg(label(i)) : label(i);
m_pWindowMenu->insertItem(sLabel, i);
}
@@ -609,10 +609,10 @@ void EditorTabs::slotSetCurrentPage(int nId)
* false otherwise
* @return true if the page was removed, false otherwise
*/
-bool EditorTabs::removePage(QWidget* pPage, bool bForce)
+bool EditorTabs::removePage(TQWidget* pPage, bool bForce)
{
EditorPage* pEditPage;
- QString sFilePath;
+ TQString sFilePath;
// Store the file path for later
pEditPage = (EditorPage*)pPage;
diff --git a/src/editortabs.h b/src/editortabs.h
index 67d0c17..76fb4b2 100644
--- a/src/editortabs.h
+++ b/src/editortabs.h
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@
#ifndef EDITORTABS_H
#define EDITORTABS_H
-#include <qwidget.h>
-#include <qpopupmenu.h>
+#include <ntqwidget.h>
+#include <ntqpopupmenu.h>
#include "tabwidget.h"
#include "editorpage.h"
#include "projectmanager.h"
-typedef QMap<QString, EditorPage*> EditorMap;
+typedef TQMap<TQString, EditorPage*> EditorMap;
class QueryView;
/**
@@ -49,12 +49,12 @@ class EditorTabs : public TabWidget
Q_OBJECT
public:
- EditorTabs(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+ EditorTabs(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
~EditorTabs();
- void setWindowMenu(QPopupMenu*);
+ void setWindowMenu(TQPopupMenu*);
void addEditorPage(EditorPage*);
- EditorPage* findEditorPage(const QString&, bool bForceChange = false);
+ EditorPage* findEditorPage(const TQString&, bool bForceChange = false);
EditorPage* getCurrentPage();
void removeCurrentPage();
bool removeAllPages();
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
void showBookmarks(QueryView*);
public slots:
- void slotRemovePage(QWidget*);
+ void slotRemovePage(TQWidget*);
void slotToggleTagList();
void slotSaveAll();
void slotGoLeft();
@@ -89,11 +89,11 @@ signals:
* Indicates that files were dragged and dropped over the tab widget.
* @param pEvent The drop event information
*/
- void filesDropped(QDropEvent* pEvent);
+ void filesDropped(TQDropEvent* pEvent);
protected:
- virtual void dragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent*);
- virtual void dropEvent(QDropEvent*);
+ virtual void dragMoveEvent(TQDragMoveEvent*);
+ virtual void dropEvent(TQDropEvent*);
private:
/** Links a file name with an editor page that has this file open. */
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ private:
EditorPage* m_pCurPage;
/** A popup menu with Cscope operations for the editor windows. */
- QPopupMenu* m_pWindowMenu;
+ TQPopupMenu* m_pWindowMenu;
/** The number of items added to the window menu (used for removing old
items). */
@@ -114,14 +114,14 @@ private:
int m_nNewFiles;
int getModifiedFilesCount();
- bool removePage(QWidget*, bool);
+ bool removePage(TQWidget*, bool);
private slots:
- void slotCurrentChanged(QWidget*);
- void slotAttachFile(EditorPage*, const QString&);
+ void slotCurrentChanged(TQWidget*);
+ void slotAttachFile(EditorPage*, const TQString&);
void slotNewFile(EditorPage*);
void slotFileModified(EditorPage*, bool);
- void slotInitiateDrag(QWidget*);
+ void slotInitiateDrag(TQWidget*);
void slotFillWindowMenu();
void slotSetCurrentPage(int);
};
diff --git a/src/encoder.cpp b/src/encoder.cpp
index 5d04744..a400a47 100644
--- a/src/encoder.cpp
+++ b/src/encoder.cpp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include "qstring.h"
+#include "ntqstring.h"
#include "encoder.h"
#define CHAR_TO_HEX(c) ((c) < 0xA ? '0' + (c) : ('A' - 0xA) + (c))
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Encoder::~Encoder() {
* @param str The string to encode
* @return The hex-encoded ASCII string
*/
-const char* Encoder::encode(const QString& str)
+const char* Encoder::encode(const TQString& str)
{
const char* szStr;
int nLen, i, j;
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ const char* Encoder::encode(const QString& str)
* @param str The string to decode
* @return The decoded string.
*/
-const char* Encoder::decode(const QString& str)
+const char* Encoder::decode(const TQString& str)
{
const char* szStr;
int nLen, i, j;
diff --git a/src/encoder.h b/src/encoder.h
index 2e35cde..2244b76 100644
--- a/src/encoder.h
+++ b/src/encoder.h
@@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ class Encoder
public:
Encoder();
~Encoder();
- const char* encode(const QString&);
- const char* decode(const QString&);
+ const char* encode(const TQString&);
+ const char* decode(const TQString&);
private:
/** A buffer to contain the result of encoding/decoding. */
diff --git a/src/filelist.cpp b/src/filelist.cpp
index 59492ce..e9fdb9a 100644
--- a/src/filelist.cpp
+++ b/src/filelist.cpp
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qlineedit.h>
-#include <qfileinfo.h>
+#include <ntqlineedit.h>
+#include <ntqfileinfo.h>
#include <klocale.h>
#include "filelist.h"
#include "kscope.h"
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
* @param pParent The parent widget
* @param szName The widget's name
*/
-FileList::FileList(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+FileList::FileList(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
SearchList(1, pParent, szName),
m_sRoot("/")
{
@@ -74,9 +74,9 @@ FileList::~FileList()
* path, and is added to the list.
* @param sFilePath The full path of a source file
*/
-void FileList::addItem(const QString& sFilePath)
+void FileList::addItem(const TQString& sFilePath)
{
- QString sFileType, sFileName, sPath;
+ TQString sFileType, sFileName, sPath;
int nTypePos;
// Extract the file name
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ void FileList::addItem(const QString& sFilePath)
sPath.replace(m_sRoot, "$");
// Create the list item
- new QListViewItem(m_pList, sFileType, sFileName, sPath);
+ new TQListViewItem(m_pList, sFileType, sFileName, sPath);
}
/**
@@ -103,9 +103,9 @@ void FileList::addItem(const QString& sFilePath)
* @param sPath The full path of the file to find
* @return true if the file was found in the list, false otherwise
*/
-bool FileList::findFile(const QString& sPath)
+bool FileList::findFile(const TQString& sPath)
{
- QString sFindPath(sPath);
+ TQString sFindPath(sPath);
if (m_sRoot != "/")
sFindPath.replace(m_sRoot, "$");
@@ -126,9 +126,9 @@ void FileList::clear()
* Opens a file for editing when its entry is clicked in the file list.
* @param pItem The clicked list item
*/
-void FileList::processItemSelected(QListViewItem* pItem)
+void FileList::processItemSelected(TQListViewItem* pItem)
{
- QString sPath;
+ TQString sPath;
// Get the file path (replace the root symbol, if required)
sPath = pItem->text(2);
@@ -158,10 +158,10 @@ void FileList::applyPrefs()
* is replaced with a $ sign.
* @param sRoot The new root path
*/
-void FileList::setRoot(const QString& sRoot)
+void FileList::setRoot(const TQString& sRoot)
{
- QListViewItem* pItem;
- QString sPath;
+ TQListViewItem* pItem;
+ TQString sPath;
// Update all items in the list
for (pItem = m_pList->firstChild(); pItem != NULL;
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ void FileList::setRoot(const QString& sRoot)
* @param sTip The constructed tip string (on return)
* @return Always true
*/
-bool FileList::getTip(QListViewItem* pItem, QString& sTip)
+bool FileList::getTip(TQListViewItem* pItem, TQString& sTip)
{
sTip = pItem->text(2);
return true;
diff --git a/src/filelist.h b/src/filelist.h
index 8585dc6..59bad1d 100644
--- a/src/filelist.h
+++ b/src/filelist.h
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
#ifndef FILELIST_H
#define FILELIST_H
-#include <qwidget.h>
+#include <ntqwidget.h>
#include "searchlist.h"
#include "projectmanager.h"
@@ -45,15 +45,15 @@ class FileList : public SearchList, public FileListTarget
Q_OBJECT
public:
- FileList(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+ FileList(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
~FileList();
- virtual void addItem(const QString&);
- bool findFile(const QString&);
+ virtual void addItem(const TQString&);
+ bool findFile(const TQString&);
void clear();
void applyPrefs();
- void setRoot(const QString&);
- virtual bool getTip(QListViewItem*, QString&);
+ void setRoot(const TQString&);
+ virtual bool getTip(TQListViewItem*, TQString&);
signals:
/**
@@ -62,14 +62,14 @@ signals:
* @param sPath The full path of the selected file
* @param nLine Line number, always set to 0
*/
- void fileRequested(const QString& sPath, uint nLine);
+ void fileRequested(const TQString& sPath, uint nLine);
protected:
- virtual void processItemSelected(QListViewItem*);
+ virtual void processItemSelected(TQListViewItem*);
private:
/** A common root path for all items in the list. */
- QString m_sRoot;
+ TQString m_sRoot;
};
#endif
diff --git a/src/fileview.cpp b/src/fileview.cpp
index 029c20a..d611e59 100644
--- a/src/fileview.cpp
+++ b/src/fileview.cpp
@@ -25,9 +25,9 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qpushbutton.h>
-#include <qfileinfo.h>
-#include <qtabwidget.h>
+#include <ntqpushbutton.h>
+#include <ntqfileinfo.h>
+#include <ntqtabwidget.h>
#include <kfiledialog.h>
#include "fileview.h"
#include "filelist.h"
@@ -39,12 +39,12 @@
* @param szName The widget's name
* @param fl Widget creation flags
*/
-FileView::FileView(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName, WFlags fl) :
+FileView::FileView(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName, WFlags fl) :
FileViewLayout(pParent, szName, fl),
m_pCurBranch(0),
m_sRoot("")
{
- QWidget* pPage;
+ TQWidget* pPage;
// Set the tab widget icons
pPage = m_pTabWidget->page(0);
@@ -57,12 +57,12 @@ FileView::FileView(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName, WFlags fl) :
// Send the fileRequested() signal whenever a file is selected in either
// the list or the tree
- connect(m_pFileList, SIGNAL(fileRequested(const QString&, uint)), this,
- SIGNAL(fileRequested(const QString&, uint)));
- connect(m_pFileTree, SIGNAL(doubleClicked(QListViewItem*)),
- this, SLOT(slotTreeItemSelected(QListViewItem*)));
- connect(m_pFileTree, SIGNAL(returnPressed(QListViewItem*)), this,
- SLOT(slotTreeItemSelected(QListViewItem*)));
+ connect(m_pFileList, SIGNAL(fileRequested(const TQString&, uint)), this,
+ SIGNAL(fileRequested(const TQString&, uint)));
+ connect(m_pFileTree, SIGNAL(doubleClicked(TQListViewItem*)),
+ this, SLOT(slotTreeItemSelected(TQListViewItem*)));
+ connect(m_pFileTree, SIGNAL(returnPressed(TQListViewItem*)), this,
+ SLOT(slotTreeItemSelected(TQListViewItem*)));
}
/**
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ FileView::~FileView()
* Sets a new common root path to both the file list and the tree.
* @param sRoot The full path of the new root
*/
-void FileView::setRoot(const QString& sRoot)
+void FileView::setRoot(const TQString& sRoot)
{
// Nothing to do if the given root is the same as the old one
if (sRoot == m_sRoot)
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ void FileView::setRoot(const QString& sRoot)
return;
// Create and open a new branch, with the newly specified root
- QFileInfo fi(sRoot);
+ TQFileInfo fi(sRoot);
m_pCurBranch = m_pFileTree->addBranch(KURL(sRoot), fi.fileName());
m_pCurBranch->setChildRecurse(false);
m_pFileTree->setOpen(m_pCurBranch->root(), true);
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ void FileView::clear()
* of the KFileTreeView object.
* @param pItem The selected tree item
*/
-void FileView::slotTreeItemSelected(QListViewItem* pItem)
+void FileView::slotTreeItemSelected(TQListViewItem* pItem)
{
KFileTreeViewItem* pTreeItem;
diff --git a/src/fileview.h b/src/fileview.h
index 5fc1fe3..ca78783 100644
--- a/src/fileview.h
+++ b/src/fileview.h
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class FileView : public FileViewLayout
Q_OBJECT
public:
- FileView(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0, WFlags fl = 0);
+ FileView(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0, WFlags fl = 0);
~FileView();
/**
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ public:
*/
FileList* getFileList() { return m_pFileList; }
- void setRoot(const QString&);
+ void setRoot(const TQString&);
void clear();
signals:
@@ -63,17 +63,17 @@ signals:
* @param sPath The full path of the selected file
* @param nLine Line number, always set to 0
*/
- void fileRequested(const QString& sPath, uint nLine);
+ void fileRequested(const TQString& sPath, uint nLine);
private:
/** The current branch in the file tree. */
KFileTreeBranch* m_pCurBranch;
/** The current root of the file tree. */
- QString m_sRoot;
+ TQString m_sRoot;
private slots:
- void slotTreeItemSelected(QListViewItem*);
+ void slotTreeItemSelected(TQListViewItem*);
};
#endif
diff --git a/src/fileviewlayout.ui b/src/fileviewlayout.ui
index 24bb1f5..7e49bd1 100644
--- a/src/fileviewlayout.ui
+++ b/src/fileviewlayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
<class>FileViewLayout</class>
-<widget class="QWidget">
+<widget class="TQWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>FileViewLayout</cstring>
</property>
@@ -25,14 +25,14 @@
<property name="spacing">
<number>0</number>
</property>
- <widget class="QTabWidget">
+ <widget class="TQTabWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pTabWidget</cstring>
</property>
<property name="toolTip" stdset="0">
<string></string>
</property>
- <widget class="QWidget">
+ <widget class="TQWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>tab</cstring>
</property>
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
</widget>
</vbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QWidget">
+ <widget class="TQWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>tab</cstring>
</property>
diff --git a/src/frontend.cpp b/src/frontend.cpp
index fee1c1b..cd01b3b 100644
--- a/src/frontend.cpp
+++ b/src/frontend.cpp
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qfileinfo.h>
-#include <qdir.h>
+#include <ntqfileinfo.h>
+#include <ntqdir.h>
#include <klocale.h>
#include "frontend.h"
@@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ Frontend::~Frontend()
* @param bBlock (Optional) true to block, false otherwise
* @return true if the process was executed successfully, false otherwise
*/
-bool Frontend::run(const QString& sName, const QStringList& slArgs,
- const QString& sWorkDir, bool bBlock)
+bool Frontend::run(const TQString& sName, const TQStringList& slArgs,
+ const TQString& sWorkDir, bool bBlock)
{
// Cannot start if another controlled process is currently running
if (isRunning()) {
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ void Frontend::removeRecord()
* @return true if a token was extracted up to the given delimter(s), false
* if the buffer ended before a delimiter could be identified
*/
-bool Frontend::tokenize(char** ppBuf, int* pBufSize, QString& sResult,
+bool Frontend::tokenize(char** ppBuf, int* pBufSize, TQString& sResult,
ParserDelim& delim)
{
int nSize;
@@ -236,10 +236,10 @@ bool Frontend::tokenize(char** ppBuf, int* pBufSize, QString& sResult,
*pBufSize = nSize;
}
else if (m_bInToken) {
- sResult = QString::fromLatin1(*ppBuf, *pBufSize);
+ sResult = TQString::fromLatin1(*ppBuf, *pBufSize);
}
else {
- sResult = QString::null;
+ sResult = TQString::null;
}
return bFoundToken;
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ bool Frontend::tokenize(char** ppBuf, int* pBufSize, QString& sResult,
* By default, this method emits the error() signal with the given text.
* @param sText The text sent to the standard error stream
*/
-void Frontend::parseStderr(const QString& sText)
+void Frontend::parseStderr(const TQString& sText)
{
emit error(sText);
}
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ void Frontend::slotProcessExit(KProcess*)
void Frontend::slotReadStdout(KProcess*, char* pBuffer, int nSize)
{
char* pLocalBuf;
- QString sToken;
+ TQString sToken;
bool bTokenEnded;
ParserDelim delim;
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ void Frontend::slotReadStdout(KProcess*, char* pBuffer, int nSize)
*/
void Frontend::slotReadStderr(KProcess*, char* pBuffer, int nSize)
{
- QString sBuf;
+ TQString sBuf;
// Do nothing if waiting for process to die
if (m_bKilled)
diff --git a/src/frontend.h b/src/frontend.h
index 246128a..801f49c 100644
--- a/src/frontend.h
+++ b/src/frontend.h
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
#ifndef FRONTEND_H
#define FRONTEND_H
-#include <qobject.h>
+#include <ntqobject.h>
#include <kprocess.h>
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ public:
/**
* @return The text associated with this token
*/
- const QString& getData() const { return m_sData; }
+ const TQString& getData() const { return m_sData; }
/**
* @return A pointer to the next token in the strem.
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ public:
protected:
/** Free text associated with the token. */
- QString m_sData;
+ TQString m_sData;
/** A pointer to the next token in the stream. */
FrontendToken* m_pNext;
@@ -81,14 +81,14 @@ public:
Frontend(uint, bool bAutoDelete = false);
~Frontend();
- virtual bool run(const QString&, const QStringList&,
- const QString& sWorkDir = "", bool bBlock = false);
+ virtual bool run(const TQString&, const TQStringList&,
+ const TQString& sWorkDir = "", bool bBlock = false);
void kill();
/**
* @return An string describing the error which made run() fail
*/
- const QString& getRunError() { return m_sError; }
+ const TQString& getRunError() { return m_sError; }
signals:
/**
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ signals:
/**
* Emitted when an error message is produced by the back-end process.
*/
- void error(const QString& sMsg);
+ void error(const TQString& sMsg);
protected:
/** A set of possible delimiters for parsing process output. */
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ protected:
ParserDelim m_delim;
/** An error string produced if run() fails. */
- QString m_sError;
+ TQString m_sError;
/**
* Handles a text token received on the Standard Output stream of the
@@ -168,9 +168,9 @@ protected:
* @result A ParseResult value, indicating what should be done with the
* new token
*/
- virtual ParseResult parseStdout(QString& sToken, ParserDelim delim) = 0;
+ virtual ParseResult parseStdout(TQString& sToken, ParserDelim delim) = 0;
- virtual void parseStderr(const QString&);
+ virtual void parseStderr(const TQString&);
/**
* Called when the process exits.
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ private:
void addToken(FrontendToken*);
void removeToken();
void removeRecord();
- bool tokenize(char**, int*, QString&, ParserDelim&);
+ bool tokenize(char**, int*, TQString&, ParserDelim&);
private slots:
void slotReadStdout(KProcess*, char*, int);
diff --git a/src/graphedge.cpp b/src/graphedge.cpp
index 283a5fe..33ac306 100644
--- a/src/graphedge.cpp
+++ b/src/graphedge.cpp
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
#include <math.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <qpainter.h>
+#include <ntqpainter.h>
#include "graphedge.h"
#include "graphnode.h"
@@ -46,24 +46,24 @@ typedef int (*CompFunc)(const void*, const void*);
/**
- * An array of QPoint objects that can compute the convex hull surrounding all
+ * An array of TQPoint objects that can compute the convex hull surrounding all
* points in the array.
* @author Elad Lahav
*/
-class ConvexHull : public QPointArray
+class ConvexHull : public TQPointArray
{
public:
/**
* Class constructor.
*/
- ConvexHull() : QPointArray() {}
+ ConvexHull() : TQPointArray() {}
/**
* Computes the convex hull of the points stored in the array, using
* Graham's scan.
* @param arrHull Holds the coordinates of the convex hull, upon return
*/
- void compute(QPointArray& arrHull) {
+ void compute(TQPointArray& arrHull) {
uint i, nPivot, nTop;
// Find the pivot point
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public:
s_ptPivot = (*this)[nPivot];
(*this)[nPivot] = (*this)[0];
(*this)[0] = s_ptPivot;
- qsort(&(*this).data()[1], (*this).size() - 1, sizeof(QPoint),
+ qsort(&(*this).data()[1], (*this).size() - 1, sizeof(TQPoint),
(CompFunc)compRadial);
// Initialise Graham's scan algorithm
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ public:
private:
/** The current pivot point, required by compRadial. */
- static QPoint s_ptPivot;
+ static TQPoint s_ptPivot;
/**
* Compares two points based on their angle relative to the current
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ private:
* @param pPt2 A pointer to the second point
* @return >0 if the first point is to the left of the second, <0 otherwise
*/
- static int compRadial(const QPoint* pPt1, const QPoint* pPt2) {
+ static int compRadial(const TQPoint* pPt1, const TQPoint* pPt2) {
int nResult;
// Determine which point is to the left of the other. If the angle is
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ private:
}
};
-QPoint ConvexHull::s_ptPivot;
+TQPoint ConvexHull::s_ptPivot;
/**
* Class constructor.
@@ -143,8 +143,8 @@ QPoint ConvexHull::s_ptPivot;
* @param pHead The edge's starting point
* @param pTail The edge's end point
*/
-GraphEdge::GraphEdge(QCanvas* pCanvas, GraphNode* pHead, GraphNode* pTail) :
- QCanvasPolygonalItem(pCanvas),
+GraphEdge::GraphEdge(TQCanvas* pCanvas, GraphNode* pHead, GraphNode* pTail) :
+ TQCanvasPolygonalItem(pCanvas),
m_pHead(pHead),
m_pTail(pTail),
m_arrPoly(4)
@@ -156,8 +156,8 @@ GraphEdge::GraphEdge(QCanvas* pCanvas, GraphNode* pHead, GraphNode* pTail) :
*/
GraphEdge::~GraphEdge()
{
- // Classes derived from QCanvasPolygonalItem must call hide() in their
- // detructor (according to the Qt documentation)
+ // Classes derived from TQCanvasPolygonalItem must call hide() in their
+ // detructor (according to the TQt documentation)
hide();
}
@@ -165,14 +165,14 @@ GraphEdge::~GraphEdge()
* Calculates the area surrounding the edge, and the bounding rectangle of
* the edge's polygonal head.
* The calculated area is used to find items on the canvas and to display
- * tips. The bounding rectangle defines the tip's region (@see QToolTip).
+ * tips. The bounding rectangle defines the tip's region (@see TQToolTip).
* TODO: The function assumes that the we can simply append the polygon's
* array to that of the splines. Is this always the case, or should we sort
* the points of the polygon in radial order?
* @param arrCurve The control points of the edge's spline
* @param ai Used to calculate the arrow head polygon
*/
-void GraphEdge::setPoints(const QPointArray& arrCurve, const ArrowInfo& ai)
+void GraphEdge::setPoints(const TQPointArray& arrCurve, const ArrowInfo& ai)
{
ConvexHull ch;
uint i;
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ void GraphEdge::setPoints(const QPointArray& arrCurve, const ArrowInfo& ai)
ch.compute(m_arrArea);
// Calculate the head's bounding rectangle
- m_rcTip = QRect(m_arrPoly[0], m_arrPoly[0]);
+ m_rcTip = TQRect(m_arrPoly[0], m_arrPoly[0]);
for (i = 1; i < m_arrPoly.size(); i++) {
nXpos = m_arrPoly[i].x();
if (nXpos < m_rcTip.left())
@@ -217,8 +217,8 @@ void GraphEdge::setPoints(const QPointArray& arrCurve, const ArrowInfo& ai)
* @param sLine The call's line number
* @param sText The call's text
*/
-void GraphEdge::setCallInfo(const QString& sFile, const QString& sLine,
- const QString& sText)
+void GraphEdge::setCallInfo(const TQString& sFile, const TQString& sLine,
+ const TQString& sText)
{
m_sFile = sFile;
m_sLine = sLine;
@@ -229,9 +229,9 @@ void GraphEdge::setCallInfo(const QString& sFile, const QString& sLine,
* Constructs a tool-tip string for this edge.
* @return The tool-tip text
*/
-QString GraphEdge::getTip() const
+TQString GraphEdge::getTip() const
{
- QString sTip;
+ TQString sTip;
sTip = m_sText + "<br><i>" + m_sFile + "</i>:" + m_sLine;
return sTip;
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ QString GraphEdge::getTip() const
* Draws the spline as a sequence of cubic Bezier curves.
* @param painter Used for drawing the item on the canvas view
*/
-void GraphEdge::drawShape(QPainter& painter)
+void GraphEdge::drawShape(TQPainter& painter)
{
uint i;
@@ -254,10 +254,10 @@ void GraphEdge::drawShape(QPainter& painter)
#if 0
// Draws the convex hull of the edge
- QPen pen = painter.pen();
- QBrush br = painter.brush();
- painter.setPen(QPen(QColor(255, 0, 0)));
- painter.setBrush(QBrush());
+ TQPen pen = painter.pen();
+ TQBrush br = painter.brush();
+ painter.setPen(TQPen(TQColor(255, 0, 0)));
+ painter.setBrush(TQBrush());
painter.drawPolygon(m_arrArea);
painter.setPen(pen);
painter.setBrush(br);
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ void GraphEdge::drawShape(QPainter& painter)
*/
void GraphEdge::makeArrowhead(const ArrowInfo& ai)
{
- QPoint ptLast, ptPrev;
+ TQPoint ptLast, ptPrev;
double dX1, dY1, dX0, dY0, dX, dY, dDeltaX, dDeltaY, dNormLen;
// The arrowhead follows the line from the second last to the last points
diff --git a/src/graphedge.h b/src/graphedge.h
index ce399b3..7b5fc4e 100644
--- a/src/graphedge.h
+++ b/src/graphedge.h
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
#ifndef GRAPHEDGE_H
#define GRAPHEDGE_H
-#include <qcanvas.h>
+#include <ntqcanvas.h>
class GraphNode;
@@ -53,20 +53,20 @@ struct ArrowInfo
* is its head.
* @author Elad Lahav
*/
-class GraphEdge : public QCanvasPolygonalItem
+class GraphEdge : public TQCanvasPolygonalItem
{
public:
- GraphEdge(QCanvas*, GraphNode*, GraphNode*);
+ GraphEdge(TQCanvas*, GraphNode*, GraphNode*);
~GraphEdge();
- void setCallInfo(const QString&, const QString&, const QString&);
- void setPoints(const QPointArray&, const ArrowInfo&);
- QString getTip() const;
+ void setCallInfo(const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString&);
+ void setPoints(const TQPointArray&, const ArrowInfo&);
+ TQString getTip() const;
/**
* @return The coordinates of the convex hull surrounding the edge
*/
- virtual QPointArray areaPoints() const { return m_arrArea; }
+ virtual TQPointArray areaPoints() const { return m_arrArea; }
/**
* @return The head node of the edge
@@ -81,12 +81,12 @@ public:
/**
* @return The bounding rectangle of the edge's head
*/
- QRect tipRect() const { return m_rcTip; }
+ TQRect tipRect() const { return m_rcTip; }
/**
* @return The file path for this call
*/
- const QString& getFile() const { return m_sFile; }
+ const TQString& getFile() const { return m_sFile; }
/**
* @return The line number for this call
@@ -96,9 +96,9 @@ public:
/**
* @return The call's text
*/
- const QString& getText() const { return m_sText; }
+ const TQString& getText() const { return m_sText; }
- /** Identifies this class among other QCanvasItem classes. */
+ /** Identifies this class among other TQCanvasItem classes. */
static int RTTI;
/**
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ public:
virtual int rtti() const { return RTTI; }
protected:
- virtual void drawShape(QPainter&);
+ virtual void drawShape(TQPainter&);
private:
/** The edge's starting point. */
@@ -117,25 +117,25 @@ private:
GraphNode* m_pTail;
/** The points of the polygon part of the edge. */
- QPointArray m_arrPoly;
+ TQPointArray m_arrPoly;
/** Control points for the spline part of the edge. */
- QPointArray m_arrCurve;
+ TQPointArray m_arrCurve;
- QPointArray m_arrArea;
+ TQPointArray m_arrArea;
/** The bounding rectangle of the edge's head, used for displaying the
edge's tool-tip. */
- QRect m_rcTip;
+ TQRect m_rcTip;
/** The call's source file. */
- QString m_sFile;
+ TQString m_sFile;
/** The call's line number. */
- QString m_sLine;
+ TQString m_sLine;
/** The call's text. */
- QString m_sText;
+ TQString m_sText;
void makeArrowhead(const ArrowInfo&);
};
diff --git a/src/graphnode.cpp b/src/graphnode.cpp
index 28a219d..9f8fe9d 100644
--- a/src/graphnode.cpp
+++ b/src/graphnode.cpp
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qpainter.h>
-#include <qfontmetrics.h>
+#include <ntqpainter.h>
+#include <ntqfontmetrics.h>
#include "graphnode.h"
int GraphNode::RTTI = 1001;
@@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ int GraphNode::RTTI = 1001;
* @param sFunc The node's function
* @param bMultiCall Whether this node represents multiple calls
*/
-GraphNode::GraphNode(QCanvas* pCanvas, const QString& sFunc, bool bMultiCall) :
- QCanvasPolygon(pCanvas),
+GraphNode::GraphNode(TQCanvas* pCanvas, const TQString& sFunc, bool bMultiCall) :
+ TQCanvasPolygon(pCanvas),
m_sFunc(sFunc),
m_bMultiCall(bMultiCall),
m_bDfsFlag(false)
@@ -90,12 +90,12 @@ void GraphNode::dfs()
m_bDfsFlag = true;
// Continue along outgoing edges
- QDictIterator<GraphEdge> itrOut(m_dictOutEdges);
+ TQDictIterator<GraphEdge> itrOut(m_dictOutEdges);
for (; itrOut.current(); ++itrOut)
(*itrOut)->getTail()->dfs();
// Continue along incoming edges
- QDictIterator<GraphEdge> itrIn(m_dictInEdges);
+ TQDictIterator<GraphEdge> itrIn(m_dictInEdges);
for (; itrIn.current(); ++itrIn)
(*itrIn)->getHead()->dfs();
}
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ void GraphNode::removeOutEdges()
*/
void GraphNode::removeInEdges()
{
- QDictIterator<GraphEdge> itr(m_dictInEdges);
+ TQDictIterator<GraphEdge> itr(m_dictInEdges);
// Delete edges through their head nodes
for (; itr.current(); ++itr)
@@ -134,8 +134,8 @@ void GraphNode::removeInEdges()
*/
void GraphNode::getFirstNeighbour(GraphNode*& pNode, bool& bCalled)
{
- QDictIterator<GraphEdge> itrIn(m_dictInEdges);
- QDictIterator<GraphEdge> itrOut(m_dictOutEdges);
+ TQDictIterator<GraphEdge> itrIn(m_dictInEdges);
+ TQDictIterator<GraphEdge> itrOut(m_dictOutEdges);
if (itrIn.current()) {
pNode = itrIn.current()->getHead();
@@ -154,9 +154,9 @@ void GraphNode::getFirstNeighbour(GraphNode*& pNode, bool& bCalled)
* Modifies the bounding rectangle of the node.
* @param rect The new coordinates to set
*/
-void GraphNode::setRect(const QRect& rect)
+void GraphNode::setRect(const TQRect& rect)
{
- QPointArray arr(4);
+ TQPointArray arr(4);
m_rect = rect;
@@ -171,22 +171,22 @@ void GraphNode::setRect(const QRect& rect)
* Draws the node.
* @param painter Used for drawing the item on the canvas view
*/
-void GraphNode::drawShape(QPainter& painter)
+void GraphNode::drawShape(TQPainter& painter)
{
- const QPen& pen = painter.pen();
- const QFont& font = painter.font();
+ const TQPen& pen = painter.pen();
+ const TQFont& font = painter.font();
// Draw the rectangle
- painter.setPen(QPen(Qt::black));
+ painter.setPen(TQPen(TQt::black));
painter.drawRect(m_rect);
// Draw the text
painter.setPen(pen);
painter.setFont(m_font);
if (m_bMultiCall)
- painter.drawText(m_rect, Qt::AlignCenter, "...");
+ painter.drawText(m_rect, TQt::AlignCenter, "...");
else
- painter.drawText(m_rect, Qt::AlignCenter, m_sFunc);
+ painter.drawText(m_rect, TQt::AlignCenter, m_sFunc);
painter.setFont(font);
}
diff --git a/src/graphnode.h b/src/graphnode.h
index 9f48639..a54b4ea 100644
--- a/src/graphnode.h
+++ b/src/graphnode.h
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
#ifndef GRAPHNODE_H
#define GRAPHNODE_H
-#include <qcanvas.h>
-#include <qdict.h>
+#include <ntqcanvas.h>
+#include <ntqdict.h>
#include "graphedge.h"
/**
@@ -37,10 +37,10 @@
* This item represents a function in the call graph.
* @author Elad Lahav
*/
-class GraphNode : public QCanvasPolygon
+class GraphNode : public TQCanvasPolygon
{
public:
- GraphNode(QCanvas* pCanvas, const QString&, bool bMultiCall = false);
+ GraphNode(TQCanvas* pCanvas, const TQString&, bool bMultiCall = false);
~GraphNode();
GraphEdge* addOutEdge(GraphNode*);
@@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public:
/**
* @param rect The bounding rectangle of the node
*/
- void setRect(const QRect& rect);
+ void setRect(const TQRect& rect);
/**
* @param font The font to use for drawing the text
*/
- void setFont(const QFont& font) { m_font = font; }
+ void setFont(const TQFont& font) { m_font = font; }
/**
* @return The name of the function
*/
- const QString& getFunc() const { return m_sFunc; }
+ const TQString& getFunc() const { return m_sFunc; }
/**
* @return true for a multiple-call node, false otherwise
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ public:
/**
* @return The set of outgoing edges
*/
- QDict<GraphEdge>& getOutEdges() { return m_dictOutEdges; }
+ TQDict<GraphEdge>& getOutEdges() { return m_dictOutEdges; }
/**
* @return true if this node was already visited during the current DFS,
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ public:
*/
void dfsReset() { m_bDfsFlag = false; }
- /** Identifies this class among other QCanvasItem classes. */
+ /** Identifies this class among other TQCanvasItem classes. */
static int RTTI;
/**
@@ -94,23 +94,23 @@ public:
virtual int rtti() const { return RTTI; }
protected:
- virtual void drawShape(QPainter&);
+ virtual void drawShape(TQPainter&);
private:
/** Function name. */
- QString m_sFunc;
+ TQString m_sFunc;
/** A list of outgoing edges indexed by destination. */
- QDict<GraphEdge> m_dictOutEdges;
+ TQDict<GraphEdge> m_dictOutEdges;
/** A list of incoming edges indexed by destination. */
- QDict<GraphEdge> m_dictInEdges;
+ TQDict<GraphEdge> m_dictInEdges;
/** The bounding rectangle for the node. */
- QRect m_rect;
+ TQRect m_rect;
/** The font to use for drawing the text. */
- QFont m_font;
+ TQFont m_font;
/** true for a multiple-call node, false otherwise. */
bool m_bMultiCall;
diff --git a/src/graphprefdlg.cpp b/src/graphprefdlg.cpp
index c8d381c..11b7914 100644
--- a/src/graphprefdlg.cpp
+++ b/src/graphprefdlg.cpp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qspinbox.h>
+#include <ntqspinbox.h>
#include "graphprefdlg.h"
#include "preferencesdlg.h"
#include "kscopeconfig.h"
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
* @param pParent The parent widget
* @param szName The widget's name
*/
-GraphPrefDlg::GraphPrefDlg(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+GraphPrefDlg::GraphPrefDlg(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
GraphPrefLayout(pParent, szName, true, 0)
{
m_pMaxDegSpin->setValue(Config().getGraphMaxNodeDegree());
diff --git a/src/graphprefdlg.h b/src/graphprefdlg.h
index 7a4a3c0..7afa2bf 100644
--- a/src/graphprefdlg.h
+++ b/src/graphprefdlg.h
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ class GraphPrefDlg : public GraphPrefLayout
Q_OBJECT
public:
- GraphPrefDlg(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+ GraphPrefDlg(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
~GraphPrefDlg();
int getMaxNodeDegree();
diff --git a/src/graphpreflayout.ui b/src/graphpreflayout.ui
index a94a206..75304d2 100644
--- a/src/graphpreflayout.ui
+++ b/src/graphpreflayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
<class>GraphPrefLayout</class>
-<widget class="QDialog">
+<widget class="TQDialog">
<property name="name">
<cstring>GraphPrefLayout</cstring>
</property>
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout6</cstring>
</property>
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLabel">
+ <widget class="TQLabel">
<property name="name">
<cstring>textLabel1</cstring>
</property>
@@ -55,14 +55,14 @@
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
- <widget class="QSpinBox">
+ <widget class="TQSpinBox">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pMaxDegSpin</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</hbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout7</cstring>
</property>
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLabel">
+ <widget class="TQLabel">
<property name="name">
<cstring>textLabel2</cstring>
</property>
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pColorButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
</widget>
</hbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout8</cstring>
</property>
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLabel">
+ <widget class="TQLabel">
<property name="name">
<cstring>textLabel3</cstring>
</property>
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pFontButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
<enum>Horizontal</enum>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>Layout1</cstring>
</property>
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>buttonOk</cstring>
</property>
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>buttonCancel</cstring>
</property>
diff --git a/src/graphwidget.cpp b/src/graphwidget.cpp
index 00ca733..2481f59 100644
--- a/src/graphwidget.cpp
+++ b/src/graphwidget.cpp
@@ -27,9 +27,9 @@
#include <math.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <qfile.h>
-#include <qpainter.h>
-#include <qtooltip.h>
+#include <ntqfile.h>
+#include <ntqpainter.h>
+#include <ntqtooltip.h>
#include <klocale.h>
#include <kmessagebox.h>
#include "graphwidget.h"
@@ -51,14 +51,14 @@ const char TMP_TMPL[] = "/tmp/kscope_dot.XXXXXX";
* items are neither rectangular nor is their position known in advance.
* @author Elad Lahav
*/
-class GraphTip : public QToolTip
+class GraphTip : public TQToolTip
{
public:
/**
* Class constructor.
* @param pWidget Owner graph widget
*/
- GraphTip(GraphWidget* pWidget) : QToolTip(pWidget->viewport()),
+ GraphTip(GraphWidget* pWidget) : TQToolTip(pWidget->viewport()),
m_pGraphWidget(pWidget) {}
/**
@@ -73,13 +73,13 @@ protected:
* the tool tip.
* @param ptPos Current mouse position
*/
- virtual void maybeTip(const QPoint& ptPos) {
- QString sText;
- QRect rc;
+ virtual void maybeTip(const TQPoint& ptPos) {
+ TQString sText;
+ TQRect rc;
// Display a tip, if required by the owner
sText = m_pGraphWidget->getTip(ptPos, rc);
- if (sText != QString::null)
+ if (sText != TQString::null)
tip(rc, sText);
}
@@ -90,10 +90,10 @@ private:
/**
* Provides a menu separator with text.
- * The separator is added with QMenuData::insertItem(QWidget*).
+ * The separator is added with TQMenuData::insertItem(TQWidget*).
* @author Elad Lahav
*/
-class MenuLabel : public QLabel
+class MenuLabel : public TQLabel
{
public:
/**
@@ -101,8 +101,8 @@ public:
* @param sText The text to display
* @param pParent The parent widget
*/
- MenuLabel(const QString& sText, QWidget* pParent) :
- QLabel(sText, pParent) {
+ MenuLabel(const TQString& sText, TQWidget* pParent) :
+ TQLabel(sText, pParent) {
// Set the appropriate visual properties
setFrameShape(MenuBarPanel);
setAlignment(AlignHCenter | AlignVCenter);
@@ -117,8 +117,8 @@ ArrowInfo GraphWidget::s_ai;
* @param pParent The parent widget
* @param szName The widget's name
*/
-GraphWidget::GraphWidget(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
- QCanvasView(pParent, szName),
+GraphWidget::GraphWidget(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+ TQCanvasView(pParent, szName),
m_progress(this),
m_dot(this),
m_dZoom(1.0),
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ GraphWidget::GraphWidget(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
m_dictNodes.setAutoDelete(true);
// Create a canvas
- setCanvas(new QCanvas(this));
+ setCanvas(new TQCanvas(this));
canvas()->setBackgroundColor(Config().getColor(KScopeConfig::GraphBack));
// Create a persistent Cscope process
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ GraphWidget::GraphWidget(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
connect(&m_dot, SIGNAL(finished(uint)), this, SLOT(slotDotFinished()));
// Create the node popup menu
- m_pNodePopup = new QPopupMenu(this);
+ m_pNodePopup = new TQPopupMenu(this);
m_pNodePopup->insertItem(new MenuLabel(i18n("<b>Called Functions</b>"),
m_pNodePopup));
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ GraphWidget::GraphWidget(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
m_pNodePopup->insertItem(i18n("Remove"), this, SLOT(slotRemoveNode()));
// Create the multi-call node popup menu
- m_pMultiCallPopup = new QPopupMenu(this);
+ m_pMultiCallPopup = new TQPopupMenu(this);
m_pMultiCallPopup->insertItem(i18n("List..."), this,
SLOT(slotMultiCallDetails()));
m_pMultiCallPopup->insertSeparator();
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ GraphWidget::GraphWidget(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
SLOT(slotRemoveNode()));
// Create the edge menu
- m_pEdgePopup = new QPopupMenu(this);
+ m_pEdgePopup = new TQPopupMenu(this);
m_pEdgePopup->insertItem(i18n("Open Call"), this, SLOT(slotOpenCall()));
(void)new GraphTip(this);
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ GraphWidget::~GraphWidget()
* strongly connected to the root).
* @param sFunc The function name for the root node
*/
-void GraphWidget::setRoot(const QString& sFunc)
+void GraphWidget::setRoot(const TQString& sFunc)
{
// Insert a new node to the graph
addNode(sFunc);
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ void GraphWidget::setRoot(const QString& sFunc)
* @param sFunc The name of a function
* @return The node corresponding to the given name
*/
-GraphNode* GraphWidget::addNode(const QString& sFunc, bool bMultiCall)
+GraphNode* GraphWidget::addNode(const TQString& sFunc, bool bMultiCall)
{
GraphNode* pNode;
@@ -267,9 +267,9 @@ void GraphWidget::addCall(const CallData& data)
* @param bCalled true if the multiple calls are called from that function,
* false if they are calling the function
*/
-void GraphWidget::addMultiCall(const QString& sFunc, bool bCalled)
+void GraphWidget::addMultiCall(const TQString& sFunc, bool bCalled)
{
- QString sMulti;
+ TQString sMulti;
GraphNode* pCaller, * pCallee;
GraphEdge* pEdge;
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ void GraphWidget::addMultiCall(const QString& sFunc, bool bCalled)
*/
void GraphWidget::draw()
{
- QWMatrix mtx;
+ TQWMatrix mtx;
char szTempFile[TMP_TMPL_SIZE];
int nFd;
FILE* pFile;
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ void GraphWidget::draw()
// Write the graph contents to the temporary file
{
- QTextStream str(pFile, IO_WriteOnly);
+ TQTextStream str(pFile, IO_WriteOnly);
write(str, "graph", "--", false);
}
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ void GraphWidget::draw()
void GraphWidget::save(FILE* pFile)
{
// Write the graph using the dot language
- QTextStream str(pFile, IO_WriteOnly);
+ TQTextStream str(pFile, IO_WriteOnly);
write(str, "digraph", "->", true);
}
@@ -367,15 +367,15 @@ void GraphWidget::save(FILE* pFile)
* Exports a graph to a dot file.
* @param sFile The full path of the file to export to
*/
-void GraphWidget::save(const QString& sFile)
+void GraphWidget::save(const TQString& sFile)
{
- QFile file(sFile);
+ TQFile file(sFile);
// Open/create the file
if (!file.open(IO_WriteOnly))
return;
- QTextStream str(&file);
+ TQTextStream str(&file);
write(str, "digraph", "->", false);
}
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ void GraphWidget::save(const QString& sFile)
*/
void GraphWidget::zoom(bool bIn)
{
- QWMatrix mtx;
+ TQWMatrix mtx;
// Set the new zoom factor
if (bIn)
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ void GraphWidget::setZoom(double dZoom)
*/
void GraphWidget::rotate()
{
- QString sDir;
+ TQString sDir;
int i;
// Get the current direction
@@ -437,15 +437,15 @@ void GraphWidget::rotate()
* NOTE: We currently return a tool tip for edges only
* @param ptPos The position to query
* @param rc Holds the tip's rectangle, upon return
- * @return The tip's text, or QString::null if no tip is required
+ * @return The tip's text, or TQString::null if no tip is required
*/
-QString GraphWidget::getTip(const QPoint& ptPos, QRect& rc)
+TQString GraphWidget::getTip(const TQPoint& ptPos, TQRect& rc)
{
- QPoint ptRealPos, ptTopLeft, ptBottomRight;
- QCanvasItemList il;
- QCanvasItemList::Iterator itr;
+ TQPoint ptRealPos, ptTopLeft, ptBottomRight;
+ TQCanvasItemList il;
+ TQCanvasItemList::Iterator itr;
GraphEdge* pEdge;
- QString sText, sFile, sLine;
+ TQString sText, sFile, sLine;
ptRealPos = viewportToContents(ptPos);
ptRealPos /= m_dZoom;
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ QString GraphWidget::getTip(const QPoint& ptPos, QRect& rc)
// No tip if no edge was found
if (pEdge == NULL)
- return QString::null;
+ return TQString::null;
// Set the rectangle for the tip (the tip is closed when the mouse leaves
// this area)
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ QString GraphWidget::getTip(const QPoint& ptPos, QRect& rc)
ptBottomRight *= m_dZoom;
ptTopLeft = contentsToViewport(ptTopLeft);
ptBottomRight = contentsToViewport(ptBottomRight);
- rc = QRect(ptTopLeft, ptBottomRight);
+ rc = TQRect(ptTopLeft, ptBottomRight);
// Create a tip for this edge
return pEdge->getTip();
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ void GraphWidget::resize(int nWidth, int nHeight)
* @param sFunc The function corresponding to the node to draw
* @param rect The coordinates of the node's rectangle
*/
-void GraphWidget::drawNode(const QString& sFunc, const QRect& rect)
+void GraphWidget::drawNode(const TQString& sFunc, const TQRect& rect)
{
GraphNode* pNode;
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ void GraphWidget::drawNode(const QString& sFunc, const QRect& rect)
// Set the visual aspects of the node
pNode->setRect(rect);
pNode->setZ(2.0);
- pNode->setPen(QPen(Qt::black));
+ pNode->setPen(TQPen(TQt::black));
pNode->setFont(Config().getFont(KScopeConfig::Graph));
if (pNode->isMultiCall())
@@ -523,8 +523,8 @@ void GraphWidget::drawNode(const QString& sFunc, const QRect& rect)
* @param sCallee Identifies the edge's tail node
* @param arrCurve Control points for the edge's spline
*/
-void GraphWidget::drawEdge(const QString& sCaller, const QString& sCallee,
- const QPointArray& arrCurve)
+void GraphWidget::drawEdge(const TQString& sCaller, const TQString& sCallee,
+ const TQPointArray& arrCurve)
{
GraphNode* pCaller, * pCallee;
GraphEdge* pEdge;
@@ -537,8 +537,8 @@ void GraphWidget::drawEdge(const QString& sCaller, const QString& sCallee,
// Set the visual aspects of the edge
pEdge->setPoints(arrCurve, s_ai);
pEdge->setZ(1.0);
- pEdge->setPen(QPen(Qt::black));
- pEdge->setBrush(QBrush(Qt::black));
+ pEdge->setPen(TQPen(TQt::black));
+ pEdge->setBrush(TQBrush(TQt::black));
// Draw the edge
pEdge->show();
@@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ void GraphWidget::setArrowInfo(int nLength, int nDegrees)
/**
* Draws the contents of the canvas on this view.
- * NOTE: This method is overriden to fix a strange bug in Qt that leaves
+ * NOTE: This method is overriden to fix a strange bug in TQt that leaves
* a border around the canvas part of the view. It should be deleted once
* this bug is fixed.
* TODO: Is there a better way of erasing the border?
@@ -577,16 +577,16 @@ void GraphWidget::setArrowInfo(int nLength, int nDegrees)
* @param nWidth The width of the area to draw
* @param nHeight The height of the area to draw
*/
-void GraphWidget::drawContents(QPainter* pPainter, int nX, int nY,
+void GraphWidget::drawContents(TQPainter* pPainter, int nX, int nY,
int nWidth, int nHeight)
{
// Draw the contents of the canvas
- QCanvasView::drawContents(pPainter, nX, nY, nWidth, nHeight);
+ TQCanvasView::drawContents(pPainter, nX, nY, nWidth, nHeight);
// Erase the canvas's area border
if (canvas() != NULL) {
- QRect rect = canvas()->rect();
- pPainter->setBrush(QBrush()); // Null brush
+ TQRect rect = canvas()->rect();
+ pPainter->setBrush(TQBrush()); // Null brush
pPainter->setPen(Config().getColor(KScopeConfig::GraphBack));
pPainter->drawRect(-1, -1, rect.width() + 2, rect.height() + 2);
}
@@ -596,12 +596,12 @@ void GraphWidget::drawContents(QPainter* pPainter, int nX, int nY,
* Handles mouse clicks over the graph view.
* @param pEvent Includes information on the mouse press event
*/
-void GraphWidget::contentsMousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* pEvent)
+void GraphWidget::contentsMousePressEvent(TQMouseEvent* pEvent)
{
- QPoint ptRealPos;
- QCanvasItemList il;
- QCanvasItemList::Iterator itr;
- QString sFunc;
+ TQPoint ptRealPos;
+ TQCanvasItemList il;
+ TQCanvasItemList::Iterator itr;
+ TQString sFunc;
GraphNode* pNode;
GraphEdge* pEdge;
@@ -609,8 +609,8 @@ void GraphWidget::contentsMousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* pEvent)
pEdge = NULL;
// Handle right-clicks only
- if (pEvent->button() != Qt::RightButton) {
- QCanvasView::contentsMousePressEvent(pEvent);
+ if (pEvent->button() != TQt::RightButton) {
+ TQCanvasView::contentsMousePressEvent(pEvent);
return;
}
@@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ void GraphWidget::contentsMousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* pEvent)
}
else {
// Take the default action
- QCanvasView::contentsMousePressEvent(pEvent);
+ TQCanvasView::contentsMousePressEvent(pEvent);
}
}
@@ -653,11 +653,11 @@ void GraphWidget::contentsMousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* pEvent)
* @param sEdge The edge connector ("--" or "->")
* @param bWriteCall true to write call information, false otherwise
*/
-void GraphWidget::write(QTextStream& str, const QString& sType,
- const QString& sEdge, bool bWriteCall)
+void GraphWidget::write(TQTextStream& str, const TQString& sType,
+ const TQString& sEdge, bool bWriteCall)
{
- QFont font;
- QDictIterator<GraphNode> itr(m_dictNodes);
+ TQFont font;
+ TQDictIterator<GraphNode> itr(m_dictNodes);
GraphEdge* pEdge;
Encoder enc;
@@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ void GraphWidget::write(QTextStream& str, const QString& sType,
<< "fontcolor=\"" << Config().getColor(KScopeConfig::GraphText).name()
<< "\", "
<< "fontname=\"" << font.family() << "\", "
- << "fontsize=" << QString::number(font.pointSize())
+ << "fontsize=" << TQString::number(font.pointSize())
<< "];\n";
// Iterate over all nodes
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ void GraphWidget::write(QTextStream& str, const QString& sType,
str << "\t" << itr.current()->getFunc() << ";\n";
// Iterate over all edges leaving this node
- QDictIterator<GraphEdge> itrEdge(itr.current()->getOutEdges());
+ TQDictIterator<GraphEdge> itrEdge(itr.current()->getOutEdges());
for (; itrEdge.current(); ++itrEdge) {
pEdge = itrEdge.current();
str << "\t" << pEdge->getHead()->getFunc() << sEdge
@@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ void GraphWidget::removeEdges(GraphNode* pNode, bool bOut)
*/
void GraphWidget::removeDisconnected(GraphNode* pNode)
{
- QDictIterator<GraphNode> itr(m_dictNodes);
+ TQDictIterator<GraphNode> itr(m_dictNodes);
// Find all weakly connected components attached to this node
pNode->dfs();
@@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ void GraphWidget::removeDisconnected(GraphNode* pNode)
* @param pNode The node for which to show the menu
* @param ptPos The position of the menu
*/
-void GraphWidget::showNodeMenu(GraphNode* pNode, const QPoint& ptPos)
+void GraphWidget::showNodeMenu(GraphNode* pNode, const TQPoint& ptPos)
{
// Remember the node
m_pMenuItem = pNode;
@@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ void GraphWidget::showNodeMenu(GraphNode* pNode, const QPoint& ptPos)
* @param pEdge The edge for which to show the menu
* @param ptPos The position of the menu
*/
-void GraphWidget::showEdgeMenu(GraphEdge* pEdge, const QPoint& ptPos)
+void GraphWidget::showEdgeMenu(GraphEdge* pEdge, const TQPoint& ptPos)
{
// Remember the edge
m_pMenuItem = pEdge;
@@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ void GraphWidget::slotDotFinished()
{
// Delete the temporary file
if (m_sDrawFilePath != "") {
- QFile::remove(m_sDrawFilePath);
+ TQFile::remove(m_sDrawFilePath);
m_sDrawFilePath = "";
}
@@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ void GraphWidget::slotDotFinished()
void GraphWidget::slotDataReady(FrontendToken* pToken)
{
CallData data;
- QString sFunc;
+ TQString sFunc;
// Get the file name
data.m_sFile = pToken->getData();
@@ -932,11 +932,11 @@ void GraphWidget::slotListCalled()
if (pNode == NULL)
return;
- QueryViewDlg dlg(0, (QWidget*)parent());
+ QueryViewDlg dlg(0, (TQWidget*)parent());
// Show the query view dialogue
dlg.query(CscopeFrontend::Called, pNode->getFunc());
- if (dlg.exec() != QDialog::Accepted)
+ if (dlg.exec() != TQDialog::Accepted)
return;
// The OK button was clicked, replace current calls with the listed ones
@@ -1018,11 +1018,11 @@ void GraphWidget::slotListCalling()
if (pNode == NULL)
return;
- QueryViewDlg dlg(0, (QWidget*)parent());
+ QueryViewDlg dlg(0, (TQWidget*)parent());
// Show the query view dialogue
dlg.query(CscopeFrontend::Calling, pNode->getFunc());
- if (dlg.exec() != QDialog::Accepted)
+ if (dlg.exec() != TQDialog::Accepted)
return;
// The OK button was clicked, replace current calls with the listed ones
@@ -1085,8 +1085,8 @@ void GraphWidget::slotFindDef()
pDlg = new QueryViewDlg(QueryViewDlg::DestroyOnSelect, this);
// Display a line when it is selected in the dialogue
- connect(pDlg, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)), this,
- SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)));
+ connect(pDlg, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)), this,
+ SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)));
// Start the query
pDlg->query(CscopeFrontend::Definition, pNode->getFunc());
@@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ void GraphWidget::slotMultiCallDetails()
if (!pParent)
return;
- QueryViewDlg dlg(0, (QWidget*)parent());
+ QueryViewDlg dlg(0, (TQWidget*)parent());
dlg.query(bCalled ? CscopeFrontend::Calling : CscopeFrontend::Called,
pParent->getFunc());
@@ -1151,7 +1151,7 @@ void GraphWidget::slotMultiCallDetails()
void GraphWidget::slotOpenCall()
{
GraphEdge* pEdge;
- QString sFile, sLine;
+ TQString sFile, sLine;
// Make sure the menu item is an edge
pEdge = dynamic_cast<GraphEdge*>(m_pMenuItem);
diff --git a/src/graphwidget.h b/src/graphwidget.h
index 119ddbb..55224c6 100644
--- a/src/graphwidget.h
+++ b/src/graphwidget.h
@@ -28,9 +28,9 @@
#ifndef GRAPHWIDGET_H
#define GRAPHWIDGET_H
-#include <qcanvas.h>
-#include <qpopupmenu.h>
-#include <qdict.h>
+#include <ntqcanvas.h>
+#include <ntqpopupmenu.h>
+#include <ntqdict.h>
#include "cscopefrontend.h"
#include "graphnode.h"
#include "dotfrontend.h"
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ class ProgressDlg;
/**
* A widget that displays call tree graphs generated by graphviz.
- * This class is based on a QCanvasView widget, and displays two types of
+ * This class is based on a TQCanvasView widget, and displays two types of
* canvas items: GraphNode, which draws the name of a function inside a
* polygon, and ArrowEdge, which is a directed graph edge shaped like an
* arrow.
@@ -58,12 +58,12 @@ class ProgressDlg;
* any of these widgets.
* @author Elad Lahav
*/
-class GraphWidget : public QCanvasView
+class GraphWidget : public TQCanvasView
{
Q_OBJECT
public:
- GraphWidget(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+ GraphWidget(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
~GraphWidget();
/**
@@ -74,39 +74,39 @@ public:
struct CallData
{
/** The name of the calling function. */
- QString m_sCaller;
+ TQString m_sCaller;
/** The name of the called function. */
- QString m_sCallee;
+ TQString m_sCallee;
/** Path of the file in which the call appears. */
- QString m_sFile;
+ TQString m_sFile;
/** The line number of the call. */
- QString m_sLine;
+ TQString m_sLine;
/** The call's text. */
- QString m_sText;
+ TQString m_sText;
};
/** Graph orientation values. */
enum Orientation { Portrait, Landscape };
- void setRoot(const QString&);
- GraphNode* addNode(const QString&, bool bMultiCall = false);
+ void setRoot(const TQString&);
+ GraphNode* addNode(const TQString&, bool bMultiCall = false);
void addCall(const CallData&);
- void addMultiCall(const QString&, bool);
+ void addMultiCall(const TQString&, bool);
void draw();
void save(FILE*);
- void save(const QString&);
+ void save(const TQString&);
void zoom(bool);
void setZoom(double);
void rotate();
- QString getTip(const QPoint&, QRect&);
+ TQString getTip(const TQPoint&, TQRect&);
void resize(int, int);
- void drawNode(const QString&, const QRect&);
- void drawEdge(const QString&, const QString&, const QPointArray&);
+ void drawNode(const TQString&, const TQRect&);
+ void drawEdge(const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQPointArray&);
/**
* Adjusts the maximal number of calling/called functions shown for
@@ -127,16 +127,16 @@ signals:
* @param sPath The full path of the file to show
* @param nLine The line number in this file
*/
- void lineRequested(const QString& sPath, uint nLine);
+ void lineRequested(const TQString& sPath, uint nLine);
protected:
- virtual void drawContents(QPainter*, int, int, int, int);
- virtual void contentsMousePressEvent(QMouseEvent*);
+ virtual void drawContents(TQPainter*, int, int, int, int);
+ virtual void contentsMousePressEvent(TQMouseEvent*);
private:
/** The graph is stored as a map of nodes indexed by their names.
Each node holds a list of outgoing edges. */
- QDict<GraphNode> m_dictNodes;
+ TQDict<GraphNode> m_dictNodes;
/** A Cscope process to use for running queries. */
CscopeFrontend* m_pCscope;
@@ -149,23 +149,23 @@ private:
/** Remembers the function the was last queried for calling/called
functions. */
- QString m_sQueriedFunc;
+ TQString m_sQueriedFunc;
/** Remembers whether the last query was for calling or called
functions. */
bool m_bCalled;
/** The node over which the popup menu has been invoked. */
- QCanvasPolygonalItem* m_pMenuItem;
+ TQCanvasPolygonalItem* m_pMenuItem;
/** A popup menu that appears when a node is right-clicked. */
- QPopupMenu* m_pNodePopup;
+ TQPopupMenu* m_pNodePopup;
/** A popup menu that appears when a node is right-clicked. */
- QPopupMenu* m_pMultiCallPopup;
+ TQPopupMenu* m_pMultiCallPopup;
/** A popup menu that appears when an edge is right-clicked. */
- QPopupMenu* m_pEdgePopup;
+ TQPopupMenu* m_pEdgePopup;
/** The zoom factor for the graph. */
double m_dZoom;
@@ -181,16 +181,16 @@ private:
uint m_nMultiCallNum;
/** Holds the path of the temporary dot file used for drawing the graph. */
- QString m_sDrawFilePath;
+ TQString m_sDrawFilePath;
/** Allows lengthy drawing operations to be cancelled. */
ProgressDlg* m_pProgressDlg;
- void write(QTextStream&, const QString&, const QString&, bool);
+ void write(TQTextStream&, const TQString&, const TQString&, bool);
void removeEdges(GraphNode*, bool);
void removeDisconnected(GraphNode*);
- void showNodeMenu(GraphNode*, const QPoint&);
- void showEdgeMenu(GraphEdge*, const QPoint&);
+ void showNodeMenu(GraphNode*, const TQPoint&);
+ void showEdgeMenu(GraphEdge*, const TQPoint&);
private slots:
void slotDotFinished();
diff --git a/src/historypage.cpp b/src/historypage.cpp
index eabd6b6..5095d1c 100644
--- a/src/historypage.cpp
+++ b/src/historypage.cpp
@@ -36,14 +36,14 @@ int HistoryPage::s_nMaxPageID = 0;
* @param pParent The parent widget
* @param szName The widget's name
*/
-HistoryPage::HistoryPage(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+HistoryPage::HistoryPage(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
QueryPageBase(pParent, szName),
m_nPageID(++s_nMaxPageID)
{
m_pView = new HistoryView(this);
- connect(m_pView, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)), this,
- SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)));
+ connect(m_pView, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)), this,
+ SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)));
// Set colours and font
applyPrefs();
@@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ HistoryPage::~HistoryPage()
* @param nLine The line number
* @param sText The text of the file at the given line
*/
-void HistoryPage::addRecord(const QString& sFile, uint nLine,
- const QString& sText)
+void HistoryPage::addRecord(const TQString& sFile, uint nLine,
+ const TQString& sText)
{
HistoryItem* pItem, * pNextItem;
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ void HistoryPage::addRecord(const QString& sFile, uint nLine,
}
// Create the new item at the top of the list
- m_pView->addRecord("", sFile, QString::number(nLine), sText, NULL);
+ m_pView->addRecord("", sFile, TQString::number(nLine), sText, NULL);
}
/**
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@ void HistoryPage::addRecord(const QString& sFile, uint nLine,
* @param sLine The line number
* @param sText The contents of the line
*/
-void HistoryPage::addRecord(const QString&, const QString& sFile,
- const QString& sLine, const QString& sText)
+void HistoryPage::addRecord(const TQString&, const TQString& sFile,
+ const TQString& sLine, const TQString& sText)
{
m_pView->addRecord("", sFile, sLine, sText, NULL);
}
@@ -106,19 +106,19 @@ void HistoryPage::addRecord(const QString&, const QString& sFile,
* Creates a tab caption for this page, based on the unique page ID.
* @param bBrief true to use brief caption names, false otherwise
*/
-QString HistoryPage::getCaption(bool bBrief) const
+TQString HistoryPage::getCaption(bool bBrief) const
{
- return (bBrief ? QString(i18n("HIS ")) : QString(i18n("History "))) +
- QString::number(m_nPageID);
+ return (bBrief ? TQString(i18n("HIS ")) : TQString(i18n("History "))) +
+ TQString::number(m_nPageID);
}
/**
* Creates a unique file name for saving the contents of the history page.
* @return The unique file name to use
*/
-QString HistoryPage::getFileName(const QString&) const
+TQString HistoryPage::getFileName(const TQString&) const
{
- return QString("History_") + QString::number(m_nPageID);
+ return TQString("History_") + TQString::number(m_nPageID);
}
#include "historypage.moc"
diff --git a/src/historypage.h b/src/historypage.h
index 9ff614f..552f2d6 100644
--- a/src/historypage.h
+++ b/src/historypage.h
@@ -39,27 +39,27 @@ class HistoryPage : public QueryPageBase
Q_OBJECT
public:
- HistoryPage(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+ HistoryPage(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
~HistoryPage();
- void addRecord(const QString&, uint, const QString&);
+ void addRecord(const TQString&, uint, const TQString&);
- virtual QString getCaption(bool bBrief = false) const;
+ virtual TQString getCaption(bool bBrief = false) const;
protected:
- virtual void addRecord(const QString&, const QString&, const QString&,
- const QString&);
- virtual QString getFileName(const QString&) const;
+ virtual void addRecord(const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString&,
+ const TQString&);
+ virtual TQString getFileName(const TQString&) const;
/**
* @return Always true, since History files do not contain a header
*/
- virtual bool readHeader(QTextStream&) { return true; }
+ virtual bool readHeader(TQTextStream&) { return true; }
/**
* This method does nothing, since History files do not contain a header.
*/
- virtual void writeHeader(QTextStream&) {}
+ virtual void writeHeader(TQTextStream&) {}
private:
/** A unique ID used to create a tab caption for this page. */
diff --git a/src/historyview.cpp b/src/historyview.cpp
index 519c4dc..743fa6a 100644
--- a/src/historyview.cpp
+++ b/src/historyview.cpp
@@ -32,14 +32,14 @@
* @param pParent The parent widget
* @param szName The widget's name
*/
-HistoryView::HistoryView(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+HistoryView::HistoryView(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
QueryView(pParent, szName)
{
// Disable sorting
setSortColumn(-1);
// Don't show the "Function" column
- setColumnWidthMode(0, QListView::Manual);
+ setColumnWidthMode(0, TQListView::Manual);
setColumnWidth(0, 0);
}
@@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ HistoryView::~HistoryView()
* @param sLine The line number in the above file
* @param sText The line's text
*/
-void HistoryView::addRecord(const QString& /* sFunc */, const QString& sFile,
- const QString& sLine, const QString& sText, QListViewItem*)
+void HistoryView::addRecord(const TQString& /* sFunc */, const TQString& sFile,
+ const TQString& sLine, const TQString& sText, TQListViewItem*)
{
HistoryItem* pItem;
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ void HistoryView::addRecord(const QString& /* sFunc */, const QString& sFile,
*/
void HistoryView::selectPrev()
{
- QListViewItem* pItem;
+ TQListViewItem* pItem;
// Get the current item
pItem = currentItem();
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ void HistoryView::selectNext()
* object.
* @param pItem The item to remove
*/
-void HistoryView::slotRemoveItem(QListViewItem* pItem)
+void HistoryView::slotRemoveItem(TQListViewItem* pItem)
{
HistoryItem* pCurItem, * pNextItem;
diff --git a/src/historyview.h b/src/historyview.h
index 38a0c46..ab34b37 100644
--- a/src/historyview.h
+++ b/src/historyview.h
@@ -32,14 +32,14 @@
/**
* A list view item for holding position history records.
- * A QListViewItem cannot reference its preceding item, which is required to
+ * A TQListViewItem cannot reference its preceding item, which is required to
* create a stack-like history list. Therefore a HistoryItem object
* stores a pointer to the item just above it in the list. The pointer is
* persistent, since the list cannot be sorted.
* @author Elad Lahav
*/
-class HistoryItem : public QListViewItem
+class HistoryItem : public TQListViewItem
{
public:
/**
@@ -49,9 +49,9 @@ public:
* @param sLine The line number
* @param sText The contents of the line in the given file
*/
- HistoryItem(QListView* pList, QString sFile, QString sLine,
- QString sText) :
- QListViewItem(pList, "", sFile, sLine, sText),
+ HistoryItem(TQListView* pList, TQString sFile, TQString sLine,
+ TQString sText) :
+ TQListViewItem(pList, "", sFile, sLine, sText),
m_pPrevSibling(NULL) {
HistoryItem* pNext;
@@ -76,16 +76,16 @@ class HistoryView : public QueryView
{
Q_OBJECT
public:
- HistoryView(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+ HistoryView(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
~HistoryView();
- virtual void addRecord(const QString&, const QString&, const QString&,
- const QString&, QListViewItem*);
+ virtual void addRecord(const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString&,
+ const TQString&, TQListViewItem*);
virtual void selectNext();
virtual void selectPrev();
protected slots:
- virtual void slotRemoveItem(QListViewItem*);
+ virtual void slotRemoveItem(TQListViewItem*);
};
#endif
diff --git a/src/kscope.cpp b/src/kscope.cpp
index 3e4c134..5e56233 100644
--- a/src/kscope.cpp
+++ b/src/kscope.cpp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qfile.h>
+#include <ntqfile.h>
#include <kfiledialog.h>
#include <kmenubar.h>
#include <klocale.h>
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
* @param pParent The parent widget
* @param szName The widget's name
*/
-KScope::KScope(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+KScope::KScope(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
KParts::DockMainWindow(pParent, szName),
m_pCscopeBuild(NULL),
m_sCurFilePath(""),
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ KScope::KScope(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
m_bRebuildDB(false),
m_pMakeDlg(NULL)
{
- QString sPath;
+ TQString sPath;
// Load configuration
Config().load();
@@ -93,8 +93,8 @@ KScope::KScope(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
m_pFileView = new FileView(this);
m_pFileList = m_pFileView->getFileList();
m_pMsgDlg = new CscopeMsgDlg(this);
- m_pQueryDock = createDockWidget("Query Window", QPixmap());
- m_pFileViewDock = createDockWidget("File List Window", QPixmap());
+ m_pQueryDock = createDockWidget("Query Window", TQPixmap());
+ m_pFileViewDock = createDockWidget("File List Window", TQPixmap());
// Connect menu and toolbar items with the object's slots
m_pActions = new KScopeActions(this);
@@ -121,23 +121,23 @@ KScope::KScope(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
// Open a file for editing when selected in the project's file list or the
// file tree
- connect(m_pFileView, SIGNAL(fileRequested(const QString&, uint)), this,
- SLOT(slotShowEditor(const QString&, uint)));
+ connect(m_pFileView, SIGNAL(fileRequested(const TQString&, uint)), this,
+ SLOT(slotShowEditor(const TQString&, uint)));
// Delete an editor page object after it is removed
connect(m_pEditTabs, SIGNAL(editorRemoved(EditorPage*)),
this, SLOT(slotDeleteEditor(EditorPage*)));
- connect(m_pEditTabs, SIGNAL(filesDropped(QDropEvent*)), this,
- SLOT(slotDropEvent(QDropEvent*)));
+ connect(m_pEditTabs, SIGNAL(filesDropped(TQDropEvent*)), this,
+ SLOT(slotDropEvent(TQDropEvent*)));
// Set an editor as the active part whenever its owner tab is selected
connect(m_pEditTabs, SIGNAL(editorChanged(EditorPage*, EditorPage*)),
this, SLOT(slotChangeEditor(EditorPage*, EditorPage*)));
// Display a file at a specific line when selected in a query list
- connect(m_pQueryWidget, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)),
- this, SLOT(slotQueryShowEditor(const QString&, uint)));
+ connect(m_pQueryWidget, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)),
+ this, SLOT(slotQueryShowEditor(const TQString&, uint)));
// Display the symbol dialogue when the user opens a new query page
connect(m_pQueryWidget, SIGNAL(newQuery()),
@@ -148,8 +148,8 @@ KScope::KScope(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
connect(&m_timerRebuild, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(slotRebuildDB()));
// Display a file at a specific line when selected in a call tree dialogue
- connect(m_pCallTreeMgr, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)),
- this, SLOT(slotQueryShowEditor(const QString&, uint)));
+ connect(m_pCallTreeMgr, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)),
+ this, SLOT(slotQueryShowEditor(const TQString&, uint)));
// Store main window settings when closed
setAutoSaveSettings();
@@ -203,14 +203,14 @@ void KScope::initMainWindow()
{
KStatusBar* pStatus;
KDockWidget* pMainDock;
- QPopupMenu* pPopup;
+ TQPopupMenu* pPopup;
// Create the status bar
pStatus = statusBar();
pStatus->insertItem(i18n(" Line: N/A Col: N/A "), 0, 0, true);
// Create the main dock for the editor tabs widget
- pMainDock = createDockWidget("Editors Window", QPixmap());
+ pMainDock = createDockWidget("Editors Window", TQPixmap());
pMainDock->setWidget(m_pEditTabs);
pMainDock->setDockSite(KDockWidget::DockCorner);
setMainDockWidget(pMainDock);
@@ -236,11 +236,11 @@ void KScope::initMainWindow()
SLOT(slotFileViewDockClosed()));
// Associate the "Window" menu with the editor tabs widdget
- pPopup = (QPopupMenu*)factory()->container("window", this);
+ pPopup = (TQPopupMenu*)factory()->container("window", this);
m_pEditTabs->setWindowMenu(pPopup);
// Associate the "Query" popup menu with the query widget
- pPopup = (QPopupMenu*)factory()->container("query_popup", this);
+ pPopup = (TQPopupMenu*)factory()->container("query_popup", this);
m_pQueryWidget->setPageMenu(pPopup, m_pActions->getLockAction());
// Restore dock configuration
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ void KScope::slotCreateProject()
{
NewProjectDlg dlg(true, this);
ProjectBase::Options opt;
- QString sProjPath;
+ TQString sProjPath;
// Prompt the user to close any active projects
if (m_pProjMgr->curProject()) {
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ void KScope::slotCreateProject()
}
// Display the "New Project" dialog
- if (dlg.exec() != QDialog::Accepted)
+ if (dlg.exec() != TQDialog::Accepted)
return;
// Create and open the new project
@@ -318,15 +318,15 @@ void KScope::slotCreateProject()
void KScope::slotOpenProject()
{
OpenProjectDlg dlg;
- QString sPath;
+ TQString sPath;
- if (dlg.exec() == QDialog::Rejected)
+ if (dlg.exec() == TQDialog::Rejected)
return;
sPath = dlg.getPath();
// Check if the path refers to a permanent or temporary project
- if (QFileInfo(sPath).isDir())
+ if (TQFileInfo(sPath).isDir())
openProject(sPath);
else
openCscopeOut(sPath);
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ void KScope::slotProjectFiles()
// Display the files dialog
ProjectFilesDlg dlg((Project*)pProj, this);
- if (dlg.exec() != QDialog::Accepted)
+ if (dlg.exec() != TQDialog::Accepted)
return;
// Update the project's file list
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ void KScope::slotProjectProps()
dlg.setProperties(pProj->getName(), pProj->getPath(), opt);
// Display the properties dialog
- if (dlg.exec() != QDialog::Accepted)
+ if (dlg.exec() != TQDialog::Accepted)
return;
// Set new properties
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ void KScope::slotProjectProps()
*/
void KScope::slotProjectCscopeOut()
{
- QString sFilePath;
+ TQString sFilePath;
// Prompt for a Cscope.out file
sFilePath = KFileDialog::getOpenFileName();
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ void KScope::slotQueryIncluding()
*/
void KScope::slotQueryQuickDef()
{
- QString sSymbol;
+ TQString sSymbol;
QueryViewDlg* pDlg;
uint nType;
bool bCase;
@@ -534,8 +534,8 @@ void KScope::slotQueryQuickDef()
pDlg = new QueryViewDlg(QueryViewDlg::DestroyOnSelect, this);
// Display a line when it is selected in the dialogue
- connect(pDlg, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)), this,
- SLOT(slotShowEditor(const QString&, uint)));
+ connect(pDlg, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)), this,
+ SLOT(slotShowEditor(const TQString&, uint)));
// Start the query
pDlg->query(nType, sSymbol);
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ void KScope::slotConfigure()
connect(&dlg, SIGNAL(applyPref()), this, SLOT(slotApplyPref()));
// Show the dialog
- if (dlg.exec() == QDialog::Accepted) {
+ if (dlg.exec() == TQDialog::Accepted) {
// Verify Cscope's installation
verifyCscope();
}
@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ void KScope::slotConfigure()
*/
void KScope::slotProjectFilesChanged()
{
- QStringList slArgs;
+ TQStringList slArgs;
// Refresh the file list
m_pFileList->setUpdatesEnabled(false);
@@ -630,9 +630,9 @@ void KScope::slotProjectFilesChanged()
* file list, and the project's database is rebuilt.
* @param slFiles The list of file paths added to the project
*/
-void KScope::slotFilesAdded(const QStringList& slFiles)
+void KScope::slotFilesAdded(const TQStringList& slFiles)
{
- QStringList::const_iterator itr;
+ TQStringList::const_iterator itr;
// Add the file paths to the project's file list
for (itr = slFiles.begin(); itr != slFiles.end(); ++itr)
@@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ void KScope::slotFilesAdded(const QStringList& slFiles)
*/
void KScope::slotQuery(uint nType, bool bPrompt)
{
- QString sSymbol;
+ TQString sSymbol;
CallTreeDlg* pCallTreeDlg;
bool bCase;
@@ -680,13 +680,13 @@ void KScope::slotQuery(uint nType, bool bPrompt)
* If another project is currently active, it is closed first.
* @param sDir The directory of the project to open.
*/
-void KScope::openProject(const QString& sDir)
+void KScope::openProject(const TQString& sDir)
{
- QString sProjDir;
+ TQString sProjDir;
ProjectBase* pProj;
- QStringList slQueryFiles;
- QStringList slCallTreeFiles;
- QStringList slArgs;
+ TQStringList slQueryFiles;
+ TQStringList slCallTreeFiles;
+ TQStringList slArgs;
ProjectBase::Options opt;
// Close the current project (may return false if the user clicks on the
@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ void KScope::openProject(const QString& sDir)
return;
// Open the project in the project manager
- sProjDir = QDir::cleanDirPath(sDir);
+ sProjDir = TQDir::cleanDirPath(sDir);
if (!m_pProjMgr->open(sProjDir))
return;
@@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ void KScope::openProject(const QString& sDir)
* @param sFilePath The full path of the Cscope.out file
* @return true if successful, false otherwise
*/
-bool KScope::openCscopeOut(const QString& sFilePath)
+bool KScope::openCscopeOut(const TQString& sFilePath)
{
ProjectBase* pProj;
@@ -798,8 +798,8 @@ bool KScope::openCscopeOut(const QString& sFilePath)
*/
void KScope::openLastProject()
{
- const QStringList slProjects = Config().getRecentProjects();
- QString sPath;
+ const TQStringList slProjects = Config().getRecentProjects();
+ TQString sPath;
if (slProjects.empty())
return;
@@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ void KScope::openLastProject()
sPath = *slProjects.begin();
// Check if the path refers to a temporary project
- if (!QFileInfo(sPath).isDir()) {
+ if (!TQFileInfo(sPath).isDir()) {
openCscopeOut(sPath);
return;
}
@@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ void KScope::restoreSession()
for (pLoc = sess.fllOpenFiles.first(); pLoc != NULL;
pLoc = sess.fllOpenFiles.next()) {
- if (QFile::exists(pLoc->m_sPath)) {
+ if (TQFile::exists(pLoc->m_sPath)) {
pPage = addEditor(pLoc->m_sPath);
pPage->setCursorPos(pLoc->m_nLine, pLoc->m_nCol);
}
@@ -901,8 +901,8 @@ void KScope::toggleQueryWindow(bool bShow)
*/
void KScope::parseCmdLine(KCmdLineArgs* pArgs)
{
- QString sArg;
- QFileInfo fi;
+ TQString sArg;
+ TQFileInfo fi;
int i;
// Loop over all arguments
@@ -981,8 +981,8 @@ void KScope::initCscope()
SLOT(slotBuildAborted()));
// Show errors in a modeless dialogue
- connect(m_pCscopeBuild, SIGNAL(error(const QString&)), this,
- SLOT(slotCscopeError(const QString&)));
+ connect(m_pCscopeBuild, SIGNAL(error(const TQString&)), this,
+ SLOT(slotCscopeError(const TQString&)));
}
/**
@@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ bool KScope::slotCloseProject()
m_pProjMgr->close();
delete m_pCscopeBuild;
m_pCscopeBuild = NULL;
- setCaption(QString::null);
+ setCaption(TQString::null);
// Clear the contents of the file list
m_pFileView->clear();
@@ -1072,13 +1072,13 @@ bool KScope::slotCloseProject()
*/
void KScope::slotExtEdit()
{
- QString sCmdLine;
+ TQString sCmdLine;
KProcess proc;
// Create the command line for the external editor
sCmdLine = Config().getExtEditor();
sCmdLine.replace("%F", m_sCurFilePath);
- sCmdLine.replace("%L", QString::number(m_nCurLine));
+ sCmdLine.replace("%L", TQString::number(m_nCurLine));
// Run the external editor
proc.setUseShell(true);
@@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@ void KScope::slotCscopeVerified(bool bResult, uint nArgs)
*/
void KScope::slotProjectMake()
{
- QString sCmd, sDir;
+ TQString sCmd, sDir;
// Create the make dialogue, if it does not exist
if (m_pMakeDlg == NULL) {
@@ -1174,8 +1174,8 @@ void KScope::slotProjectMake()
m_pMakeDlg->setDir(sDir);
// Show the relevant source location when an error link is clicked
- connect(m_pMakeDlg, SIGNAL(fileRequested(const QString&, uint)), this,
- SLOT(slotShowEditor(const QString&, uint)));
+ connect(m_pMakeDlg, SIGNAL(fileRequested(const TQString&, uint)), this,
+ SLOT(slotShowEditor(const TQString&, uint)));
// Show the dialogue
m_pMakeDlg->show();
@@ -1212,14 +1212,14 @@ void KScope::slotProjectRemake()
void KScope::slotShowBookmarks()
{
BookmarksDlg dlg;
- QString sPath;
+ TQString sPath;
uint nLine;
// Load the bookmark list
m_pEditTabs->showBookmarks(dlg.getView());
// Show the dialogue
- if (dlg.exec() != QDialog::Accepted)
+ if (dlg.exec() != TQDialog::Accepted)
return;
// Go to the selected bookmark
@@ -1239,11 +1239,11 @@ void KScope::slotShowBookmarks()
* determined automatically
* @return true if the user hs enetered a symbol, false otherwise
*/
-bool KScope::getSymbol(uint& nType, QString& sSymbol, bool& bCase,
+bool KScope::getSymbol(uint& nType, TQString& sSymbol, bool& bCase,
bool bPrompt)
{
EditorPage* pPage;
- QString sSuggested;
+ TQString sSuggested;
// Set the currently selected text, if any
if ((pPage = m_pEditTabs->getCurrentPage()) != NULL)
@@ -1272,10 +1272,10 @@ bool KScope::getSymbol(uint& nType, QString& sSymbol, bool& bCase,
* @param sFilePath The path of the file to open
* @return A pointer to the found or newly created editor page
*/
-EditorPage* KScope::addEditor(const QString& sFilePath)
+EditorPage* KScope::addEditor(const TQString& sFilePath)
{
EditorPage* pPage;
- QString sAbsFilePath;
+ TQString sAbsFilePath;
ProjectBase* pProj;
// If the file name is given using a relative path, we need to convert
@@ -1283,11 +1283,11 @@ EditorPage* KScope::addEditor(const QString& sFilePath)
// TODO: Project needs a translatePath() method
pProj = m_pProjMgr->curProject();
if (sFilePath[0] != '/' && pProj) {
- sAbsFilePath = QDir::cleanDirPath(pProj->getSourceRoot() + "/" +
+ sAbsFilePath = TQDir::cleanDirPath(pProj->getSourceRoot() + "/" +
sFilePath);
}
else {
- sAbsFilePath = QDir::cleanDirPath(sFilePath);
+ sAbsFilePath = TQDir::cleanDirPath(sFilePath);
}
// Do not open a new editor if one exists for this file
@@ -1312,7 +1312,7 @@ EditorPage* KScope::createEditorPage()
{
KTextEditor::Document* pDoc;
EditorPage* pPage;
- QPopupMenu* pMenu;
+ TQPopupMenu* pMenu;
ProjectBase* pProj;
// Load a new document part
@@ -1321,26 +1321,26 @@ EditorPage* KScope::createEditorPage()
return NULL;
// Create the new editor page
- pMenu = (QPopupMenu*)factory()->container(Config().getEditorPopupName(),
+ pMenu = (TQPopupMenu*)factory()->container(Config().getEditorPopupName(),
this);
pPage = new EditorPage(pDoc, pMenu, m_pEditTabs);
m_pEditTabs->addEditorPage(pPage);
// Show the file's path in the main title
- connect(pPage, SIGNAL(fileOpened(EditorPage*, const QString&)), this,
- SLOT(slotFileOpened(EditorPage*, const QString&)));
+ connect(pPage, SIGNAL(fileOpened(EditorPage*, const TQString&)), this,
+ SLOT(slotFileOpened(EditorPage*, const TQString&)));
// Show cursor position in the status bar
connect(pPage, SIGNAL(cursorPosChanged(uint, uint)), this,
SLOT(slotShowCursorPos(uint, uint)));
// Rebuild the database after a file has changed
- connect(pPage, SIGNAL(fileSaved(const QString&, bool)), this,
- SLOT(slotFileSaved(const QString&, bool)));
+ connect(pPage, SIGNAL(fileSaved(const TQString&, bool)), this,
+ SLOT(slotFileSaved(const TQString&, bool)));
// Handle file drops
- connect(pPage->getView(), SIGNAL(dropEventPass(QDropEvent*)), this,
- SLOT(slotDropEvent(QDropEvent*)));
+ connect(pPage->getView(), SIGNAL(dropEventPass(TQDropEvent*)), this,
+ SLOT(slotDropEvent(TQDropEvent*)));
// Apply per-project configuration
pProj = m_pProjMgr->curProject();
@@ -1416,7 +1416,7 @@ void KScope::slotChangeEditor(EditorPage* pOldPage, EditorPage* pNewPage)
* cursor, or 0 to maintain the cursor in its current
* position (which does not affect the position history)
*/
-void KScope::slotShowEditor(const QString& sFilePath, uint nLine)
+void KScope::slotShowEditor(const TQString& sFilePath, uint nLine)
{
EditorPage* pPage;
@@ -1453,7 +1453,7 @@ void KScope::slotShowEditor(const QString& sFilePath, uint nLine)
* @param sFilePath The full path of the file to open for editing
* @param nLine The number of the line on which to position the cursor
*/
-void KScope::slotQueryShowEditor(const QString& sFilePath, uint nLine)
+void KScope::slotQueryShowEditor(const TQString& sFilePath, uint nLine)
{
// Hide the query window, if it was hidden before a query was initiated
if (m_bHideQueryOnSelection)
@@ -1496,13 +1496,13 @@ void KScope::slotNewFile()
void KScope::slotOpenFile()
{
ProjectBase* pProj;
- QStringList slFiles;
- QStringList::Iterator itr;
+ TQStringList slFiles;
+ TQStringList::Iterator itr;
// Prompt the user for the file(s) to open.
pProj = m_pProjMgr->curProject();
slFiles = KFileDialog::getOpenFileNames(pProj ? pProj->getSourceRoot() :
- QString::null);
+ TQString::null);
// Open all selected files.
for (itr = slFiles.begin(); itr != slFiles.end(); ++itr) {
@@ -1537,7 +1537,7 @@ void KScope::slotCloseAllWindows()
* Cscope process.
* @param sMsg The error message
*/
-void KScope::slotCscopeError(const QString& sMsg)
+void KScope::slotCscopeError(const TQString& sMsg)
{
m_pMsgDlg->addText(sMsg);
}
@@ -1553,7 +1553,7 @@ void KScope::slotCscopeError(const QString& sMsg)
*/
void KScope::slotBuildProgress(int nFiles, int nTotal)
{
- QString sMsg;
+ TQString sMsg;
// Use the progress dialogue, if it exists (first time builds)
if (m_pProgressDlg) {
@@ -1563,7 +1563,7 @@ void KScope::slotBuildProgress(int nFiles, int nTotal)
// Show progress information
sMsg = i18n("Rebuilding the cross reference database...") + " " +
- QString::number((nFiles * 100) / nTotal) + "%";
+ TQString::number((nFiles * 100) / nTotal) + "%";
statusBar()->message(sMsg);
}
@@ -1654,10 +1654,10 @@ void KScope::slotApplyPref()
void KScope::slotShowCursorPos(uint nLine, uint nCol)
{
KStatusBar* pStatus = statusBar();
- QString sText;
+ TQString sText;
/* Show the line and column numbers. */
- QTextOStream(&sText) << " Line: " << nLine << " Col: " << nCol << " ";
+ TQTextOStream(&sText) << " Line: " << nLine << " Col: " << nCol << " ";
pStatus->changeItem(sText, 0);
/* Store the current line. */
@@ -1670,7 +1670,7 @@ void KScope::slotShowCursorPos(uint nLine, uint nCol)
* EditorPage object.
* @param sFilePath The full path of the opened file
*/
-void KScope::slotFileOpened(EditorPage*, const QString& sFilePath)
+void KScope::slotFileOpened(EditorPage*, const TQString& sFilePath)
{
m_sCurFilePath = sFilePath;
setCaption(m_pProjMgr->getProjName() + " - " + m_sCurFilePath);
@@ -1684,7 +1684,7 @@ void KScope::slotFileOpened(EditorPage*, const QString& sFilePath)
* @param sPath The full path of the modified file that caused this event
* @param bIsNew true if this is a new file, false otherwise
*/
-void KScope::slotFileSaved(const QString& sPath, bool bIsNew)
+void KScope::slotFileSaved(const TQString& sPath, bool bIsNew)
{
ProjectBase* pProj;
int nTime;
@@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@ void KScope::slotFileSaved(const QString& sPath, bool bIsNew)
* Opens all files dropped over the widget.
* @param pEvent Pointer to an object containing the list of dropped files
*/
-void KScope::slotDropEvent(QDropEvent* pEvent)
+void KScope::slotDropEvent(TQDropEvent* pEvent)
{
KURL::List list;
KURL::List::Iterator itr;
diff --git a/src/kscope.h b/src/kscope.h
index f1b646e..8b8ee07 100644
--- a/src/kscope.h
+++ b/src/kscope.h
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
#include <config.h>
#endif
-#include <qtimer.h>
+#include <ntqtimer.h>
#include <kcmdlineargs.h>
#include <kapp.h>
#include <kparts/dockmainwindow.h>
@@ -73,12 +73,12 @@ class KScope : public KParts::DockMainWindow
Q_OBJECT
public:
- KScope(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+ KScope(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
~KScope();
- void openProject(const QString&);
+ void openProject(const TQString&);
void openLastProject();
- bool openCscopeOut(const QString&);
+ bool openCscopeOut(const TQString&);
void parseCmdLine(KCmdLineArgs *pArgs);
void verifyCscope();
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ private:
CscopeFrontend* m_pCscopeBuild;
/** A timer for rebuilding the database after a file has been saved. */
- QTimer m_timerRebuild;
+ TQTimer m_timerRebuild;
/** Whether the query window should be hidden after the user selects an
item. */
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ private:
CscopeMsgDlg* m_pMsgDlg;
/** The path of the file currently being edited. */
- QString m_sCurFilePath;
+ TQString m_sCurFilePath;
/** The line number of the current cursor position. */
int m_nCurLine;
@@ -168,8 +168,8 @@ private:
void initMainWindow();
void initCscope();
- bool getSymbol(uint&, QString&, bool&, bool bPrompt = true);
- EditorPage* addEditor(const QString&s);
+ bool getSymbol(uint&, TQString&, bool&, bool bPrompt = true);
+ EditorPage* addEditor(const TQString&s);
EditorPage* createEditorPage();
inline bool isAutoRebuildEnabled();
void restoreSession();
@@ -213,22 +213,22 @@ private slots:
// Other slots
void slotProjectFilesChanged();
- void slotFilesAdded(const QStringList&);
+ void slotFilesAdded(const TQStringList&);
void slotQuery(uint, bool);
void slotDeleteEditor(EditorPage*);
void slotChangeEditor(EditorPage*, EditorPage*);
- void slotShowEditor(const QString&, uint);
- void slotFileOpened(EditorPage*, const QString&);
- void slotFileSaved(const QString&, bool);
- void slotCscopeError(const QString&);
+ void slotShowEditor(const TQString&, uint);
+ void slotFileOpened(EditorPage*, const TQString&);
+ void slotFileSaved(const TQString&, bool);
+ void slotCscopeError(const TQString&);
void slotBuildProgress(int, int);
void slotBuildInvIndex();
void slotBuildFinished(uint);
void slotBuildAborted();
void slotApplyPref();
void slotShowCursorPos(uint, uint);
- void slotQueryShowEditor(const QString&, uint);
- void slotDropEvent(QDropEvent*);
+ void slotQueryShowEditor(const TQString&, uint);
+ void slotDropEvent(TQDropEvent*);
void slotCscopeVerified(bool, uint);
};
diff --git a/src/kscopeactions.cpp b/src/kscopeactions.cpp
index d5c64fc..3caaedd 100644
--- a/src/kscopeactions.cpp
+++ b/src/kscopeactions.cpp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
#include "editortabs.h"
#include "querywidget.h"
-KScopeActions::KScopeActions(KScope* pWindow) : QObject(),
+KScopeActions::KScopeActions(KScope* pWindow) : TQObject(),
m_pWindow(pWindow),
m_pCollection(pWindow->actionCollection())
{
@@ -474,8 +474,8 @@ void KScopeActions::slotEnableFileActions(bool bEnable)
* the action
* @return The newly created action object
*/
-KAction* KScopeActions::addAction(const QString& sCaption, const char* szIcon,
- const char* szShortcut, QWidget* pReceiver, const char* szSlot,
+KAction* KScopeActions::addAction(const TQString& sCaption, const char* szIcon,
+ const char* szShortcut, TQWidget* pReceiver, const char* szSlot,
const char* szName, const char* szSignal)
{
KAction* pAction;
@@ -508,8 +508,8 @@ KAction* KScopeActions::addAction(const QString& sCaption, const char* szIcon,
* the action
* @return The newly created action object
*/
-KToggleAction* KScopeActions::addToggle(const QString& sCaption,
- const char* szIcon, const char* szShortcut, QWidget* pReceiver,
+KToggleAction* KScopeActions::addToggle(const TQString& sCaption,
+ const char* szIcon, const char* szShortcut, TQWidget* pReceiver,
const char* szSlot, const char* szName, const char* szSignal)
{
KToggleAction* pAction;
diff --git a/src/kscopeactions.h b/src/kscopeactions.h
index 4836310..a344dab 100644
--- a/src/kscopeactions.h
+++ b/src/kscopeactions.h
@@ -32,13 +32,13 @@
class KScope;
-typedef QPtrList<KAction> ActionList;
+typedef TQPtrList<KAction> ActionList;
/**
* A helper class for managing KScope's menu commands.
* @author Elad Lahav
*/
-class KScopeActions : public QObject
+class KScopeActions : public TQObject
{
Q_OBJECT
@@ -89,10 +89,10 @@ private:
/** The "Show/Hide Tag List" menu command. */
KToggleAction* m_pToggleTagListAction;
- KAction* addAction(const QString&, const char*, const char*, QWidget*,
+ KAction* addAction(const TQString&, const char*, const char*, TQWidget*,
const char*, const char*, const char*);
- KToggleAction* addToggle(const QString&, const char*, const char*,
- QWidget*, const char*, const char*, const char*);
+ KToggleAction* addToggle(const TQString&, const char*, const char*,
+ TQWidget*, const char*, const char*, const char*);
};
#endif
diff --git a/src/kscopeconfig.cpp b/src/kscopeconfig.cpp
index 3cc5094..924421f 100644
--- a/src/kscopeconfig.cpp
+++ b/src/kscopeconfig.cpp
@@ -88,22 +88,22 @@ KScopeConfig::ConfParams KScopeConfig::s_cpDef = {
true, // Show the tag list
SPLIT_SIZES(), // Tag list width
{
- QColor(black), // File list foreground
- QColor(white), // File list background
- QColor(black), // Tag list foreground
- QColor(white), // Tag list background
- QColor(black), // Query page foreground
- QColor(white), // Query page background
- QColor("#c0c0c0"), // Call graph background
- QColor("#c0ff80"), // Call graph nodes
- QColor(black), // Call graph text
- QColor("#ff8000")
+ TQColor(black), // File list foreground
+ TQColor(white), // File list background
+ TQColor(black), // Tag list foreground
+ TQColor(white), // Tag list background
+ TQColor(black), // Query page foreground
+ TQColor(white), // Query page background
+ TQColor("#c0c0c0"), // Call graph background
+ TQColor("#c0ff80"), // Call graph nodes
+ TQColor(black), // Call graph text
+ TQColor("#ff8000")
},
{
- QFont(), // Font definitions are overriden in load()
- QFont(),
- QFont(),
- QFont()
+ TQFont(), // Font definitions are overriden in load()
+ TQFont(),
+ TQFont(),
+ TQFont()
},
NameAsc, // Ctags sort order
false, // Read-only mode
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ bool KScopeConfig::showWelcomeDlg()
/**
* @return The full path of the Cscope executable
*/
-const QString& KScopeConfig::getCscopePath() const
+const TQString& KScopeConfig::getCscopePath() const
{
return m_cp.sCscopePath;
}
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ const QString& KScopeConfig::getCscopePath() const
/**
* @param sPath The full path of the Cscope executable
*/
-void KScopeConfig::setCscopePath(const QString& sPath)
+void KScopeConfig::setCscopePath(const TQString& sPath)
{
m_cp.sCscopePath = sPath;
}
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ void KScopeConfig::setCscopePath(const QString& sPath)
/**
* @return The full path of the Ctags executable
*/
-const QString& KScopeConfig::getCtagsPath() const
+const TQString& KScopeConfig::getCtagsPath() const
{
return m_cp.sCtagsPath;
}
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ const QString& KScopeConfig::getCtagsPath() const
/**
* @param sPath The full path of the Ctags executable
*/
-void KScopeConfig::setCtagsPath(const QString& sPath)
+void KScopeConfig::setCtagsPath(const TQString& sPath)
{
m_cp.sCtagsPath = sPath;
}
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ void KScopeConfig::setCtagsPath(const QString& sPath)
/**
* @return The full path of the Dot executable
*/
-const QString& KScopeConfig::getDotPath() const
+const TQString& KScopeConfig::getDotPath() const
{
return m_cp.sDotPath;
}
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ const QString& KScopeConfig::getDotPath() const
/**
* @param sPath The full path of the Dot executable
*/
-void KScopeConfig::setDotPath(const QString& sPath)
+void KScopeConfig::setDotPath(const TQString& sPath)
{
m_cp.sDotPath = sPath;
}
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ void KScopeConfig::setDotPath(const QString& sPath)
/**
* @return A sorted list of recently used project paths.
*/
-const QStringList& KScopeConfig::getRecentProjects() const
+const TQStringList& KScopeConfig::getRecentProjects() const
{
return m_slProjects;
}
@@ -388,9 +388,9 @@ const QStringList& KScopeConfig::getRecentProjects() const
* list.
* @param sProjPath The path of the project to add
*/
-void KScopeConfig::addRecentProject(const QString& sProjPath)
+void KScopeConfig::addRecentProject(const TQString& sProjPath)
{
- QStringList::Iterator itr;
+ TQStringList::Iterator itr;
itr = m_slProjects.find(sProjPath);
if (itr != m_slProjects.end())
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ void KScopeConfig::addRecentProject(const QString& sProjPath)
* Removes the given project path from recently used projects list.
* @param sProjPath The path of the project to remove
*/
-void KScopeConfig::removeRecentProject(const QString& sProjPath)
+void KScopeConfig::removeRecentProject(const TQString& sProjPath)
{
m_slProjects.remove(sProjPath);
}
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ void KScopeConfig::setEditorSizes(const SPLIT_SIZES& siEditor)
* @param ce Identifies the GUI element
* @return A reference to the colour object to use
*/
-const QColor& KScopeConfig::getColor(ColorElement ce) const
+const TQColor& KScopeConfig::getColor(ColorElement ce) const
{
return m_cp.clrs[ce];
}
@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ const QColor& KScopeConfig::getColor(ColorElement ce) const
* @param ce The GUI element
* @return A name used in the colour configuration page
*/
-QString KScopeConfig::getColorName(ColorElement ce) const
+TQString KScopeConfig::getColorName(ColorElement ce) const
{
return COLOR_NAME(ce);
}
@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ QString KScopeConfig::getColorName(ColorElement ce) const
* @param ce Identifies the GUI element
* @param clr The colour to use
*/
-void KScopeConfig::setColor(ColorElement ce, const QColor& clr)
+void KScopeConfig::setColor(ColorElement ce, const TQColor& clr)
{
m_cp.clrs[ce] = clr;
}
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ void KScopeConfig::setColor(ColorElement ce, const QColor& clr)
* @param fe Identifies the GUI element
* @return A reference to the font object to use
*/
-const QFont& KScopeConfig::getFont(FontElement fe) const
+const TQFont& KScopeConfig::getFont(FontElement fe) const
{
return m_cp.fonts[fe];
}
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ const QFont& KScopeConfig::getFont(FontElement fe) const
* @param ce The GUI element
* @return A name used in the font configuration page
*/
-QString KScopeConfig::getFontName(FontElement ce) const
+TQString KScopeConfig::getFontName(FontElement ce) const
{
return FONT_NAME(ce);
}
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ QString KScopeConfig::getFontName(FontElement ce) const
* @param fe Identifies the GUI element
* @param font The font to use
*/
-void KScopeConfig::setFont(FontElement fe, const QFont& font)
+void KScopeConfig::setFont(FontElement fe, const TQFont& font)
{
m_bFontsChanged = true;
m_cp.fonts[fe] = font;
@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ void KScopeConfig::setAutoSortFiles(bool bSort)
/**
* @return A command line for launching an external editor
*/
-const QString& KScopeConfig::getExtEditor()
+const TQString& KScopeConfig::getExtEditor()
{
return m_cp.sExtEditor;
}
@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ const QString& KScopeConfig::getExtEditor()
/**
* @param sExtEditor A command line for launching an external editor
*/
-void KScopeConfig::setExtEditor(const QString& sExtEditor)
+void KScopeConfig::setExtEditor(const TQString& sExtEditor)
{
m_cp.sExtEditor = sExtEditor;
}
@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ KScopeConfig::EditorPopup KScopeConfig::getEditorPopup() const
/**
* @return The name of the popup menu to use in the embedded editor
*/
-QString KScopeConfig::getEditorPopupName() const
+TQString KScopeConfig::getEditorPopupName() const
{
switch (m_cp.popup) {
case Embedded:
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ void KScopeConfig::setEditorPopup(KScopeConfig::EditorPopup popup)
/**
* @return The default orientation for call graphs
*/
-QString KScopeConfig::getGraphOrientation() const
+TQString KScopeConfig::getGraphOrientation() const
{
return m_cp.sGraphOrient;
}
@@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ QString KScopeConfig::getGraphOrientation() const
/**
* @param sOrient The default orientation for call graphs
*/
-void KScopeConfig::setGraphOrientation(const QString& sOrient)
+void KScopeConfig::setGraphOrientation(const TQString& sOrient)
{
m_cp.sGraphOrient = sOrient;
}
diff --git a/src/kscopeconfig.h b/src/kscopeconfig.h
index 8a047cf..2d5b48d 100644
--- a/src/kscopeconfig.h
+++ b/src/kscopeconfig.h
@@ -28,19 +28,19 @@
#ifndef KSCOPECONFIG_H
#define KSCOPECONFIG_H
-#include <qobject.h>
-#include <qstringlist.h>
-#include <qcolor.h>
+#include <ntqobject.h>
+#include <ntqstringlist.h>
+#include <ntqcolor.h>
#include <kdockwidget.h>
-typedef QValueList<int> SPLIT_SIZES;
+typedef TQValueList<int> SPLIT_SIZES;
/**
* Loads and stores global configuration parameters.
* @author Elad Lahav
*/
-class KScopeConfig : public QObject
+class KScopeConfig : public TQObject
{
Q_OBJECT
@@ -81,25 +81,25 @@ public:
bool isFirstTime();
bool showWelcomeDlg();
- const QString& getCscopePath() const;
- void setCscopePath(const QString&);
- const QString& getCtagsPath() const;
- void setCtagsPath(const QString&);
- const QString& getDotPath() const;
- void setDotPath(const QString&);
- const QStringList& getRecentProjects() const;
- void addRecentProject(const QString&);
- void removeRecentProject(const QString&);
+ const TQString& getCscopePath() const;
+ void setCscopePath(const TQString&);
+ const TQString& getCtagsPath() const;
+ void setCtagsPath(const TQString&);
+ const TQString& getDotPath() const;
+ void setDotPath(const TQString&);
+ const TQStringList& getRecentProjects() const;
+ void addRecentProject(const TQString&);
+ void removeRecentProject(const TQString&);
bool getShowTagList() const;
void setShowTagList(bool);
const SPLIT_SIZES& getEditorSizes() const;
void setEditorSizes(const SPLIT_SIZES&);
- const QColor& getColor(ColorElement) const;
- QString getColorName(ColorElement) const;
- void setColor(ColorElement, const QColor&);
- const QFont& getFont(FontElement) const;
- QString getFontName(FontElement) const;
- void setFont(FontElement, const QFont&);
+ const TQColor& getColor(ColorElement) const;
+ TQString getColorName(ColorElement) const;
+ void setColor(ColorElement, const TQColor&);
+ const TQFont& getFont(FontElement) const;
+ TQString getFontName(FontElement) const;
+ void setFont(FontElement, const TQFont&);
CtagSort getCtagSortOrder();
void setCtagSortOrder(CtagSort);
bool getReadOnlyMode();
@@ -114,16 +114,16 @@ public:
void setWarnModifiedOnDisk(bool);
bool getAutoSortFiles();
void setAutoSortFiles(bool);
- const QString& getExtEditor();
- void setExtEditor(const QString&);
+ const TQString& getExtEditor();
+ void setExtEditor(const TQString&);
bool useExtEditor();
SysProfile getSysProfile() const;
void setSysProfile(SysProfile);
EditorPopup getEditorPopup() const;
- QString getEditorPopupName() const;
+ TQString getEditorPopupName() const;
void setEditorPopup(EditorPopup);
- QString getGraphOrientation() const;
- void setGraphOrientation(const QString&);
+ TQString getGraphOrientation() const;
+ void setGraphOrientation(const TQString&);
int getGraphMaxNodeDegree() const;
void setGraphMaxNodeDegree(int);
int getDefGraphView() const;
@@ -131,19 +131,19 @@ public:
private:
/** A list of previously loaded projects. */
- QStringList m_slProjects;
+ TQStringList m_slProjects;
/** Defines the list of all configurable parameters in KScope.
The use of a structure helps define default values (@see s_cpDef) */
struct ConfParams {
/** The full path of the Cscope executable. */
- QString sCscopePath;
+ TQString sCscopePath;
/** The full path of the Ctags executable. */
- QString sCtagsPath;
+ TQString sCtagsPath;
/** The full path of the Dot executable. */
- QString sDotPath;
+ TQString sDotPath;
/** Whether the tag list should be visible. */
bool bShowTagList;
@@ -153,10 +153,10 @@ private:
SPLIT_SIZES siEditor;
/** Colours for GUI elements. */
- QColor clrs[LAST_COLOR + 1];
+ TQColor clrs[LAST_COLOR + 1];
/** Fonts for GUI elements. */
- QFont fonts[LAST_FONT + 1];
+ TQFont fonts[LAST_FONT + 1];
/** Sort order of the tag lists. */
CtagSort ctagSortOrder;
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ private:
/** A command line pattern for an external editor (in read-only
mode.)*/
- QString sExtEditor;
+ TQString sExtEditor;
/** How KScope should treat time-consuming operations. */
SysProfile profile;
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ private:
EditorPopup popup;
/** The default orientation of call graphs. */
- QString sGraphOrient;
+ TQString sGraphOrient;
/** Maximal number of called/calling functions per call graph node. */
int nGraphMaxNodeDegree;
diff --git a/src/kscopepixmaps.cpp b/src/kscopepixmaps.cpp
index 495d756..1eec922 100644
--- a/src/kscopepixmaps.cpp
+++ b/src/kscopepixmaps.cpp
@@ -253,27 +253,27 @@ KScopePixmaps::~KScopePixmaps()
/**
* Creates the array of embedded pixmaps.
- * This function is separated from the constructor since QPixmap objects
+ * This function is separated from the constructor since TQPixmap objects
* cannot be created at the time the static KScopePixmaps object is
* allocated.
*/
void KScopePixmaps::init()
{
// Create the pixmap array
- m_pPixArray = new QPixmap * [PIX_ARRAY_SIZE];
+ m_pPixArray = new TQPixmap * [PIX_ARRAY_SIZE];
// Create all pixmaps
- m_pPixArray[SymFunc] = new QPixmap(XPM_FUNC);
- m_pPixArray[SymVar] = new QPixmap(XPM_VAR);
- m_pPixArray[SymStruct] = new QPixmap(XPM_STRUCT);
- m_pPixArray[SymMacro] = new QPixmap(XPM_MACRO);
- m_pPixArray[SymMember] = new QPixmap(XPM_MEMBER);
- m_pPixArray[SymEnum] = new QPixmap(XPM_ENUM);
- m_pPixArray[SymEnumerator] = new QPixmap(XPM_ENUMERATOR);
- m_pPixArray[SymTypedef] = new QPixmap(XPM_TYPEDEF);
- m_pPixArray[SymLabel] = new QPixmap(XPM_LABEL);
- m_pPixArray[SymInclude] = new QPixmap(XPM_INCLUDE);
- m_pPixArray[SymUnknown] = new QPixmap(XPM_UNKNOWN);
+ m_pPixArray[SymFunc] = new TQPixmap(XPM_FUNC);
+ m_pPixArray[SymVar] = new TQPixmap(XPM_VAR);
+ m_pPixArray[SymStruct] = new TQPixmap(XPM_STRUCT);
+ m_pPixArray[SymMacro] = new TQPixmap(XPM_MACRO);
+ m_pPixArray[SymMember] = new TQPixmap(XPM_MEMBER);
+ m_pPixArray[SymEnum] = new TQPixmap(XPM_ENUM);
+ m_pPixArray[SymEnumerator] = new TQPixmap(XPM_ENUMERATOR);
+ m_pPixArray[SymTypedef] = new TQPixmap(XPM_TYPEDEF);
+ m_pPixArray[SymLabel] = new TQPixmap(XPM_LABEL);
+ m_pPixArray[SymInclude] = new TQPixmap(XPM_INCLUDE);
+ m_pPixArray[SymUnknown] = new TQPixmap(XPM_UNKNOWN);
}
/**
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ void KScopePixmaps::init()
* @param name The pixmap's identifier
* @return A reference to the requested pixmap
*/
-const QPixmap& KScopePixmaps::getPixmap(PixName name) const
+const TQPixmap& KScopePixmaps::getPixmap(PixName name) const
{
return *m_pPixArray[name];
}
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ const QPixmap& KScopePixmaps::getPixmap(PixName name) const
* @param name The pixmap's identifier
* @return The requested pixmap
*/
-QPixmap KScopePixmaps::getPixmap(LoadPixName name)
+TQPixmap KScopePixmaps::getPixmap(LoadPixName name)
{
switch (name) {
case TabUnlocked:
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ QPixmap KScopePixmaps::getPixmap(LoadPixName name)
0, false);
}
- return QPixmap();
+ return TQPixmap();
}
/**
diff --git a/src/kscopepixmaps.h b/src/kscopepixmaps.h
index e5f321b..2577ef6 100644
--- a/src/kscopepixmaps.h
+++ b/src/kscopepixmaps.h
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
#ifndef KSCOPEPIXMAPS_H
#define KSCOPEPIXMAPS_H
-#include <qpixmap.h>
+#include <ntqpixmap.h>
#include <kiconloader.h>
#define GET_PIXMAP(_pix) \
@@ -61,12 +61,12 @@ public:
CallingTree, CallGraph };
void init();
- const QPixmap& getPixmap(PixName name) const;
- QPixmap getPixmap(LoadPixName name);
+ const TQPixmap& getPixmap(PixName name) const;
+ TQPixmap getPixmap(LoadPixName name);
private:
/** An array of pointers to the embedded pixmaps. */
- QPixmap** m_pPixArray;
+ TQPixmap** m_pPixArray;
/** An icon loader used to retrieve pixmaps through the KDE mechanism. */
KIconLoader m_loader;
diff --git a/src/makedlg.cpp b/src/makedlg.cpp
index ac60129..8bcc5ad 100644
--- a/src/makedlg.cpp
+++ b/src/makedlg.cpp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qtextcodec.h>
+#include <ntqtextcodec.h>
#include <ktextbrowser.h>
#include <kcombobox.h>
#include <kurlrequester.h>
@@ -46,11 +46,11 @@
* @param pParent The parent widget
* @param szName The widget's name
*/
-MakeDlg::MakeDlg(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+MakeDlg::MakeDlg(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
MakeLayout(pParent, szName, MAKE_DLG_W_FLAGS)
{
// Don't show the "Function" column
- m_pErrorView->setColumnWidthMode(0, QListView::Manual);
+ m_pErrorView->setColumnWidthMode(0, TQListView::Manual);
m_pErrorView->setColumnWidth(0, 0);
// Create a new make front-end
@@ -59,21 +59,21 @@ MakeDlg::MakeDlg(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
SLOT(slotShowOutput(FrontendToken*)));
connect(m_pMake, SIGNAL(finished(uint)), this, SLOT(slotFinished(uint)));
connect(m_pMake,
- SIGNAL(error(const QString&, const QString&, const QString&)),
+ SIGNAL(error(const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString&)),
this,
- SLOT(slotAddError(const QString&, const QString&, const QString&)));
+ SLOT(slotAddError(const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString&)));
// The Root URL control should browse directories
m_pRootURL->setMode(KFile::Directory);
// Handle URL links in the browser
m_pOutputBrowser->setNotifyClick(true);
- connect(m_pOutputBrowser, SIGNAL(urlClick(const QString&)), this,
- SLOT(slotBrowserClicked(const QString&)));
+ connect(m_pOutputBrowser, SIGNAL(urlClick(const TQString&)), this,
+ SLOT(slotBrowserClicked(const TQString&)));
// Handle selections in the error view
- connect(m_pErrorView, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString& , uint)), this,
- SIGNAL(fileRequested(const QString&, uint)));
+ connect(m_pErrorView, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString& , uint)), this,
+ SIGNAL(fileRequested(const TQString&, uint)));
// Do not allow duplicates in the command history
m_pCommandHistory->setDuplicatesEnabled(false);
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ MakeDlg::~ MakeDlg()
/**
* @return The currently set make command
*/
-QString MakeDlg::getCommand() const
+TQString MakeDlg::getCommand() const
{
return m_pCommandHistory->currentText();
}
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ QString MakeDlg::getCommand() const
/**
* @param sCmd The new make command to use
*/
-void MakeDlg::setCommand(const QString& sCmd)
+void MakeDlg::setCommand(const TQString& sCmd)
{
m_pCommandHistory->setCurrentText(sCmd);
m_pCommandHistory->addToHistory(sCmd);
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ void MakeDlg::setCommand(const QString& sCmd)
/**
* @return The directory in which to run the make command
*/
-QString MakeDlg::getDir() const
+TQString MakeDlg::getDir() const
{
return m_pRootURL->url();
}
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ QString MakeDlg::getDir() const
/**
* @param sURL The new root directory to use
*/
-void MakeDlg::setDir(const QString& sURL)
+void MakeDlg::setDir(const TQString& sURL)
{
m_pRootURL->setURL(sURL);
}
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ void MakeDlg::setDir(const QString& sURL)
* is killed.
* @param pEvent The close event descriptor
*/
-void MakeDlg::closeEvent(QCloseEvent* pEvent)
+void MakeDlg::closeEvent(TQCloseEvent* pEvent)
{
// Check if a process is currently running
if (m_pMake->isRunning()) {
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ void MakeDlg::closeEvent(QCloseEvent* pEvent)
}
}
- QWidget::closeEvent(pEvent);
+ TQWidget::closeEvent(pEvent);
}
/**
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ void MakeDlg::closeEvent(QCloseEvent* pEvent)
*/
void MakeDlg::slotMake()
{
- QString sCommand;
+ TQString sCommand;
// Clear the current contents
m_pOutputBrowser->clear();
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ void MakeDlg::slotMake()
// Run the make command
sCommand = m_pCommandHistory->currentText();
- if (!m_pMake->run("make", QStringList::split(" ", sCommand),
+ if (!m_pMake->run("make", TQStringList::split(" ", sCommand),
m_pRootURL->url())) {
KMessageBox::error(this, m_pMake->getRunError());
return;
@@ -198,11 +198,11 @@ void MakeDlg::slotStop()
*/
void MakeDlg::slotShowOutput(FrontendToken* pToken)
{
- QString sData;
+ TQString sData;
// GCC uses unicode quote characters - this should ensure that they are
// treated correctly by the text browser widget
- sData = QTextCodec::codecForLocale()->toUnicode(pToken->getData());
+ sData = TQTextCodec::codecForLocale()->toUnicode(pToken->getData());
m_pOutputBrowser->append(sData);
}
@@ -231,10 +231,10 @@ void MakeDlg::slotFinished(uint)
* This slot is connected to the urlClick() signal of the browser.
* @param sURL The requested URL
*/
-void MakeDlg::slotBrowserClicked(const QString& sURL)
+void MakeDlg::slotBrowserClicked(const TQString& sURL)
{
- QString sFile;
- QString sLine;
+ TQString sFile;
+ TQString sLine;
// Exract the file name and the line number from the URL
sFile = sURL.section('&', 0, 0);
@@ -255,12 +255,12 @@ void MakeDlg::slotBrowserClicked(const QString& sURL)
* @param sLine The line number
* @param sText An explanation of the error
*/
-void MakeDlg::slotAddError(const QString& sFile, const QString& sLine,
- const QString& sText)
+void MakeDlg::slotAddError(const TQString& sFile, const TQString& sLine,
+ const TQString& sText)
{
- QString sUniText;
+ TQString sUniText;
- sUniText = QTextCodec::codecForLocale()->toUnicode(sText);
+ sUniText = TQTextCodec::codecForLocale()->toUnicode(sText);
m_pErrorView->addRecord("", sFile, sLine, sUniText);
}
diff --git a/src/makedlg.h b/src/makedlg.h
index 3120b95..a2bb56b 100644
--- a/src/makedlg.h
+++ b/src/makedlg.h
@@ -46,29 +46,29 @@ class MakeDlg: public MakeLayout
Q_OBJECT
public:
- MakeDlg(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+ MakeDlg(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
virtual ~MakeDlg();
- QString getCommand() const;
- void setCommand(const QString&);
- QString getDir() const;
- void setDir(const QString&);
+ TQString getCommand() const;
+ void setCommand(const TQString&);
+ TQString getDir() const;
+ void setDir(const TQString&);
public slots:
virtual void slotMake();
signals:
- void fileRequested(const QString&, uint);
+ void fileRequested(const TQString&, uint);
protected:
- virtual void closeEvent(QCloseEvent*);
+ virtual void closeEvent(TQCloseEvent*);
protected slots:
virtual void slotStop();
void slotShowOutput(FrontendToken*);
void slotFinished(uint);
- void slotBrowserClicked(const QString&);
- void slotAddError(const QString&, const QString&, const QString&);
+ void slotBrowserClicked(const TQString&);
+ void slotAddError(const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString&);
private:
/** Handles the make process. */
diff --git a/src/makefrontend.cpp b/src/makefrontend.cpp
index 80ea9b8..2977d8f 100644
--- a/src/makefrontend.cpp
+++ b/src/makefrontend.cpp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qregexp.h>
+#include <ntqregexp.h>
#include "makefrontend.h"
// TODO:
@@ -68,10 +68,10 @@ MakeFrontend::~MakeFrontend()
* @param bBlock (Optional) true to block, false otherwise
* @return true if the process was executed successfully, false otherwise
*/
-bool MakeFrontend::run(const QString& sName, const QStringList& slArgs,
- const QString& sWorkDir, bool bBlock)
+bool MakeFrontend::run(const TQString& sName, const TQStringList& slArgs,
+ const TQString& sWorkDir, bool bBlock)
{
- QStringList slShellArgs;
+ TQStringList slShellArgs;
// Store the current build directory
m_slPathStack.push_back(sWorkDir);
@@ -89,14 +89,14 @@ bool MakeFrontend::run(const QString& sName, const QStringList& slArgs,
* Parses lines of output produced by the make command.
* @param sToken A single line of output
*/
-Frontend::ParseResult MakeFrontend::parseStdout(QString& sToken, ParserDelim)
+Frontend::ParseResult MakeFrontend::parseStdout(TQString& sToken, ParserDelim)
{
- static QRegExp reErrWarn(RE_FILE_LINE);
- static QRegExp reEntDir(RE_ENTER_DIR);
- static QRegExp reExtDir(RE_EXIT_DIR);
- QString sRep;
+ static TQRegExp reErrWarn(RE_FILE_LINE);
+ static TQRegExp reEntDir(RE_ENTER_DIR);
+ static TQRegExp reExtDir(RE_EXIT_DIR);
+ TQString sRep;
int nPos;
- QString sFile, sLine, sText;
+ TQString sFile, sLine, sText;
if ((nPos = reErrWarn.search(sToken)) >= 0) {
// An error/warning message
@@ -112,18 +112,18 @@ Frontend::ParseResult MakeFrontend::parseStdout(QString& sToken, ParserDelim)
sText = reErrWarn.capturedTexts()[4];
emit error(sFile, sLine, sText);
- sRep = QString("<a href=\"") + sFile + "&\\2\">\\1:\\2</a>\\3: \\4";
+ sRep = TQString("<a href=\"") + sFile + "&\\2\">\\1:\\2</a>\\3: \\4";
sToken.replace(reErrWarn, sRep);
}
else if ((nPos = reEntDir.search(sToken)) >= 0) {
// Recursing into a directory
m_slPathStack.push_back(reEntDir.capturedTexts()[1]);
- sToken = QString("<b>Entering directory</b> ") +
+ sToken = TQString("<b>Entering directory</b> ") +
m_slPathStack.last();
}
else if ((nPos = reExtDir.search(sToken)) >= 0) {
// Leaving a directory
- sToken = QString("<b>Leaving directory</b> ") +
+ sToken = TQString("<b>Leaving directory</b> ") +
m_slPathStack.last();
m_slPathStack.pop_back();
}
diff --git a/src/makefrontend.h b/src/makefrontend.h
index 4ed575f..c3ab3f1 100644
--- a/src/makefrontend.h
+++ b/src/makefrontend.h
@@ -45,17 +45,17 @@ public:
MakeFrontend(bool bAutoDelete = false);
~MakeFrontend();
- virtual bool run(const QString&, const QStringList&,
- const QString&, bool bBlock = false);
- virtual ParseResult parseStdout(QString&, ParserDelim);
+ virtual bool run(const TQString&, const TQStringList&,
+ const TQString&, bool bBlock = false);
+ virtual ParseResult parseStdout(TQString&, ParserDelim);
signals:
- void error(const QString& sFile, const QString& sLine,
- const QString& sText);
+ void error(const TQString& sFile, const TQString& sLine,
+ const TQString& sText);
private:
/** A stack of paths used to track the current build directory. */
- QStringList m_slPathStack;
+ TQStringList m_slPathStack;
};
#endif
diff --git a/src/makelayout.ui b/src/makelayout.ui
index e47acf8..d36dae1 100644
--- a/src/makelayout.ui
+++ b/src/makelayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
<class>MakeLayout</class>
-<widget class="QWidget">
+<widget class="TQWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>MakeLayout</cstring>
</property>
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout10</cstring>
</property>
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLabel" row="0" column="0">
+ <widget class="TQLabel" row="0" column="0">
<property name="name">
<cstring>textLabel1</cstring>
</property>
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
<cstring>m_pRootURL</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLabel" row="1" column="0">
+ <widget class="TQLabel" row="1" column="0">
<property name="name">
<cstring>textLabel2</cstring>
</property>
@@ -63,11 +63,11 @@
</widget>
</grid>
</widget>
- <widget class="QTabWidget">
+ <widget class="TQTabWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>tabWidget2</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QWidget">
+ <widget class="TQWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>tab</cstring>
</property>
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
</widget>
</vbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QWidget">
+ <widget class="TQWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>tab</cstring>
</property>
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
</vbox>
</widget>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout7</cstring>
</property>
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pMakeButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pStopButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
<string>Alt+S</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pCloseButton</cstring>
</property>
diff --git a/src/newprojectdlg.cpp b/src/newprojectdlg.cpp
index ec8fbca..cc1e73e 100644
--- a/src/newprojectdlg.cpp
+++ b/src/newprojectdlg.cpp
@@ -25,11 +25,11 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qregexp.h>
-#include <qpushbutton.h>
-#include <qspinbox.h>
-#include <qlabel.h>
-#include <qtextedit.h>
+#include <ntqregexp.h>
+#include <ntqpushbutton.h>
+#include <ntqspinbox.h>
+#include <ntqlabel.h>
+#include <ntqtextedit.h>
#include <kurlrequester.h>
#include <klineedit.h>
#include <kmessagebox.h>
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
* @param pParent The parent widget
* @param szName The widget's name
*/
-NewProjectDlg::NewProjectDlg(bool bNewProj, QWidget* pParent,
+NewProjectDlg::NewProjectDlg(bool bNewProj, TQWidget* pParent,
const char* szName) :
NewProjectLayout(pParent, szName),
m_bNewProj(bNewProj)
@@ -98,10 +98,10 @@ NewProjectDlg::~NewProjectDlg()
* @param sPath The project's path
* @param opt Project parameters configurable in this dialogue
*/
-void NewProjectDlg::setProperties(const QString& sName, const QString& sPath,
+void NewProjectDlg::setProperties(const TQString& sName, const TQString& sPath,
const ProjectBase::Options& opt)
{
- QStringList::ConstIterator itr;
+ TQStringList::ConstIterator itr;
// Set values for current project
m_pNameEdit->setText(sName);
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ void NewProjectDlg::setProperties(const QString& sName, const QString& sPath,
* box.
* @return The name of the new project
*/
-QString NewProjectDlg::getName()
+TQString NewProjectDlg::getName()
{
return m_pNameEdit->text();
}
@@ -155,10 +155,10 @@ QString NewProjectDlg::getName()
* directory, created under it using the project's name.
* @return The full path of the parent directory for the new project
*/
-QString NewProjectDlg::getPath()
+TQString NewProjectDlg::getPath()
{
if (m_pHiddenDirCheck->isChecked())
- return QString(m_pSrcRootRequester->url()) + "/.cscope";
+ return TQString(m_pSrcRootRequester->url()) + "/.cscope";
return m_pPathRequester->url();
}
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ void NewProjectDlg::accept()
// Validate the name of a new project
if (m_bNewProj) {
- QRegExp re("[^ \\t\\n]+");
+ TQRegExp re("[^ \\t\\n]+");
if (!re.exactMatch(m_pNameEdit->text())) {
KMessageBox::error(0, i18n("Project names must not contain "
"whitespace."));
@@ -217,14 +217,14 @@ void NewProjectDlg::accept()
m_slTypes.append(m_pTypesList->text(i));
// Clean-up the source root
- QDir dir(m_pSrcRootRequester->url());
+ TQDir dir(m_pSrcRootRequester->url());
if (dir.exists())
m_pSrcRootRequester->setURL(dir.absPath());
else
m_pSrcRootRequester->setURL("/");
// Close the dialog
- QDialog::accept();
+ TQDialog::accept();
}
/**
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ void NewProjectDlg::accept()
*/
void NewProjectDlg::slotAddType()
{
- QString sType;
+ TQString sType;
// Try the custom type edit-box first.
sType = m_pTypesEdit->text();
@@ -242,14 +242,14 @@ void NewProjectDlg::slotAddType()
return;
// Validate the type string
- QRegExp reg("[ \\t\\n\\|\\\\\\/]");
+ TQRegExp reg("[ \\t\\n\\|\\\\\\/]");
if (sType.contains(reg)) {
KMessageBox::error(0, i18n("This is not a valid file type!"));
return;
}
// Do not add an existing type.
- if (m_pTypesList->findItem(sType, Qt::CaseSensitive | Qt::ExactMatch) !=
+ if (m_pTypesList->findItem(sType, TQt::CaseSensitive | TQt::ExactMatch) !=
NULL) {
return;
}
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ void NewProjectDlg::slotAddType()
void NewProjectDlg::slotRemoveType()
{
int nItem;
- QString sType;
+ TQString sType;
// Verify an item is selected
nItem = m_pTypesList->currentItem();
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ void NewProjectDlg::slotRemoveType()
m_pTypesList->removeItem(nItem);
// Add to the list of available types.
- if (m_pAvailTypesList->findItem(sType, Qt::CaseSensitive | Qt::ExactMatch)
+ if (m_pAvailTypesList->findItem(sType, TQt::CaseSensitive | TQt::ExactMatch)
== NULL) {
m_pAvailTypesList->insertItem(sType);
}
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ void NewProjectDlg::slotRemoveType()
* available types.
* @param sType The newly selected type
*/
-void NewProjectDlg::slotAvailTypesChanged(const QString& sType)
+void NewProjectDlg::slotAvailTypesChanged(const TQString& sType)
{
m_pTypesEdit->setText(sType);
}
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ void NewProjectDlg::slotAvailTypesChanged(const QString& sType)
* @param pParent The parent widget
* @param szName The widget's name
*/
-AutoCompletionDlg::AutoCompletionDlg(QWidget* pParent,
+AutoCompletionDlg::AutoCompletionDlg(TQWidget* pParent,
const char* szName ) :
AutoCompletionLayout(pParent, szName)
{
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ int AutoCompletionDlg::exec()
m_pMaxEntriesSpin->setValue(m_nMaxEntries);
// Show the dialogue
- return QDialog::exec();
+ return TQDialog::exec();
}
/**
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ void AutoCompletionDlg::accept()
m_nMaxEntries = m_pMaxEntriesSpin->value();
// Close the dialogue, indicating acceptance
- QDialog::accept();
+ TQDialog::accept();
}
diff --git a/src/newprojectdlg.h b/src/newprojectdlg.h
index 5d8e556..ff96337 100644
--- a/src/newprojectdlg.h
+++ b/src/newprojectdlg.h
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
#ifndef NEWPROJECTDLG_H
#define NEWPROJECTDLG_H
-#include <qlineedit.h>
-#include <qcheckbox.h>
+#include <ntqlineedit.h>
+#include <ntqcheckbox.h>
#include <newprojectlayout.h>
#include <autocompletionlayout.h>
#include "projectbase.h"
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ class AutoCompletionDlg : public AutoCompletionLayout
Q_OBJECT
public:
- AutoCompletionDlg(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName = NULL);
+ AutoCompletionDlg(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName = NULL);
~AutoCompletionDlg();
public slots:
@@ -82,25 +82,25 @@ class NewProjectDlg : public NewProjectLayout
Q_OBJECT
public:
- NewProjectDlg(bool, QWidget* pParent = NULL, const char* szName = NULL);
+ NewProjectDlg(bool, TQWidget* pParent = NULL, const char* szName = NULL);
~NewProjectDlg();
- void setProperties(const QString&, const QString&,
+ void setProperties(const TQString&, const TQString&,
const ProjectBase::Options&);
- QString getName();
- QString getPath();
+ TQString getName();
+ TQString getPath();
void getOptions(ProjectBase::Options&);
protected slots:
virtual void accept();
virtual void slotAddType();
virtual void slotRemoveType();
- virtual void slotAvailTypesChanged(const QString&);
+ virtual void slotAvailTypesChanged(const TQString&);
private:
/** The file MIME-types associated with the new project. */
- QStringList m_slTypes;
+ TQStringList m_slTypes;
/** A sub-dialogue for configuring symbol auto-completion parameters. */
AutoCompletionDlg* m_pAutoCompDlg;
diff --git a/src/newprojectlayout.ui b/src/newprojectlayout.ui
index 841b059..4374e3c 100644
--- a/src/newprojectlayout.ui
+++ b/src/newprojectlayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
<class>NewProjectLayout</class>
-<widget class="QDialog">
+<widget class="TQDialog">
<property name="name">
<cstring>NewProjectLayout</cstring>
</property>
@@ -19,11 +19,11 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QTabWidget">
+ <widget class="TQTabWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>tabWidget2</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QWidget">
+ <widget class="TQWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>tab</cstring>
</property>
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout18</cstring>
</property>
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLabel" row="1" column="0">
+ <widget class="TQLabel" row="1" column="0">
<property name="name">
<cstring>textLabel2</cstring>
</property>
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
<string>Path</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLineEdit" row="0" column="1">
+ <widget class="TQLineEdit" row="0" column="1">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pNameEdit</cstring>
</property>
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
The name must conform to the file system's naming conventions for directories (e.g., no spaces, exclamaion marks, etc.).</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLabel" row="0" column="0">
+ <widget class="TQLabel" row="0" column="0">
<property name="name">
<cstring>textLabel1</cstring>
</property>
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ This does not need to be the path in which the source files reside.</string>
</widget>
</grid>
</widget>
- <widget class="QCheckBox">
+ <widget class="TQCheckBox">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pHiddenDirCheck</cstring>
</property>
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ This does not need to be the path in which the source files reside.</string>
<string>Alt+U</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout19</cstring>
</property>
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ This does not need to be the path in which the source files reside.</string>
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLabel">
+ <widget class="TQLabel">
<property name="name">
<cstring>textLabel1_2</cstring>
</property>
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ This does not need to be the path in which the source files reside.</string>
</widget>
</hbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLabel">
+ <widget class="TQLabel">
<property name="name">
<cstring>textLabel1_3</cstring>
</property>
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
</spacer>
</vbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QWidget">
+ <widget class="TQWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>tab</cstring>
</property>
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QGroupBox">
+ <widget class="TQGroupBox">
<property name="name">
<cstring>groupBox1</cstring>
</property>
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QListBox">
+ <widget class="TQListBox">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pTypesList</cstring>
</property>
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
</widget>
</vbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout5</cstring>
</property>
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pAddButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
<string>Adds the selected file type to the current project.</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pRemoveButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
</spacer>
</vbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QGroupBox">
+ <widget class="TQGroupBox">
<property name="name">
<cstring>groupBox2</cstring>
</property>
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLineEdit">
+ <widget class="TQLineEdit">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pTypesEdit</cstring>
</property>
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
<string>You can enter custom file types here.</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QListBox">
+ <widget class="TQListBox">
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>*.c</string>
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
</spacer>
</hbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QWidget">
+ <widget class="TQWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>TabPage</cstring>
</property>
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QCheckBox">
+ <widget class="TQCheckBox">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pKernelCheck</cstring>
</property>
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
<string>For kernel projects, symbols are not looked up in the standard include path.</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QCheckBox">
+ <widget class="TQCheckBox">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pInvCheck</cstring>
</property>
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
<string>An inverted index may greatly speed up searches in a large project. The project's building process is longer, though.</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QCheckBox">
+ <widget class="TQCheckBox">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pNoCompCheck</cstring>
</property>
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
<string></string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QCheckBox">
+ <widget class="TQCheckBox">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pSlowPathCheck</cstring>
</property>
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
<string>Slower, but more accurate, function definition detection (-D)</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout31</cstring>
</property>
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QCheckBox">
+ <widget class="TQCheckBox">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pAutoRebuildCheck</cstring>
</property>
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
- <widget class="QLabel">
+ <widget class="TQLabel">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pAutoRebuildLabel</cstring>
</property>
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
<string>(Seconds)</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QSpinBox">
+ <widget class="TQSpinBox">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pAutoRebuildSpin</cstring>
</property>
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
</widget>
</hbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout30</cstring>
</property>
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QCheckBox">
+ <widget class="TQCheckBox">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pACCheck</cstring>
</property>
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pACButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
</widget>
</hbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout6</cstring>
</property>
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QCheckBox">
+ <widget class="TQCheckBox">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pTabWidthCheck</cstring>
</property>
@@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
- <widget class="QSpinBox">
+ <widget class="TQSpinBox">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pTabWidthSpin</cstring>
</property>
@@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
</spacer>
</vbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QWidget">
+ <widget class="TQWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>TabPage</cstring>
</property>
@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLabel">
+ <widget class="TQLabel">
<property name="name">
<cstring>textLabel1_4</cstring>
</property>
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
<string>Ctags command line (Do not change unless you know what you are doing!)</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QTextEdit">
+ <widget class="TQTextEdit">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pCtagsCmdEdit</cstring>
</property>
@@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
</vbox>
</widget>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout19</cstring>
</property>
@@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pCreateButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pCancelButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -711,9 +711,9 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
</connection>
<connection>
<sender>m_pAvailTypesList</sender>
- <signal>highlighted(const QString&amp;)</signal>
+ <signal>highlighted(const TQString&amp;)</signal>
<receiver>NewProjectLayout</receiver>
- <slot>slotAvailTypesChanged(const QString&amp;)</slot>
+ <slot>slotAvailTypesChanged(const TQString&amp;)</slot>
</connection>
<connection>
<sender>m_pTabWidthCheck</sender>
@@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
<slot access="protected">slotRemoveType()</slot>
<slot access="protected">slotAutoRebuildChanged(bool)</slot>
<slot access="protected">slotAutoCompletionChanged(bool)</slot>
- <slot access="protected">slotAvailTypesChanged(const QString&amp;)</slot>
+ <slot access="protected">slotAvailTypesChanged(const TQString&amp;)</slot>
</slots>
<layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="11"/>
<includehints>
diff --git a/src/openprojectdlg.cpp b/src/openprojectdlg.cpp
index 722fde6..c6d510f 100644
--- a/src/openprojectdlg.cpp
+++ b/src/openprojectdlg.cpp
@@ -25,9 +25,9 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qpushbutton.h>
-#include <qlineedit.h>
-#include <qlistbox.h>
+#include <ntqpushbutton.h>
+#include <ntqlineedit.h>
+#include <ntqlistbox.h>
#include <kurlrequester.h>
#include "openprojectdlg.h"
#include "kscopeconfig.h"
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
* @param pParent The parent widget
* @param szName The widget's name
*/
-OpenProjectDlg::OpenProjectDlg(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+OpenProjectDlg::OpenProjectDlg(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
OpenProjectLayout(pParent, szName)
{
loadRecent();
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ OpenProjectDlg::~OpenProjectDlg()
/**
* @return The selected project path
*/
-QString OpenProjectDlg::getPath() const
+TQString OpenProjectDlg::getPath() const
{
return m_pProjPathRequester->url();
}
@@ -64,9 +64,9 @@ QString OpenProjectDlg::getPath() const
* the cscope.proj file.
* @param sProjPath The full path of the selected cscope.proj file
*/
-void OpenProjectDlg::slotProjectSelected(const QString& sProjPath)
+void OpenProjectDlg::slotProjectSelected(const TQString& sProjPath)
{
- QFileInfo fi(sProjPath);
+ TQFileInfo fi(sProjPath);
m_pProjPathRequester->setURL(fi.dirPath(true));
}
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ void OpenProjectDlg::slotProjectSelected(const QString& sProjPath)
*/
void OpenProjectDlg::slotRemoveRecent()
{
- QListBoxItem* pItem;
+ TQListBoxItem* pItem;
// Remove the selected item, if any
pItem = m_pRecentList->selectedItem();
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ void OpenProjectDlg::slotRemoveRecent()
* list box.
* @param pItem The selected project item
*/
-void OpenProjectDlg::slotSelectRecent(QListBoxItem* pItem)
+void OpenProjectDlg::slotSelectRecent(TQListBoxItem* pItem)
{
if (pItem != NULL)
m_pProjPathRequester->setURL(pItem->text());
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ void OpenProjectDlg::slotSelectRecent(QListBoxItem* pItem)
* projects list box.
* @param pItem The selected project item
*/
-void OpenProjectDlg::slotOpenRecent(QListBoxItem* pItem)
+void OpenProjectDlg::slotOpenRecent(TQListBoxItem* pItem)
{
if (pItem != NULL) {
m_pProjPathRequester->setURL(pItem->text());
@@ -120,8 +120,8 @@ void OpenProjectDlg::slotOpenRecent(QListBoxItem* pItem)
*/
void OpenProjectDlg::loadRecent()
{
- const QStringList& slProjects = Config().getRecentProjects();
- QStringList::const_iterator itr;
+ const TQStringList& slProjects = Config().getRecentProjects();
+ TQStringList::const_iterator itr;
// Create a list item for each project in the list
for (itr = slProjects.begin(); itr != slProjects.end(); ++itr)
diff --git a/src/openprojectdlg.h b/src/openprojectdlg.h
index cf492ad..e9c2477 100644
--- a/src/openprojectdlg.h
+++ b/src/openprojectdlg.h
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
#ifndef OPENPROJECTDLG_H
#define OPENPROJECTDLG_H
-#include <qwidget.h>
+#include <ntqwidget.h>
#include <openprojectlayout.h>
/**
@@ -43,16 +43,16 @@ class OpenProjectDlg : public OpenProjectLayout
Q_OBJECT
public:
- OpenProjectDlg(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+ OpenProjectDlg(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
~OpenProjectDlg();
- QString getPath() const;
+ TQString getPath() const;
protected slots:
- virtual void slotProjectSelected(const QString&);
+ virtual void slotProjectSelected(const TQString&);
virtual void slotRemoveRecent();
- virtual void slotSelectRecent(QListBoxItem*);
- virtual void slotOpenRecent(QListBoxItem*);
+ virtual void slotSelectRecent(TQListBoxItem*);
+ virtual void slotOpenRecent(TQListBoxItem*);
private:
void loadRecent();
diff --git a/src/openprojectlayout.ui b/src/openprojectlayout.ui
index 88d52be..a1c24b4 100644
--- a/src/openprojectlayout.ui
+++ b/src/openprojectlayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
<class>OpenProjectLayout</class>
-<widget class="QDialog">
+<widget class="TQDialog">
<property name="name">
<cstring>OpenProjectLayout</cstring>
</property>
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QButtonGroup">
+ <widget class="TQButtonGroup">
<property name="name">
<cstring>buttonGroup5</cstring>
</property>
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
</widget>
</hbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QButtonGroup">
+ <widget class="TQButtonGroup">
<property name="name">
<cstring>buttonGroup6</cstring>
</property>
@@ -48,12 +48,12 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QListBox">
+ <widget class="TQListBox">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pRecentList</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout9</cstring>
</property>
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pRemoveButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
</widget>
</vbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout9</cstring>
</property>
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pOpenButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pCancelButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -164,34 +164,34 @@
</connection>
<connection>
<sender>m_pRecentList</sender>
- <signal>highlighted(QListBoxItem*)</signal>
+ <signal>highlighted(TQListBoxItem*)</signal>
<receiver>OpenProjectLayout</receiver>
- <slot>slotSelectRecent(QListBoxItem*)</slot>
+ <slot>slotSelectRecent(TQListBoxItem*)</slot>
</connection>
<connection>
<sender>m_pRecentList</sender>
- <signal>doubleClicked(QListBoxItem*)</signal>
+ <signal>doubleClicked(TQListBoxItem*)</signal>
<receiver>OpenProjectLayout</receiver>
- <slot>slotOpenRecent(QListBoxItem*)</slot>
+ <slot>slotOpenRecent(TQListBoxItem*)</slot>
</connection>
<connection>
<sender>m_pProjPathRequester</sender>
- <signal>urlSelected(const QString&amp;)</signal>
+ <signal>urlSelected(const TQString&amp;)</signal>
<receiver>OpenProjectLayout</receiver>
- <slot>slotProjectSelected(const QString&amp;)</slot>
+ <slot>slotProjectSelected(const TQString&amp;)</slot>
</connection>
<connection>
<sender>m_pRecentList</sender>
- <signal>returnPressed(QListBoxItem*)</signal>
+ <signal>returnPressed(TQListBoxItem*)</signal>
<receiver>OpenProjectLayout</receiver>
- <slot>slotOpenRecent(QListBoxItem*)</slot>
+ <slot>slotOpenRecent(TQListBoxItem*)</slot>
</connection>
</connections>
<slots>
<slot access="protected">slotRemoveRecent()</slot>
- <slot access="protected">slotSelectRecent(QListBoxItem*)</slot>
- <slot access="protected">slotOpenRecent(QListBoxItem*)</slot>
- <slot access="protected">slotProjectSelected(const QString&amp;)</slot>
+ <slot access="protected">slotSelectRecent(TQListBoxItem*)</slot>
+ <slot access="protected">slotOpenRecent(TQListBoxItem*)</slot>
+ <slot access="protected">slotProjectSelected(const TQString&amp;)</slot>
</slots>
<layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="11"/>
<includehints>
diff --git a/src/prefcolor.cpp b/src/prefcolor.cpp
index 85beb4b..79bba7c 100644
--- a/src/prefcolor.cpp
+++ b/src/prefcolor.cpp
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qlistview.h>
-#include <qpainter.h>
+#include <ntqlistview.h>
+#include <ntqpainter.h>
#include <kcolordialog.h>
#include "prefcolor.h"
#include "kscopeconfig.h"
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
* colour.
* @author Elad Lahav
*/
-class ColorListItem : public QListViewItem
+class ColorListItem : public TQListViewItem
{
public:
/**
@@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ public:
* @param pList The owner list view
* @param ce The GUI element shown by this item
*/
- ColorListItem(QListView* pList, KScopeConfig::ColorElement ce) :
- QListViewItem(pList, Config().getColorName(ce), ""),
+ ColorListItem(TQListView* pList, KScopeConfig::ColorElement ce) :
+ TQListViewItem(pList, Config().getColorName(ce), ""),
m_ce(ce) {
setColor(Config().getColor(ce));
}
@@ -64,9 +64,9 @@ public:
* The colour set by this function is returned by getColor().
* @param clr The colour to set
*/
- void setColor(QColor clr) {
- QPixmap pix;
- QPainter painter;
+ void setColor(TQColor clr) {
+ TQPixmap pix;
+ TQPainter painter;
int nWidth, nHeight;
// Remember the colour
@@ -90,14 +90,14 @@ public:
/**
* @return The colour associated with this item
*/
- QColor getColor() { return m_clr; }
+ TQColor getColor() { return m_clr; }
private:
/** The GUI element shown by this item. */
KScopeConfig::ColorElement m_ce;
/** The colour associated with this item. */
- QColor m_clr;
+ TQColor m_clr;
};
/**
@@ -105,10 +105,10 @@ private:
* @param pParent The parent widget
* @param szName The widget's name
*/
-PrefColor::PrefColor(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+PrefColor::PrefColor(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
PrefColorLayout(pParent, szName)
{
- m_pList->setColumnWidthMode(1, QListView::Manual);
+ m_pList->setColumnWidthMode(1, TQListView::Manual);
// Set initial values
load();
@@ -156,14 +156,14 @@ void PrefColor::apply()
* signals of the list view.
* @param pItem The selected item
*/
-void PrefColor::slotItemSelected(QListViewItem* pItem)
+void PrefColor::slotItemSelected(TQListViewItem* pItem)
{
ColorListItem* pClrItem;
- QColor clr;
+ TQColor clr;
pClrItem = (ColorListItem*)pItem;
if (KColorDialog::getColor(clr, pClrItem->getColor()) ==
- QDialog::Accepted) {
+ TQDialog::Accepted) {
pClrItem->setColor(clr);
emit modified();
}
diff --git a/src/prefcolor.h b/src/prefcolor.h
index b26bed2..f191e5d 100644
--- a/src/prefcolor.h
+++ b/src/prefcolor.h
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ class PrefColor : public PrefColorLayout
Q_OBJECT
public:
- PrefColor(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+ PrefColor(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
~PrefColor();
void load();
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ signals:
void modified();
protected slots:
- void slotItemSelected(QListViewItem*);
+ void slotItemSelected(TQListViewItem*);
};
#endif
diff --git a/src/prefcolorlayout.ui b/src/prefcolorlayout.ui
index 8e15bda..da999cf 100644
--- a/src/prefcolorlayout.ui
+++ b/src/prefcolorlayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
<class>PrefColorLayout</class>
-<widget class="QWidget">
+<widget class="TQWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>PrefColorLayout</cstring>
</property>
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QListView">
+ <widget class="TQListView">
<column>
<property name="text">
<string>GUI Element</string>
@@ -51,19 +51,19 @@
<connections>
<connection>
<sender>m_pList</sender>
- <signal>doubleClicked(QListViewItem*)</signal>
+ <signal>doubleClicked(TQListViewItem*)</signal>
<receiver>PrefColorLayout</receiver>
- <slot>slotItemSelected(QListViewItem*)</slot>
+ <slot>slotItemSelected(TQListViewItem*)</slot>
</connection>
<connection>
<sender>m_pList</sender>
- <signal>returnPressed(QListViewItem*)</signal>
+ <signal>returnPressed(TQListViewItem*)</signal>
<receiver>PrefColorLayout</receiver>
- <slot>slotItemSelected(QListViewItem*)</slot>
+ <slot>slotItemSelected(TQListViewItem*)</slot>
</connection>
</connections>
<slots>
- <slot access="protected">slotItemSelected(QListViewItem*)</slot>
+ <slot access="protected">slotItemSelected(TQListViewItem*)</slot>
</slots>
<layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="11"/>
</UI>
diff --git a/src/preferencesdlg.cpp b/src/preferencesdlg.cpp
index ab13c33..9540c73 100644
--- a/src/preferencesdlg.cpp
+++ b/src/preferencesdlg.cpp
@@ -25,12 +25,12 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <ntqlayout.h>
#include <klocale.h>
#include <kiconloader.h>
#include <kurlrequester.h>
#include <klineedit.h>
-#include <qcheckbox.h>
+#include <ntqcheckbox.h>
#include <kcolorbutton.h>
#include <kmessagebox.h>
#include <kfontrequester.h>
@@ -51,33 +51,33 @@
* @param pParent The parent widget
* @param szName The widget's name
*/
-PreferencesDlg::PreferencesDlg(uint nPage, QWidget* pParent,
+PreferencesDlg::PreferencesDlg(uint nPage, TQWidget* pParent,
const char* szName) :
KDialogBase(IconList, i18n("Preferences"), Default | Ok | Apply | Cancel,
Ok, pParent, szName, 0)
{
- QFrame* pFrame;
- QVBoxLayout* pLayout;
+ TQFrame* pFrame;
+ TQVBoxLayout* pLayout;
// Create and add the "Frontend" page
pFrame = addPage(i18n("Programmes"),
i18n("Paths to back-end programmes"),
KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIcon("run", KIcon::Panel, 0, false));
- pLayout = new QVBoxLayout(pFrame, 0, 0);
+ pLayout = new TQVBoxLayout(pFrame, 0, 0);
m_pPrefFrontend = new PrefFrontend(pFrame);
pLayout->addWidget(m_pPrefFrontend);
// Create and add the "Colours" page
pFrame = addPage(i18n("Colours"), i18n("Window colours"),
KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIcon("colors", KIcon::Panel, 0, false));
- pLayout = new QVBoxLayout(pFrame, 0, 0);
+ pLayout = new TQVBoxLayout(pFrame, 0, 0);
m_pPrefColor = new PrefColor(pFrame);
pLayout->addWidget(m_pPrefColor);
// Create and add the "Fonts" page
pFrame = addPage(i18n("Fonts"), i18n("Window fonts"),
KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIcon("fonts", KIcon::Panel, 0, false));
- pLayout = new QVBoxLayout(pFrame, 0, 0);
+ pLayout = new TQVBoxLayout(pFrame, 0, 0);
m_pPrefFont = new PrefFont(pFrame);
pLayout->addWidget(m_pPrefFont);
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ PreferencesDlg::PreferencesDlg(uint nPage, QWidget* pParent,
pFrame = addPage(i18n("Options"), i18n("Misc. Options"),
KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIcon("package_settings",
KIcon::Panel, 0, false));
- pLayout = new QVBoxLayout(pFrame, 0, 0);
+ pLayout = new TQVBoxLayout(pFrame, 0, 0);
m_pPrefOpt = new PrefOpt(pFrame);
pLayout->addWidget(m_pPrefOpt);
diff --git a/src/preferencesdlg.h b/src/preferencesdlg.h
index 51fa2cb..30200d9 100644
--- a/src/preferencesdlg.h
+++ b/src/preferencesdlg.h
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
#ifndef PREFERENCESDLG_H
#define PREFERENCESDLG_H
-#include <qwidget.h>
+#include <ntqwidget.h>
#include <kdialogbase.h>
class PrefFrontend;
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class PreferencesDlg : public KDialogBase
Q_OBJECT
public:
- PreferencesDlg(uint nPage = Frontend, QWidget* pParent = 0, const char*
+ PreferencesDlg(uint nPage = Frontend, TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char*
szName = 0);
~PreferencesDlg();
diff --git a/src/preffont.cpp b/src/preffont.cpp
index 288c699..0613b75 100644
--- a/src/preffont.cpp
+++ b/src/preffont.cpp
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qlistview.h>
-#include <qpainter.h>
+#include <ntqlistview.h>
+#include <ntqpainter.h>
#include <kfontdialog.h>
#include <klocale.h>
#include "preffont.h"
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
* The font is presented in the form of a sample text drawn using this font.
* @author Elad Lahav
*/
-class FontListItem : public QListViewItem
+class FontListItem : public TQListViewItem
{
public:
/**
@@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ public:
* @param pList The owner list view
* @param fe The GUI element shown by this item
*/
- FontListItem(QListView* pList, KScopeConfig::FontElement fe) :
- QListViewItem(pList, Config().getFontName(fe), ""),
+ FontListItem(TQListView* pList, KScopeConfig::FontElement fe) :
+ TQListViewItem(pList, Config().getFontName(fe), ""),
m_fe(fe) {
setFont(Config().getFont(fe));
}
@@ -64,18 +64,18 @@ public:
* The font set by this function is returned by getFont().
* @param font The font to set
*/
- void setFont(QFont font) {
- QPixmap pix;
- QFontMetrics fm(font);
- QPainter painter;
- QRect rc;
+ void setFont(TQFont font) {
+ TQPixmap pix;
+ TQFontMetrics fm(font);
+ TQPainter painter;
+ TQRect rc;
// Remember the font
m_font = font;
// Set the pixmap's size so it can contain the sample text
rc = fm.boundingRect(i18n("Sample"));
- rc.moveTopLeft(QPoint(0, 0));
+ rc.moveTopLeft(TQPoint(0, 0));
pix.resize(rc.width(), rc.height());
// Draw on the pixmap
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ public:
painter.begin(&pix);
painter.setFont(font);
painter.setPen(black);
- painter.drawText(rc, Qt::AlignHCenter | Qt::AlignVCenter,
+ painter.drawText(rc, TQt::AlignHCenter | TQt::AlignVCenter,
i18n("Sample"));
painter.end();
@@ -94,14 +94,14 @@ public:
/**
* @return The font associated with this item
*/
- QFont getFont() { return m_font; }
+ TQFont getFont() { return m_font; }
private:
/** The GUI element shown by this item. */
KScopeConfig::FontElement m_fe;
/** The font associated with this item. */
- QFont m_font;
+ TQFont m_font;
};
/**
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ private:
* @param pParent The parent widget
* @param szName The widget's name
*/
-PrefFont::PrefFont(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+PrefFont::PrefFont(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
PrefFontLayout(pParent, szName)
{
// Set initial values
@@ -158,14 +158,14 @@ void PrefFont::apply()
* signals of the list view.
* @param pItem The selected item
*/
-void PrefFont::slotItemSelected(QListViewItem* pItem)
+void PrefFont::slotItemSelected(TQListViewItem* pItem)
{
FontListItem* pFontItem;
- QFont font;
+ TQFont font;
pFontItem = (FontListItem*)pItem;
font = pFontItem->getFont();
- if (KFontDialog::getFont(font) == QDialog::Accepted) {
+ if (KFontDialog::getFont(font) == TQDialog::Accepted) {
pFontItem->setFont(font);
emit modified();
}
diff --git a/src/preffont.h b/src/preffont.h
index 66fdebc..c84fade 100644
--- a/src/preffont.h
+++ b/src/preffont.h
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ class PrefFont : public PrefFontLayout
Q_OBJECT
public:
- PrefFont(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+ PrefFont(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
~PrefFont();
void load();
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ signals:
void modified();
protected slots:
- void slotItemSelected(QListViewItem*);
+ void slotItemSelected(TQListViewItem*);
};
#endif
diff --git a/src/preffontlayout.ui b/src/preffontlayout.ui
index 983da52..138c2a9 100644
--- a/src/preffontlayout.ui
+++ b/src/preffontlayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
<class>PrefFontLayout</class>
-<widget class="QWidget">
+<widget class="TQWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>PrefFontLayout</cstring>
</property>
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QListView">
+ <widget class="TQListView">
<column>
<property name="text">
<string>GUI Element</string>
@@ -51,19 +51,19 @@
<connections>
<connection>
<sender>m_pList</sender>
- <signal>doubleClicked(QListViewItem*)</signal>
+ <signal>doubleClicked(TQListViewItem*)</signal>
<receiver>PrefFontLayout</receiver>
- <slot>slotItemSelected(QListViewItem*)</slot>
+ <slot>slotItemSelected(TQListViewItem*)</slot>
</connection>
<connection>
<sender>m_pList</sender>
- <signal>returnPressed(QListViewItem*)</signal>
+ <signal>returnPressed(TQListViewItem*)</signal>
<receiver>PrefFontLayout</receiver>
- <slot>slotItemSelected(QListViewItem*)</slot>
+ <slot>slotItemSelected(TQListViewItem*)</slot>
</connection>
</connections>
<slots>
- <slot access="protected">slotItemSelected(QListViewItem*)</slot>
+ <slot access="protected">slotItemSelected(TQListViewItem*)</slot>
</slots>
<layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="11"/>
</UI>
diff --git a/src/preffrontend.cpp b/src/preffrontend.cpp
index 3bedda7..526798f 100644
--- a/src/preffrontend.cpp
+++ b/src/preffrontend.cpp
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qcheckbox.h>
-#include <qtextedit.h>
+#include <ntqcheckbox.h>
+#include <ntqtextedit.h>
#include <kurlrequester.h>
#include <klineedit.h>
#include <kstandarddirs.h>
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
* @param pParent The parent widget
* @param szName The widget's name
*/
-PrefFrontend::PrefFrontend(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+PrefFrontend::PrefFrontend(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
PrefFrontendLayout(pParent, szName)
{
// Set initial values
@@ -51,11 +51,11 @@ PrefFrontend::PrefFrontend(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
SLOT(slotGuessPaths()));
// Emit the modified() signal when a new path is set
- connect(m_pCscopeURL, SIGNAL(textChanged(const QString&)), this,
+ connect(m_pCscopeURL, SIGNAL(textChanged(const TQString&)), this,
SIGNAL(modified()));
- connect(m_pCtagsURL, SIGNAL(textChanged(const QString&)), this,
+ connect(m_pCtagsURL, SIGNAL(textChanged(const TQString&)), this,
SIGNAL(modified()));
- connect(m_pDotURL, SIGNAL(textChanged(const QString&)), this,
+ connect(m_pDotURL, SIGNAL(textChanged(const TQString&)), this,
SIGNAL(modified()));
}
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ void PrefFrontend::apply()
* edit widgets. By emitting the modified() signal, the widget notifies the
* parent dialog it should enable the "Apply" button.
*/
-void PrefFrontend::slotChanged(const QString&)
+void PrefFrontend::slotChanged(const TQString&)
{
emit modified();
}
@@ -117,8 +117,8 @@ void PrefFrontend::slotGuessPaths()
// Show tests and results in the text widget
connect(pConf, SIGNAL(test(uint)), this,
SLOT(slotAutoConfigTest(uint)));
- connect(pConf, SIGNAL(result(uint, const QString&)), this,
- SLOT(slotAutoConfigResult(uint, const QString&)));
+ connect(pConf, SIGNAL(result(uint, const TQString&)), this,
+ SLOT(slotAutoConfigResult(uint, const TQString&)));
// Run the script
pConf->run(m_pCscopeURL->url(), m_pCtagsURL->url(),
@@ -175,9 +175,9 @@ void PrefFrontend::slotAutoConfigTest(uint nType)
* @param nType The type of test that was executed
* @param sResult The test's result
*/
-void PrefFrontend::slotAutoConfigResult(uint nType, const QString& sResult)
+void PrefFrontend::slotAutoConfigResult(uint nType, const TQString& sResult)
{
- QString sLine;
+ TQString sLine;
sLine = sResult + "\n";
diff --git a/src/preffrontend.h b/src/preffrontend.h
index fb46242..d0ac278 100644
--- a/src/preffrontend.h
+++ b/src/preffrontend.h
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
#ifndef PREFFRONTENDDLG_H
#define PREFFRONTENDDLG_H
-#include <qwidget.h>
+#include <ntqwidget.h>
#include <preffrontendlayout.h>
/**
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class PrefFrontend : public PrefFrontendLayout
Q_OBJECT
public:
- PrefFrontend(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+ PrefFrontend(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
~PrefFrontend();
void load();
@@ -56,10 +56,10 @@ signals:
void modified();
private slots:
- void slotChanged(const QString&);
+ void slotChanged(const TQString&);
void slotGuessPaths();
void slotAutoConfigTest(uint);
- void slotAutoConfigResult(uint, const QString&);
+ void slotAutoConfigResult(uint, const TQString&);
};
#endif
diff --git a/src/preffrontendlayout.ui b/src/preffrontendlayout.ui
index e6b00c9..71afeed 100644
--- a/src/preffrontendlayout.ui
+++ b/src/preffrontendlayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
<class>PrefFrontendLayout</class>
-<widget class="QWidget">
+<widget class="TQWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>PrefFrontendLayout</cstring>
</property>
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout20</cstring>
</property>
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout19</cstring>
</property>
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLabel">
+ <widget class="TQLabel">
<property name="name">
<cstring>textLabel1</cstring>
</property>
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
<string>Cscope path:</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLabel">
+ <widget class="TQLabel">
<property name="name">
<cstring>textLabel2</cstring>
</property>
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
<string>Ctags path:</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLabel">
+ <widget class="TQLabel">
<property name="name">
<cstring>textLabel1_2</cstring>
</property>
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
</widget>
</vbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout18</cstring>
</property>
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
<enum>Horizontal</enum>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout4</cstring>
</property>
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pGuessButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
</widget>
</hbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QTextEdit">
+ <widget class="TQTextEdit">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pScriptText</cstring>
</property>
diff --git a/src/prefopt.cpp b/src/prefopt.cpp
index 7b52d8f..aefb6c8 100644
--- a/src/prefopt.cpp
+++ b/src/prefopt.cpp
@@ -25,10 +25,10 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qcheckbox.h>
-#include <qradiobutton.h>
-#include <qlineedit.h>
-#include <qlabel.h>
+#include <ntqcheckbox.h>
+#include <ntqradiobutton.h>
+#include <ntqlineedit.h>
+#include <ntqlabel.h>
#include "prefopt.h"
#include "kscopeconfig.h"
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
* @param pParent The parent widget
* @param szName The widget's name
*/
-PrefOpt::PrefOpt(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName)
+PrefOpt::PrefOpt(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName)
: PrefOptLayout(pParent, szName)
{
// Set initial values
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ PrefOpt::PrefOpt(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName)
SIGNAL(modified()));
connect(m_pAutoSortCheck, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), this,
SIGNAL(modified()));
- connect(m_pExtEditorEdit, SIGNAL(textChanged(const QString&)), this,
+ connect(m_pExtEditorEdit, SIGNAL(textChanged(const TQString&)), this,
SIGNAL(modified()));
connect(m_pSysProfileCB, SIGNAL(activated(int)), this,
SIGNAL(modified()));
diff --git a/src/prefopt.h b/src/prefopt.h
index 26e2572..09a1e97 100644
--- a/src/prefopt.h
+++ b/src/prefopt.h
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ class PrefOpt : public PrefOptLayout
Q_OBJECT
public:
- PrefOpt(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+ PrefOpt(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
~PrefOpt();
void load();
diff --git a/src/prefoptlayout.ui b/src/prefoptlayout.ui
index cbc8d07..4cf303a 100644
--- a/src/prefoptlayout.ui
+++ b/src/prefoptlayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
<class>PrefOptLayout</class>
-<widget class="QWidget">
+<widget class="TQWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>PrefOptLayout</cstring>
</property>
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout7</cstring>
</property>
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLabel">
+ <widget class="TQLabel">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pExtEditorLabel</cstring>
</property>
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
<string>External Editor</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLineEdit">
+ <widget class="TQLineEdit">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pExtEditorEdit</cstring>
</property>
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
</widget>
</hbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QCheckBox">
+ <widget class="TQCheckBox">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pReadOnlyCheck</cstring>
</property>
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
<string>Forces all editor windows to work in a read-only mode, so that the user cannot modify the displayed files.</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QCheckBox">
+ <widget class="TQCheckBox">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pLastProjCheck</cstring>
</property>
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
<string>Open Last Project on Start-Up</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QCheckBox">
+ <widget class="TQCheckBox">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pTagHlCheck</cstring>
</property>
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
<string>Determines whether the tag list should highlight the relevant tag based on the cursor's position.</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QCheckBox">
+ <widget class="TQCheckBox">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pBriefQueryCaptCheck</cstring>
</property>
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
<string>If set, the tab captions for query pages will be shortened, by using aliases for the query types.</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QCheckBox">
+ <widget class="TQCheckBox">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pWarnModifiedOnDiskCheck</cstring>
</property>
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
<string>If set, the user is prompted whenever the currently edited file is changed by an external programme.</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QCheckBox">
+ <widget class="TQCheckBox">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pAutoSortCheck</cstring>
</property>
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
<string>Sorts files in the project's file list when a project is loaded. This may be too slow for large projects on older machines.</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout2</cstring>
</property>
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLabel">
+ <widget class="TQLabel">
<property name="name">
<cstring>textLabel1</cstring>
</property>
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
<string>System Profile</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QComboBox">
+ <widget class="TQComboBox">
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>Fast</string>
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
</widget>
</hbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout3</cstring>
</property>
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLabel">
+ <widget class="TQLabel">
<property name="name">
<cstring>textLabel2</cstring>
</property>
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
<string>Editor Popup Menu</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QComboBox">
+ <widget class="TQComboBox">
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>Embedded</string>
diff --git a/src/progressdlg.cpp b/src/progressdlg.cpp
index 418a3c9..37e0487 100644
--- a/src/progressdlg.cpp
+++ b/src/progressdlg.cpp
@@ -34,8 +34,8 @@
* @param pParent The parent widget
* @param szName The widget's name
*/
-ProgressDlg::ProgressDlg(const QString& sCaption, const QString& sText,
- QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+ProgressDlg::ProgressDlg(const TQString& sCaption, const TQString& sText,
+ TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
KProgressDialog(pParent, szName, sCaption, sText, true),
m_nIdleValue(-1)
{
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ ProgressDlg::ProgressDlg(const QString& sCaption, const QString& sText,
setAllowCancel(false);
// Create the idle-progress timer
- m_pIdleTimer = new QTimer(this);
+ m_pIdleTimer = new TQTimer(this);
// Display a busy indicator by increasing the value of the idle counter
connect (m_pIdleTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(slotShowBusy()));
diff --git a/src/progressdlg.h b/src/progressdlg.h
index d5f0e6b..3b29df6 100644
--- a/src/progressdlg.h
+++ b/src/progressdlg.h
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
#ifndef PROGRESSDLG_H
#define PROGRESSDLG_H
-#include <qwidget.h>
-#include <qtimer.h>
+#include <ntqwidget.h>
+#include <ntqtimer.h>
#include <kprogress.h>
/**
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ class ProgressDlg : public KProgressDialog
Q_OBJECT
public:
- ProgressDlg(const QString&, const QString&, QWidget* pParent = 0, const
+ ProgressDlg(const TQString&, const TQString&, TQWidget* pParent = 0, const
char* szName = 0);
~ProgressDlg();
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ public:
private:
/** When the value is 0, this timer initiates value changes that cause
the progress-bar to move. */
- QTimer* m_pIdleTimer;
+ TQTimer* m_pIdleTimer;
/** A dummy value used to move the progress-bar while the value is 0. */
int m_nIdleValue;
diff --git a/src/project.cpp b/src/project.cpp
index 06e1332..9e72648 100644
--- a/src/project.cpp
+++ b/src/project.cpp
@@ -36,10 +36,10 @@
#define PROJECT_CONFIG_VER 2
-inline void flListFromStringList(FileLocationList& fll, const QStringList& sl)
+inline void flListFromStringList(FileLocationList& fll, const TQStringList& sl)
{
- QStringList::ConstIterator itr;
- QString sPath;
+ TQStringList::ConstIterator itr;
+ TQString sPath;
uint nLine, nCol;
// Transform the string into a list of file locations
@@ -51,11 +51,11 @@ inline void flListFromStringList(FileLocationList& fll, const QStringList& sl)
}
}
-inline void stringListFromFlList(QStringList& sl, const FileLocationList& fll)
+inline void stringListFromFlList(TQStringList& sl, const FileLocationList& fll)
{
FileLocationList* pList;
FileLocation* pLoc;
- QString sLoc;
+ TQString sLoc;
// Nasty...
pList = (FileLocationList*)&fll;
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ inline void stringListFromFlList(QStringList& sl, const FileLocationList& fll)
// the configuration file
for (pLoc = pList->first(); pLoc != NULL; pLoc = pList->next()) {
sLoc = "";
- QTextOStream(&sLoc) << pLoc->m_sPath << ":" << pLoc->m_nLine << ":"
+ TQTextOStream(&sLoc) << pLoc->m_sPath << ":" << pLoc->m_nLine << ":"
<< pLoc->m_nCol;
sl.append(sLoc);
}
@@ -87,9 +87,9 @@ Project::~Project()
/**
*/
-bool Project::open(const QString& sPath)
+bool Project::open(const TQString& sPath)
{
- QString sConfFile;
+ TQString sConfFile;
Options opt;
// Associate the object with the project directory
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ bool Project::open(const QString& sPath)
// Get the project name
m_pConf->setGroup("Project");
m_sName = m_pConf->readEntry("Name");
- if (m_sName == QString::null) {
+ if (m_sName == TQString::null) {
KMessageBox::error(0, i18n("Cannot read project name"));
return false;
}
@@ -146,9 +146,9 @@ void Project::close()
* Returns a semi-colon separated list of the file types included in the
* current project.
*/
-QString Project::getFileTypes() const
+TQString Project::getFileTypes() const
{
- QString sTypes;
+ TQString sTypes;
m_pConf->setGroup("Project");
return m_pConf->readEntry("FileTypes");
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ void Project::setOptions(const Options& opt)
*/
void Project::loadSession(Session& sess)
{
- QStringList slEntry;
+ TQStringList slEntry;
m_pConf->setGroup("Session");
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ void Project::loadSession(Session& sess)
*/
void Project::storeSession(const Session& sess)
{
- QStringList slEntry;
+ TQStringList slEntry;
m_pConf->setGroup("Session");
@@ -271,15 +271,15 @@ void Project::storeSession(const Session& sess)
*/
bool Project::loadFileList(FileListTarget* pList)
{
- QString sFilePath;
+ TQString sFilePath;
// Open the 'cscope.files' file
if (!m_fiFileList.open(IO_ReadOnly))
return false;
// Read all file names from the file
- QTextStream str(&m_fiFileList);
- while ((sFilePath = str.readLine()) != QString::null) {
+ TQTextStream str(&m_fiFileList);
+ while ((sFilePath = str.readLine()) != TQString::null) {
// Skip option lines
if (sFilePath.at(0) == '-')
continue;
@@ -299,13 +299,13 @@ bool Project::loadFileList(FileListTarget* pList)
*/
bool Project::storeFileList(FileListSource* pList)
{
- QString sFilePath;
+ TQString sFilePath;
// Open the 'cscope.files' file
if (!m_fiFileList.open(IO_WriteOnly | IO_Truncate))
return false;
- QTextStream str(&m_fiFileList);
+ TQTextStream str(&m_fiFileList);
// Write all file names
if (pList->firstItem(sFilePath)) {
@@ -323,14 +323,14 @@ bool Project::storeFileList(FileListSource* pList)
* @param sPath The path of the file to add
* @return true if successful, false otherwise
*/
-bool Project::addFile(const QString& sPath)
+bool Project::addFile(const TQString& sPath)
{
// Open the 'cscope.files' file
if (!m_fiFileList.open(IO_WriteOnly | IO_Append))
return false;
// Write the file path
- QTextStream str(&m_fiFileList);
+ TQTextStream str(&m_fiFileList);
str << sPath << "\n";
m_fiFileList.close();
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ bool Project::addFile(const QString& sPath)
*/
bool Project::isEmpty()
{
- QString sPath, sFileName;
+ TQString sPath, sFileName;
bool bResult = true;
// Open the 'cscope.files' file
@@ -355,8 +355,8 @@ bool Project::isEmpty()
return true;
// Find at least one file name entry in the file
- QTextStream str(&m_fiFileList);
- while ((sPath = str.readLine()) != QString::null) {
+ TQTextStream str(&m_fiFileList);
+ while ((sPath = str.readLine()) != TQString::null) {
if (sPath.at(0) != '-') {
bResult = false;
break;
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ bool Project::isEmpty()
* Copies the list of previously queried symbols to the target object.
* @param slSymHistory The list object to copy into
*/
-void Project::getSymHistory(QStringList& slSymHistory) const
+void Project::getSymHistory(TQStringList& slSymHistory) const
{
slSymHistory = m_slSymHistory;
}
@@ -380,12 +380,12 @@ void Project::getSymHistory(QStringList& slSymHistory) const
* Copies the list of previously queried symbols from the target object.
* @param slSymHistory The list object to copy from
*/
-void Project::setSymHistory(QStringList& slSymHistory)
+void Project::setSymHistory(TQStringList& slSymHistory)
{
m_slSymHistory = slSymHistory;
}
-void Project::getMakeParams(QString& sCmd, QString& sDir) const
+void Project::getMakeParams(TQString& sCmd, TQString& sDir) const
{
sCmd = m_sMakeCmd;
sDir = m_sMakeRoot;
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ void Project::getMakeParams(QString& sCmd, QString& sDir) const
* @param sPath The full path of the project's directory
* @param opt Project options
*/
-bool Project::create(const QString& sName, const QString& sPath,
+bool Project::create(const TQString& sName, const TQString& sPath,
const Options& opt)
{
// Prepare the project's files
diff --git a/src/project.h b/src/project.h
index a2679b2..5569490 100644
--- a/src/project.h
+++ b/src/project.h
@@ -41,29 +41,29 @@ public:
struct Session {
FileLocationList fllOpenFiles;
- QString sLastFile;
- QStringList slQueryFiles;
- QStringList slCallTreeFiles;
+ TQString sLastFile;
+ TQStringList slQueryFiles;
+ TQStringList slCallTreeFiles;
FileLocationList fllBookmarks;
- QString sMakeCmd;
- QString sMakeRoot;
+ TQString sMakeCmd;
+ TQString sMakeRoot;
};
- virtual bool open(const QString&);
+ virtual bool open(const TQString&);
virtual bool loadFileList(FileListTarget*);
virtual bool storeFileList(FileListSource*);
- virtual bool addFile(const QString&);
+ virtual bool addFile(const TQString&);
virtual bool isEmpty();
virtual void close();
- virtual QString getFileTypes() const;
+ virtual TQString getFileTypes() const;
virtual void getOptions(Options&) const;
virtual void setOptions(const Options&);
virtual void loadSession(Session&);
virtual void storeSession(const Session&);
- virtual void getSymHistory(QStringList&) const;
- virtual void setSymHistory(QStringList&);
- virtual void getMakeParams(QString&, QString&) const;
+ virtual void getSymHistory(TQStringList&) const;
+ virtual void setSymHistory(TQStringList&);
+ virtual void getMakeParams(TQString&, TQString&) const;
/**
* Determines whether a project is based on a Cscope.out file, and is
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ public:
*/
virtual bool isTemporary() { return false; }
- static bool create(const QString&, const QString&, const Options&);
+ static bool create(const TQString&, const TQString&, const Options&);
private:
/** The configuration file ("cscope.proj") */
@@ -80,11 +80,11 @@ private:
/** The file that holds the paths of all source files in this project
("cscope.files") */
- QFile m_fiFileList;
+ TQFile m_fiFileList;
- QString m_sMakeCmd;
+ TQString m_sMakeCmd;
- QString m_sMakeRoot;
+ TQString m_sMakeRoot;
static void writeOptions(KConfig*, const Options&);
};
diff --git a/src/projectbase.cpp b/src/projectbase.cpp
index f99c045..603ba44 100644
--- a/src/projectbase.cpp
+++ b/src/projectbase.cpp
@@ -37,9 +37,9 @@ ProjectBase::~ProjectBase()
{
}
-bool ProjectBase::open(const QString& sPath)
+bool ProjectBase::open(const TQString& sPath)
{
- QFileInfo fi(sPath);
+ TQFileInfo fi(sPath);
// Make sure the file exists, and that is is a cross-reference file
if (!fi.exists() || !isCscopeOut(fi.absFilePath()))
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ void ProjectBase::getOptions(Options& opt) const
getDefOptions(opt);
}
-void ProjectBase::getMakeParams(QString& sCmd, QString& sDir) const
+void ProjectBase::getMakeParams(TQString& sCmd, TQString& sDir) const
{
sCmd = "make";
sDir = getSourceRoot();
@@ -136,10 +136,10 @@ void ProjectBase::initOptions()
* @param sPath The full path of the file to check
* @return true if the given file is a cscope.out file, false otherwise
*/
-bool ProjectBase::isCscopeOut(const QString& sPath)
+bool ProjectBase::isCscopeOut(const TQString& sPath)
{
- QFile file(sPath);
- QString sLine;
+ TQFile file(sPath);
+ TQString sLine;
int nVer;
char szDir[PATH_MAX];
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ bool ProjectBase::isCscopeOut(const QString& sPath)
return false;
// Check if the first line matches the expected format
- sLine = QTextStream(&file).readLine();
+ sLine = TQTextStream(&file).readLine();
return sscanf(sLine.latin1(), "cscope %d %s", &nVer, szDir) == 2;
}
@@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ bool ProjectBase::isCscopeOut(const QString& sPath)
*/
bool ProjectBase::loadFileList(FileListTarget* pList)
{
- QString sFilePath;
- QFile file;
+ TQString sFilePath;
+ TQFile file;
// Make sure the file exists
if (!m_dir.exists("cscope.files"))
@@ -175,8 +175,8 @@ bool ProjectBase::loadFileList(FileListTarget* pList)
return false;
// Read all file names from the file
- QTextStream str(&file);
- while ((sFilePath = str.readLine()) != QString::null) {
+ TQTextStream str(&file);
+ while ((sFilePath = str.readLine()) != TQString::null) {
// Skip option lines
if (sFilePath.at(0) == '-')
continue;
diff --git a/src/projectbase.h b/src/projectbase.h
index 4170652..eb0356d 100644
--- a/src/projectbase.h
+++ b/src/projectbase.h
@@ -28,9 +28,9 @@
#ifndef PROJECTBASE_H
#define PROJECTBASE_H
-#include <qstringlist.h>
-#include <qdir.h>
-#include <qfile.h>
+#include <ntqstringlist.h>
+#include <ntqdir.h>
+#include <ntqfile.h>
#include <kconfig.h>
#define DEF_IS_KERNEL false
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ public:
* Appends a file to the list.
* @param sFilePath The full path of the file to add
*/
- virtual void addItem(const QString& sFilePath) = 0;
+ virtual void addItem(const TQString& sFilePath) = 0;
};
/**
@@ -106,14 +106,14 @@ public:
* @param sFilePath Holds the path of the first file, upon return
* @return true if there are more files, false otherwise
*/
- virtual bool firstItem(QString& sFilePath) = 0;
+ virtual bool firstItem(TQString& sFilePath) = 0;
/**
* Returns the next file in the list.
* @param sFilePath Holds the path of the file, upon return
* @return true if there are more files, false otherwise
*/
- virtual bool nextItem(QString& sFilePath) = 0;
+ virtual bool nextItem(TQString& sFilePath) = 0;
};
/**
@@ -129,11 +129,11 @@ struct FileLocation
* @param nLine The line position of the cursor
* @param nCol The column position of the cursor
*/
- FileLocation(QString sPath, uint nLine, uint nCol) : m_sPath(sPath),
+ FileLocation(TQString sPath, uint nLine, uint nCol) : m_sPath(sPath),
m_nLine(nLine), m_nCol(nCol) {}
/** The full path of the file. */
- QString m_sPath;
+ TQString m_sPath;
/** The line position of the cursor. */
uint m_nLine;
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ struct FileLocation
/**
* A list of file locations used for restoring a session.
*/
-typedef QPtrList<FileLocation> FileLocationList;
+typedef TQPtrList<FileLocation> FileLocationList;
class FileSemaphore;
@@ -162,11 +162,11 @@ public:
* Configurable project options.
*/
struct Options {
- QString sSrcRootPath;
+ TQString sSrcRootPath;
/** A list of MIME-types that determines which files are included in
the project. */
- QStringList slFileTypes;
+ TQStringList slFileTypes;
/** true if the -k option for CScope should be used. */
bool bKernel;
@@ -201,22 +201,22 @@ public:
uint nTabWidth;
/** Ctags command line. */
- QString sCtagsCmd;
+ TQString sCtagsCmd;
};
- virtual bool open(const QString&);
+ virtual bool open(const TQString&);
virtual bool loadFileList(FileListTarget*);
virtual bool storeFileList(FileListSource*) { return false; }
virtual bool isEmpty() { return false; }
bool dbExists();
virtual void close() {}
- virtual QString getFileTypes() const { return QString::null; }
+ virtual TQString getFileTypes() const { return TQString::null; }
virtual void getOptions(Options&) const;
virtual void setOptions(const Options&) {}
- virtual void getSymHistory(QStringList&) const {}
- virtual void setSymHistory(QStringList&) {}
- virtual void getMakeParams(QString&, QString&) const;
+ virtual void getSymHistory(TQStringList&) const {}
+ virtual void setSymHistory(TQStringList&) {}
+ virtual void getMakeParams(TQString&, TQString&) const;
/**
* Determines whether a project is based on a Cscope.out file, and is
@@ -228,12 +228,12 @@ public:
/**
* @return The name of the current project
*/
- QString getName() const { return m_sName; }
+ TQString getName() const { return m_sName; }
/**
* @return The full path of the project's directory
*/
- QString getPath() const { return m_dir.absPath(); }
+ TQString getPath() const { return m_dir.absPath(); }
/**
* @return Command-line arguments to pass to a Cscope object, based on
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ public:
*/
uint getArgs() const { return m_nArgs; }
- const QString& getSourceRoot() const { return m_opt.sSrcRootPath; }
+ const TQString& getSourceRoot() const { return m_opt.sSrcRootPath; }
/**
* @return The time, in seconds, to wait before rebuilding the
@@ -258,10 +258,10 @@ public:
protected:
/** The name of the project, as written in the configuration file */
- QString m_sName;
+ TQString m_sName;
/** The directory associated with the project */
- QDir m_dir;
+ TQDir m_dir;
/** A cached version of the project's options. */
Options m_opt;
@@ -271,11 +271,11 @@ protected:
uint m_nArgs;
/** A list of symbols previously queried. */
- QStringList m_slSymHistory;
+ TQStringList m_slSymHistory;
void initOptions();
- static bool isCscopeOut(const QString&);
+ static bool isCscopeOut(const TQString&);
};
#endif
diff --git a/src/projectfilesdlg.cpp b/src/projectfilesdlg.cpp
index de84417..badcdd1 100644
--- a/src/projectfilesdlg.cpp
+++ b/src/projectfilesdlg.cpp
@@ -25,10 +25,10 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qpushbutton.h>
-#include <qlistview.h>
-#include <qlineedit.h>
-#include <qregexp.h>
+#include <ntqpushbutton.h>
+#include <ntqlistview.h>
+#include <ntqlineedit.h>
+#include <ntqregexp.h>
#include <klocale.h>
#include <kmessagebox.h>
#include <kfiledialog.h>
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
* @param pParent The parent widget
* @param szName The widget's name
*/
-ProjectFilesDlg::ProjectFilesDlg(Project* pProj, QWidget* pParent,
+ProjectFilesDlg::ProjectFilesDlg(Project* pProj, TQWidget* pParent,
const char* szName) :
ProjectFilesLayout(pParent, szName),
m_pProj(pProj),
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ ProjectFilesDlg::ProjectFilesDlg(Project* pProj, QWidget* pParent,
m_pScanner = new DirScanner(this, &m_dicFiles);
// Initialise the list view
- m_pFileList->setSelectionMode(QListView::Extended);
+ m_pFileList->setSelectionMode(TQListView::Extended);
m_pFileList->addColumn("File Path");
// Sort only when asked to by the user
@@ -108,11 +108,11 @@ ProjectFilesDlg::~ProjectFilesDlg()
* and is added to the list.
* @param sFilePath The full path of a source file
*/
-void ProjectFilesDlg::addItem(const QString& sFilePath)
+void ProjectFilesDlg::addItem(const TQString& sFilePath)
{
- QListViewItem* pItem;
+ TQListViewItem* pItem;
- pItem = new QListViewItem(m_pFileList, m_pLastItem);
+ pItem = new TQListViewItem(m_pFileList, m_pLastItem);
pItem->setText(0, sFilePath);
m_pLastItem = pItem;
m_dicFiles.insert(sFilePath, pItem);
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ void ProjectFilesDlg::addItem(const QString& sFilePath)
* @param sFilePath Contains the file path, upon successful return
* @return bool true if successful, false if the list is empty
*/
-bool ProjectFilesDlg::firstItem(QString& sFilePath)
+bool ProjectFilesDlg::firstItem(TQString& sFilePath)
{
m_pItrItem = m_pFileList->firstChild();
return nextItem(sFilePath);
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ bool ProjectFilesDlg::firstItem(QString& sFilePath)
* @return bool true if successful, false if no more items are
* available
*/
-bool ProjectFilesDlg::nextItem(QString& sFilePath)
+bool ProjectFilesDlg::nextItem(TQString& sFilePath)
{
if (m_pItrItem == NULL)
return false;
@@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ bool ProjectFilesDlg::nextItem(QString& sFilePath)
* project.
* @param pEvent The event object
*/
-void ProjectFilesDlg::customEvent(QCustomEvent* pEvent)
+void ProjectFilesDlg::customEvent(TQCustomEvent* pEvent)
{
DirScanEvent* pDSE;
- QString sMsg;
+ TQString sMsg;
// Process only directory scan progress events
if (((uint)pEvent->type()) != DirScanEvent::EventId)
@@ -207,8 +207,8 @@ void ProjectFilesDlg::customEvent(QCustomEvent* pEvent)
return;
// Add the files to the list
- const QStringList& slFiles = m_pScanner->getFiles();
- QStringList::const_iterator itr;
+ const TQStringList& slFiles = m_pScanner->getFiles();
+ TQStringList::const_iterator itr;
for (itr = slFiles.begin(); itr != slFiles.end(); ++itr)
addItem(*itr);
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ void ProjectFilesDlg::customEvent(QCustomEvent* pEvent)
/**
* Removes a single item from the file list.
*/
-void ProjectFilesDlg::removeItem(QListViewItem* pItem)
+void ProjectFilesDlg::removeItem(TQListViewItem* pItem)
{
m_dicFiles.remove(pItem->text(0));
delete pItem;
@@ -230,8 +230,8 @@ void ProjectFilesDlg::removeItem(QListViewItem* pItem)
*/
void ProjectFilesDlg::slotAddFiles()
{
- QStringList slFiles;
- QStringList::const_iterator itr;
+ TQStringList slFiles;
+ TQStringList::const_iterator itr;
// Prompt the user
slFiles = KFileDialog::getOpenFileNames(m_pProj->getSourceRoot(),
@@ -253,9 +253,9 @@ void ProjectFilesDlg::slotAddFiles()
*/
void ProjectFilesDlg::slotAddDir()
{
- QString sDir;
- QStringList slFiles;
- QStringList::const_iterator itr;
+ TQString sDir;
+ TQStringList slFiles;
+ TQStringList::const_iterator itr;
// Prompt the user for a directory
sDir = KFileDialog::getExistingDirectory(m_pProj->getSourceRoot());
@@ -275,9 +275,9 @@ void ProjectFilesDlg::slotAddDir()
*/
void ProjectFilesDlg::slotAddTree()
{
- QString sDir;
- QStringList slFiles;
- QStringList::const_iterator itr;
+ TQString sDir;
+ TQStringList slFiles;
+ TQStringList::const_iterator itr;
// Prompt the user for a directory
sDir = KFileDialog::getExistingDirectory(m_pProj->getSourceRoot());
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ void ProjectFilesDlg::slotAddTree()
*/
void ProjectFilesDlg::slotRemSel()
{
- QListViewItem* pItem, * pPrevItem;
+ TQListViewItem* pItem, * pPrevItem;
// Prompt the user before removing the files
if (KMessageBox::questionYesNo(0, i18n("Are you sure you want to remove "
@@ -317,8 +317,8 @@ void ProjectFilesDlg::slotRemSel()
*/
void ProjectFilesDlg::slotRemDir()
{
- QString sDir, sFilePath;
- QListViewItem* pItem, * pPrevItem;
+ TQString sDir, sFilePath;
+ TQListViewItem* pItem, * pPrevItem;
// Prompt the user for a directory
sDir = KFileDialog::getExistingDirectory(m_pProj->getSourceRoot());
@@ -350,8 +350,8 @@ void ProjectFilesDlg::slotRemDir()
*/
void ProjectFilesDlg::slotRemTree()
{
- QString sDir, sFilePath;
- QListViewItem* pItem, * pPrevItem;
+ TQString sDir, sFilePath;
+ TQListViewItem* pItem, * pPrevItem;
// Prompt the user for a directory
sDir = KFileDialog::getExistingDirectory(m_pProj->getSourceRoot());
@@ -385,8 +385,8 @@ void ProjectFilesDlg::slotRemTree()
*/
void ProjectFilesDlg::slotFilter()
{
- QString sFilter;
- QListViewItem* pItem;
+ TQString sFilter;
+ TQListViewItem* pItem;
// Get the user's filter string
sFilter = m_pFilterEdit->text().stripWhiteSpace();
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ void ProjectFilesDlg::slotFilter()
return;
// Create the regular expression
- QRegExp reFilter(sFilter);
+ TQRegExp reFilter(sFilter);
reFilter.setWildcard(true);
// Iterate over the list entries, and hide all items not matching the
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ void ProjectFilesDlg::slotFilter()
*/
void ProjectFilesDlg::slotShowAll()
{
- QListViewItem* pItem;
+ TQListViewItem* pItem;
// Iterate over the list entries, and make all items visible
pItem = m_pFileList->firstChild();
diff --git a/src/projectfilesdlg.h b/src/projectfilesdlg.h
index 9c6d791..abd86ef 100644
--- a/src/projectfilesdlg.h
+++ b/src/projectfilesdlg.h
@@ -28,9 +28,9 @@
#ifndef PROJECTFILESDLG_H
#define PROJECTFILESDLG_H
-#include <qwidget.h>
+#include <ntqwidget.h>
#include <projectfileslayout.h>
-#include <qdict.h>
+#include <ntqdict.h>
#include "project.h"
class DirScanner;
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ class ScanProgressDlg;
* removed, this list view is updated. The project, however, is only modified
* if the user closes the dialog using the "OK" button.
* Since searches through a list view are very slow, the class also maintains
- * a QDict object, that connects file names with their respective list items.
+ * a TQDict object, that connects file names with their respective list items.
* This dictionary is used to ensure duplicated items are not added to the
* list.
* @author Elad Lahav
@@ -56,15 +56,15 @@ class ProjectFilesDlg : public ProjectFilesLayout, public FileListTarget,
Q_OBJECT
public:
- ProjectFilesDlg(Project*, QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+ ProjectFilesDlg(Project*, TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
~ProjectFilesDlg();
- virtual void addItem(const QString&);
- virtual bool firstItem(QString&);
- virtual bool nextItem(QString&);
+ virtual void addItem(const TQString&);
+ virtual bool firstItem(TQString&);
+ virtual bool nextItem(TQString&);
protected:
- virtual void customEvent(QCustomEvent*);
+ virtual void customEvent(TQCustomEvent*);
private:
/** The project to manipulate. */
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ private:
/** Holds all file paths in a quickly searchable format (for duplicate
entries lookup). */
- QDict<QListViewItem> m_dicFiles;
+ TQDict<TQListViewItem> m_dicFiles;
/** A thread object to a-synchronously scan directories for source files
to add to the project. */
@@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ private:
ScanProgressDlg* m_pScanDlg;
/** A file list item that serves as an iterator. */
- QListViewItem* m_pItrItem;
+ TQListViewItem* m_pItrItem;
/** The last item added. */
- QListViewItem* m_pLastItem;
+ TQListViewItem* m_pLastItem;
- void removeItem(QListViewItem*);
+ void removeItem(TQListViewItem*);
private slots:
void slotAddFiles();
diff --git a/src/projectfileslayout.ui b/src/projectfileslayout.ui
index a78af7e..21767cc 100644
--- a/src/projectfileslayout.ui
+++ b/src/projectfileslayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.1" stdsetdef="1">
<class>ProjectFilesLayout</class>
-<widget class="QDialog">
+<widget class="TQDialog">
<property name="name">
<cstring>ProjectFilesLayout</cstring>
</property>
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout5</cstring>
</property>
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout4</cstring>
</property>
@@ -35,12 +35,12 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLineEdit">
+ <widget class="TQLineEdit">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pFilterEdit</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pFilterButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
<string>Filter</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pShowAllButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -58,14 +58,14 @@
</widget>
</hbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QListView">
+ <widget class="TQListView">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pFileList</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</vbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout5</cstring>
</property>
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QGroupBox">
+ <widget class="TQGroupBox">
<property name="name">
<cstring>groupBox1</cstring>
</property>
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pAddFilesButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
<string>Files...</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pAddDirButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
<string>Directory...</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pAddTreeButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
</widget>
</vbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QGroupBox">
+ <widget class="TQGroupBox">
<property name="name">
<cstring>groupBox2</cstring>
</property>
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pRemSelButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
<string>Selected</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pRemDirButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
<string>Directory...</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pRemTreeButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
- <widget class="QGroupBox">
+ <widget class="TQGroupBox">
<property name="name">
<cstring>groupBox3</cstring>
</property>
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pOKButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@
<string>OK</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pCancelButton</cstring>
</property>
diff --git a/src/projectmanager.cpp b/src/projectmanager.cpp
index 998b4a5..252946d 100644
--- a/src/projectmanager.cpp
+++ b/src/projectmanager.cpp
@@ -58,17 +58,17 @@ ProjectManager::~ProjectManager()
* @param opt A structure containing project options
* @return true if successful, false otherwise
*/
-bool ProjectManager::create(const QString& sName, const QString& sPath,
- const ProjectBase::Options& opt, QString& sProjDir)
+bool ProjectManager::create(const TQString& sName, const TQString& sPath,
+ const ProjectBase::Options& opt, TQString& sProjDir)
{
- QDir dir(sPath);
- QString sParentPath;
- QString sDirName = sName;
- QString sMsg;
+ TQDir dir(sPath);
+ TQString sParentPath;
+ TQString sDirName = sName;
+ TQString sMsg;
// Handle requests for a hidden .cscope directory
if (dir.dirName() == ".cscope") {
- sParentPath = QDir::cleanDirPath(dir.absPath());
+ sParentPath = TQDir::cleanDirPath(dir.absPath());
sParentPath = sParentPath.section('/', 0, -2);
dir.cd(sParentPath);
sDirName = ".cscope";
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ bool ProjectManager::create(const QString& sName, const QString& sPath,
* @param sPath The directory containing the project's files
* @return true if successful, false otherwise
*/
-bool ProjectManager::open(const QString& sPath)
+bool ProjectManager::open(const TQString& sPath)
{
Project* pProj;
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ bool ProjectManager::open(const QString& sPath)
* @param sFilePath The full path of the Cscope.out file
* @return true if successful, false otherwise
*/
-bool ProjectManager::openCscopeOut(const QString& sFilePath)
+bool ProjectManager::openCscopeOut(const TQString& sFilePath)
{
ProjectBase* pProj;
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ void ProjectManager::close()
}
}
-QString ProjectManager::getProjName() const
+TQString ProjectManager::getProjName() const
{
if (!m_pCurProj)
return i18n("No Project");
diff --git a/src/projectmanager.h b/src/projectmanager.h
index c78a2c9..d45dd7d 100644
--- a/src/projectmanager.h
+++ b/src/projectmanager.h
@@ -33,18 +33,18 @@
/**
* @author Elad Lahav
*/
-class ProjectManager : public QObject
+class ProjectManager : public TQObject
{
public:
ProjectManager();
virtual ~ProjectManager();
- bool create(const QString&, const QString&, const ProjectBase::Options&,
- QString&);
- bool open(const QString&);
- bool openCscopeOut(const QString&);
+ bool create(const TQString&, const TQString&, const ProjectBase::Options&,
+ TQString&);
+ bool open(const TQString&);
+ bool openCscopeOut(const TQString&);
void close();
- QString getProjName() const;
+ TQString getProjName() const;
ProjectBase* curProject() const { return m_pCurProj; }
diff --git a/src/querypage.cpp b/src/querypage.cpp
index 502747b..c5e9b9a 100644
--- a/src/querypage.cpp
+++ b/src/querypage.cpp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qfile.h>
+#include <ntqfile.h>
#include <klocale.h>
#include "querypage.h"
#include "queryview.h"
@@ -49,15 +49,15 @@ const char* QUERY_TYPES[][2] = {
* @param pParent The parent widget
* @param szName The widget's name
*/
-QueryPage::QueryPage(QWidget* pParent, const char * szName) :
+QueryPage::QueryPage(TQWidget* pParent, const char * szName) :
QueryPageBase(pParent, szName),
m_nType(CscopeFrontend::None)
{
m_pView = new QueryView(this);
m_pDriver = new QueryViewDriver(m_pView, this);
- connect(m_pView, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)), this,
- SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)));
+ connect(m_pView, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)), this,
+ SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)));
// Set colours and font
applyPrefs();
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ QueryPage::~QueryPage()
* @param sText The text of the query
* @param bCase true for case-sensitive queries, false otherwise
*/
-void QueryPage::query(uint nType, const QString& sText, bool bCase)
+void QueryPage::query(uint nType, const TQString& sText, bool bCase)
{
m_nType = nType;
m_sText = sText;
@@ -103,8 +103,8 @@ void QueryPage::clear()
{
m_pView->clear();
m_nType = CscopeFrontend::None;
- m_sText = QString();
- m_sName = QString();
+ m_sText = TQString();
+ m_sName = TQString();
}
/**
@@ -121,9 +121,9 @@ bool QueryPage::isRunning()
* (default) for the full version
* @return The caption for this page
*/
-QString QueryPage::getCaption(bool bBrief) const
+TQString QueryPage::getCaption(bool bBrief) const
{
- return QString(QUERY_TYPES[m_nType][bBrief ? 1 : 0] + m_sText);
+ return TQString(QUERY_TYPES[m_nType][bBrief ? 1 : 0] + m_sText);
}
/**
@@ -133,10 +133,10 @@ QString QueryPage::getCaption(bool bBrief) const
* @param sLine The line number
* @param sText The contents of the line
*/
-void QueryPage::addRecord(const QString& sFile, const QString& sFunc,
- const QString& sLine, const QString& sText)
+void QueryPage::addRecord(const TQString& sFile, const TQString& sFunc,
+ const TQString& sLine, const TQString& sText)
{
- new QListViewItem(m_pView, sFile, sFunc, sLine, sText);
+ new TQListViewItem(m_pView, sFile, sFunc, sLine, sText);
}
/**
@@ -144,9 +144,9 @@ void QueryPage::addRecord(const QString& sFile, const QString& sFunc,
* @param sProjPath The full path of the project directory
* @return The unique file name to use
*/
-QString QueryPage::getFileName(const QString& sProjPath) const
+TQString QueryPage::getFileName(const TQString& sProjPath) const
{
- QString sFileName, sFileNameBase;
+ TQString sFileName, sFileNameBase;
int i = 0;
// Do nothing if not initialised
@@ -157,8 +157,8 @@ QString QueryPage::getFileName(const QString& sProjPath) const
sFileNameBase = m_sName;
sFileNameBase.replace(' ', '_');
do {
- sFileName = sFileNameBase + QString::number(++i);
- } while (QFile(sProjPath + "/" + sFileName).exists());
+ sFileName = sFileNameBase + TQString::number(++i);
+ } while (TQFile(sProjPath + "/" + sFileName).exists());
return sFileName;
}
@@ -169,18 +169,18 @@ QString QueryPage::getFileName(const QString& sProjPath) const
* @param str A text stream set to the correct place in the file
* @return true if successful, false otherwise
*/
-bool QueryPage::readHeader(QTextStream& str)
+bool QueryPage::readHeader(TQTextStream& str)
{
- QString sTemp;
+ TQString sTemp;
// Read the query name
m_sName = str.readLine();
- if (m_sName == QString::null || m_sName.isEmpty())
+ if (m_sName == TQString::null || m_sName.isEmpty())
return false;
// Read the query's type
sTemp = str.readLine();
- if (sTemp == QString::null || sTemp.isEmpty())
+ if (sTemp == TQString::null || sTemp.isEmpty())
return false;
// Convert the type string to an integer
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ bool QueryPage::readHeader(QTextStream& str)
// Read the query's text
m_sText = str.readLine();
- if (m_sText == QString::null || m_sText.isEmpty())
+ if (m_sText == TQString::null || m_sText.isEmpty())
return false;
return true;
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ bool QueryPage::readHeader(QTextStream& str)
* This mehtod is used as part of the storing process.
* @param str A text stream set to the correct place in the file
*/
-void QueryPage::writeHeader(QTextStream& str)
+void QueryPage::writeHeader(TQTextStream& str)
{
str << m_sName << "\n" << m_nType << "\n" << m_sText << "\n";
}
diff --git a/src/querypage.h b/src/querypage.h
index 59d6ea2..a1a78e0 100644
--- a/src/querypage.h
+++ b/src/querypage.h
@@ -28,9 +28,9 @@
#ifndef QUERYPAGE_H
#define QUERYPAGE_H
-#include <qwidget.h>
-#include <qlistview.h>
-#include <qregexp.h>
+#include <ntqwidget.h>
+#include <ntqlistview.h>
+#include <ntqregexp.h>
#include "querypagebase.h"
#include "cscopefrontend.h"
@@ -47,36 +47,36 @@ class QueryPage : public QueryPageBase
Q_OBJECT
public:
- QueryPage(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+ QueryPage(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
~QueryPage();
- void query(uint, const QString&, bool);
+ void query(uint, const TQString&, bool);
void refresh();
void clear();
bool isRunning();
- virtual QString getCaption(bool bBrief = false) const;
+ virtual TQString getCaption(bool bBrief = false) const;
protected:
- virtual void addRecord(const QString&, const QString&, const QString&,
- const QString&);
- virtual QString getFileName(const QString&) const;
- virtual bool readHeader(QTextStream&);
- virtual void writeHeader(QTextStream&);
+ virtual void addRecord(const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString&,
+ const TQString&);
+ virtual TQString getFileName(const TQString&) const;
+ virtual bool readHeader(TQTextStream&);
+ virtual void writeHeader(TQTextStream&);
private:
/** The type of query whose results are listed on this page. */
uint m_nType;
/** The text given as a parameter to the query. */
- QString m_sText;
+ TQString m_sText;
/** Whether the query is case-sensitive. */
bool m_bCase;
/** A formatted caption for this query, including the type of query and
its text. */
- QString m_sName;
+ TQString m_sName;
private:
/** Runs Cscope queries whose results are displayed in this page. */
diff --git a/src/querypagebase.cpp b/src/querypagebase.cpp
index 08cbe6d..8af1872 100644
--- a/src/querypagebase.cpp
+++ b/src/querypagebase.cpp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qfile.h>
+#include <ntqfile.h>
#include "querypagebase.h"
#include "queryview.h"
#include "kscopeconfig.h"
@@ -37,8 +37,8 @@
* @param pParent The parent widget
* @param szName The widget's name
*/
-QueryPageBase::QueryPageBase(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
- QHBox(pParent, szName),
+QueryPageBase::QueryPageBase(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+ TQHBox(pParent, szName),
m_bLocked(false)
{
}
@@ -70,20 +70,20 @@ void QueryPageBase::applyPrefs()
* @param sFileName The name of the query file to load
* @return true if successful, false otherwise
*/
-bool QueryPageBase::load(const QString& sProjPath, const QString& sFileName)
+bool QueryPageBase::load(const TQString& sProjPath, const TQString& sFileName)
{
- QString sTemp, sFile, sFunc, sLine, sText;
+ TQString sTemp, sFile, sFunc, sLine, sText;
int nState;
// Try to open the query file for reading
- QFile file(sProjPath + "/" + sFileName);
+ TQFile file(sProjPath + "/" + sFileName);
if (!file.open(IO_ReadOnly))
return false;
{
- // Use a new scope for the QTextStream object, to ensure its
+ // Use a new scope for the TQTextStream object, to ensure its
// destruction before the file is deleted
- QTextStream str(&file);
+ TQTextStream str(&file);
// Make sure the file's version is correct
sTemp = str.readLine();
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ bool QueryPageBase::load(const QString& sProjPath, const QString& sFileName)
// Read query records
sTemp = str.readLine();
nState = 0;
- while (sTemp != QString::null) {
+ while (sTemp != TQString::null) {
switch (nState) {
// File path
case 0:
@@ -143,9 +143,9 @@ bool QueryPageBase::load(const QString& sProjPath, const QString& sFileName)
* return
* @return true if successful, false otherwise
*/
-bool QueryPageBase::save(const QString& sProjPath, QString& sFileName)
+bool QueryPageBase::save(const TQString& sProjPath, TQString& sFileName)
{
- QListViewItemIterator itr(m_pView);
+ TQListViewItemIterator itr(m_pView);
// Get the file name to use
sFileName = getFileName(sProjPath);
@@ -153,11 +153,11 @@ bool QueryPageBase::save(const QString& sProjPath, QString& sFileName)
return false;
// Open the query file for writing
- QFile file(sProjPath + "/" + sFileName);
+ TQFile file(sProjPath + "/" + sFileName);
if (!file.open(IO_WriteOnly))
return false;
- QTextStream str(&file);
+ TQTextStream str(&file);
// Write the version string
str << FILE_VERSION << "\n";
diff --git a/src/querypagebase.h b/src/querypagebase.h
index 8603874..1fe086c 100644
--- a/src/querypagebase.h
+++ b/src/querypagebase.h
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
#ifndef QUERYPAGEBASE_H
#define QUERYPAGEBASE_H
-#include <qhbox.h>
+#include <ntqhbox.h>
class QueryView;
@@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ class QueryView;
* of widget is defined by the different page classes.
* @author Elad Lahav
*/
-class QueryPageBase : public QHBox
+class QueryPageBase : public TQHBox
{
Q_OBJECT
public:
- QueryPageBase(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+ QueryPageBase(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
~QueryPageBase();
void applyPrefs();
- bool load(const QString&, const QString&);
- bool save(const QString&, QString&);
+ bool load(const TQString&, const TQString&);
+ bool save(const TQString&, TQString&);
void selectNext();
void selectPrev();
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ public:
* @param bBrief true to generate a brief caption, false otherwise
* @return The page's title
*/
- virtual QString getCaption(bool bBrief = false) const = 0;
+ virtual TQString getCaption(bool bBrief = false) const = 0;
signals:
/**
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ signals:
* @param sFile The "File" field of the selected record
* @param nLine The "Line" field of the selected record
*/
- void lineRequested(const QString& sFile, uint nLine);
+ void lineRequested(const TQString& sFile, uint nLine);
protected:
/** The embedded list. */
@@ -116,8 +116,8 @@ protected:
* @param sLine The "Line" field of the record
* @param sText The "Text" field of the record
*/
- virtual void addRecord(const QString& sFile, const QString& sFunc,
- const QString& sLine, const QString& sText) = 0;
+ virtual void addRecord(const TQString& sFile, const TQString& sFunc,
+ const TQString& sLine, const TQString& sText) = 0;
/**
* Creates a file path to store this page.
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ protected:
* @param sProjPath The project's directory
* @return The page's file path
*/
- virtual QString getFileName(const QString& sProjPath) const = 0;
+ virtual TQString getFileName(const TQString& sProjPath) const = 0;
/**
* Tries to read the file header of a stored page.
@@ -135,14 +135,14 @@ protected:
* @return true if the header was read successfully and contains the
* expected information, false otherwise
*/
- virtual bool readHeader(QTextStream& str) = 0;
+ virtual bool readHeader(TQTextStream& str) = 0;
/**
* Writes a header to a page's file.
* The contents of the header differ among inheriting classes.
* @param str A text stream initialised to the open page file
*/
- virtual void writeHeader(QTextStream& str) = 0;
+ virtual void writeHeader(TQTextStream& str) = 0;
};
#endif
diff --git a/src/queryresultsmenu.cpp b/src/queryresultsmenu.cpp
index 74bcdb4..0883ff6 100644
--- a/src/queryresultsmenu.cpp
+++ b/src/queryresultsmenu.cpp
@@ -33,8 +33,8 @@
* @param pParent Parent widget
* @param szName Optional object name
*/
-QueryResultsMenu::QueryResultsMenu(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
- QPopupMenu(pParent, szName),
+QueryResultsMenu::QueryResultsMenu(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+ TQPopupMenu(pParent, szName),
m_pItem(NULL)
{
// Create the menu
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ QueryResultsMenu::~QueryResultsMenu()
* @param nCol The column over which the menu was requested, -1 if no
* column is associated with the request
*/
-void QueryResultsMenu::slotShow(QListViewItem* pItem, const QPoint& ptPos,
+void QueryResultsMenu::slotShow(TQListViewItem* pItem, const TQPoint& ptPos,
int nCol)
{
// Save the requested item and column number to use in signals
diff --git a/src/queryresultsmenu.h b/src/queryresultsmenu.h
index 099dd2e..8a34af5 100644
--- a/src/queryresultsmenu.h
+++ b/src/queryresultsmenu.h
@@ -28,9 +28,9 @@
#ifndef QUERYRESULTSMENU_H
#define QUERYRESULTSMENU_H
-#include <qpopupmenu.h>
-#include <qlistview.h>
-#include <qregexp.h>
+#include <ntqpopupmenu.h>
+#include <ntqlistview.h>
+#include <ntqregexp.h>
/**
* Provides a popup-menu for list views containing query results.
@@ -41,36 +41,36 @@
* constructing the object.
* @author Elad Lahav
*/
-class QueryResultsMenu : public QPopupMenu
+class QueryResultsMenu : public TQPopupMenu
{
Q_OBJECT
public:
- QueryResultsMenu(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+ QueryResultsMenu(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
~QueryResultsMenu();
public slots:
- void slotShow(QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int nCol);
+ void slotShow(TQListViewItem*, const TQPoint&, int nCol);
signals:
/**
* Indicates that the "View Source" menu item was selected.
* @param pItem The item for which the menu was displayed
*/
- void viewSource(QListViewItem* pItem);
+ void viewSource(TQListViewItem* pItem);
/**
* Indicates that the "Find Definition" menu item was selected.
* @param sFunc The function to look for
*/
- void findDef(const QString& sFunc);
+ void findDef(const TQString& sFunc);
/**
* Indicates that the "Copy [Column]" menu item was selected.
* @param pItem The item for which the menu was displayed
* @param nCol The requested column
*/
- void copy(QListViewItem* pItem, int nCol);
+ void copy(TQListViewItem* pItem, int nCol);
/**
* Indicates that the "Filter..." menu item was selected.
@@ -87,14 +87,14 @@ signals:
* Indicates that the "Remove Item" menu item was selected.
* @param pItem The item for which the menu was displayed
*/
- void remove(QListViewItem* pItem);
+ void remove(TQListViewItem* pItem);
private:
/** Menu item IDs. */
enum { ViewSource, FindDef, Copy, Filter, ShowAll, Remove };
/** The item for which the popup menu is provided (cannot be NULL). */
- QListViewItem* m_pItem;
+ TQListViewItem* m_pItem;
/** The list column for which the query was invoked. */
int m_nCol;
diff --git a/src/queryview.cpp b/src/queryview.cpp
index c56a2b0..f791b5d 100644
--- a/src/queryview.cpp
+++ b/src/queryview.cpp
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qapplication.h>
-#include <qclipboard.h>
+#include <ntqapplication.h>
+#include <ntqclipboard.h>
#include <klocale.h>
#include "queryview.h"
#include "queryresultsmenu.h"
@@ -39,8 +39,8 @@
* @param pParent The parent widget
* @param szName The name of the widget
*/
-QueryView::QueryView(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
- QListView(pParent, szName),
+QueryView::QueryView(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+ TQListView(pParent, szName),
m_pLastItem(NULL)
{
// Create the popup-menu
@@ -52,34 +52,34 @@ QueryView::QueryView(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
addColumn(i18n("File"));
addColumn(i18n("Line"));
addColumn(i18n("Text"));
- setColumnAlignment(2, Qt::AlignRight);
+ setColumnAlignment(2, TQt::AlignRight);
setShowSortIndicator(true);
// A record is selected if it is either double-clicked, or the ENTER
// key is pressed while the record is highlighted
- connect(this, SIGNAL(doubleClicked(QListViewItem*)), this,
- SLOT(slotRecordSelected(QListViewItem*)));
- connect(this, SIGNAL(returnPressed(QListViewItem*)), this,
- SLOT(slotRecordSelected(QListViewItem*)));
+ connect(this, SIGNAL(doubleClicked(TQListViewItem*)), this,
+ SLOT(slotRecordSelected(TQListViewItem*)));
+ connect(this, SIGNAL(returnPressed(TQListViewItem*)), this,
+ SLOT(slotRecordSelected(TQListViewItem*)));
// Show the popup-menu when requested
connect(this,
- SIGNAL(contextMenuRequested(QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int)),
- m_pQueryMenu, SLOT(slotShow(QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int)));
+ SIGNAL(contextMenuRequested(TQListViewItem*, const TQPoint&, int)),
+ m_pQueryMenu, SLOT(slotShow(TQListViewItem*, const TQPoint&, int)));
// Handle popup-menu commands
- connect(m_pQueryMenu, SIGNAL(viewSource(QListViewItem*)), this,
- SLOT(slotRecordSelected(QListViewItem*)));
- connect(m_pQueryMenu, SIGNAL(findDef(const QString&)), this,
- SLOT(slotFindDef(const QString&)));
- connect(m_pQueryMenu, SIGNAL(copy(QListViewItem*, int)), this,
- SLOT(slotCopy(QListViewItem*, int)));
+ connect(m_pQueryMenu, SIGNAL(viewSource(TQListViewItem*)), this,
+ SLOT(slotRecordSelected(TQListViewItem*)));
+ connect(m_pQueryMenu, SIGNAL(findDef(const TQString&)), this,
+ SLOT(slotFindDef(const TQString&)));
+ connect(m_pQueryMenu, SIGNAL(copy(TQListViewItem*, int)), this,
+ SLOT(slotCopy(TQListViewItem*, int)));
connect(m_pQueryMenu, SIGNAL(filter(int)), this, SLOT(slotFilter(int)));
connect(m_pQueryMenu, SIGNAL(showAll()), this,
SLOT(slotShowAll()));
- connect(m_pQueryMenu, SIGNAL(remove(QListViewItem*)), this,
- SLOT(slotRemoveItem(QListViewItem*)));
+ connect(m_pQueryMenu, SIGNAL(remove(TQListViewItem*)), this,
+ SLOT(slotRemoveItem(TQListViewItem*)));
}
/**
@@ -97,10 +97,10 @@ QueryView::~QueryView()
* @param sText The line's text
* @param pParent The parent item (ignored)
*/
-void QueryView::addRecord(const QString& sFunc, const QString& sFile,
- const QString& sLine, const QString& sText, QListViewItem* /* pParent */)
+void QueryView::addRecord(const TQString& sFunc, const TQString& sFile,
+ const TQString& sLine, const TQString& sText, TQListViewItem* /* pParent */)
{
- QListViewItem* pItem;
+ TQListViewItem* pItem;
pItem = new QueryViewItem(this, m_pLastItem, 2);
pItem->setText(0, sFunc);
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ void QueryView::addRecord(const QString& sFunc, const QString& sFile,
* selectNext() for example). It has nothing to do with user selection.
* @param pItem The list item to select
*/
-void QueryView::select(QListViewItem* pItem)
+void QueryView::select(TQListViewItem* pItem)
{
ensureItemVisible(pItem);
setSelected(pItem, true);
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ void QueryView::select(QListViewItem* pItem)
*/
void QueryView::selectNext()
{
- QListViewItem* pItem;
+ TQListViewItem* pItem;
// Do nothing if the list is empty
if (firstChild() == NULL)
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ void QueryView::selectNext()
*/
void QueryView::selectPrev()
{
- QListViewItem* pItem;
+ TQListViewItem* pItem;
// Do nothing if the list is empty
if (firstChild() == NULL)
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ void QueryView::queryProgress()
* Called when a query using this view terminates.
* @param nRecords Number of records generated by the query
*/
-void QueryView::queryFinished(uint nRecords, QListViewItem*)
+void QueryView::queryFinished(uint nRecords, TQListViewItem*)
{
// Auto-select a single record (no need to emit the show() signal in
// that case)
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ void QueryView::queryFinished(uint nRecords, QListViewItem*)
*/
QueryView::Iterator QueryView::getIterator()
{
- QListViewItem* pItem;
+ TQListViewItem* pItem;
for (pItem = firstChild(); pItem != NULL && !pItem->isVisible();
pItem = pItem->nextSibling());
@@ -235,14 +235,14 @@ QueryView::Iterator QueryView::getIterator()
/**
* Handles double-click events over the view.
- * NOTE: We override this method since the QListView implementation opens
+ * NOTE: We override this method since the TQListView implementation opens
* expandable items. This is undesired for tree-like query views (such as the
* call tree.
* @param pEvent Event description object
*/
-void QueryView::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* pEvent)
+void QueryView::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent(TQMouseEvent* pEvent)
{
- QListViewItem* pItem;
+ TQListViewItem* pItem;
// Handle only left button double-clicks
if (pEvent == NULL || pEvent->button() != LeftButton)
@@ -263,9 +263,9 @@ void QueryView::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* pEvent)
* signals of the list view.
* @param pItem The selected item
*/
-void QueryView::slotRecordSelected(QListViewItem* pItem)
+void QueryView::slotRecordSelected(TQListViewItem* pItem)
{
- QString sFileName, sLine;
+ TQString sFileName, sLine;
// Get the file name and line number
sFileName = pItem->text(1);
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ void QueryView::slotRecordSelected(QListViewItem* pItem)
* This slot is connected to the findDef() signal emitted by the results menu.
* @param sFunc The function to look for
*/
-void QueryView::slotFindDef(const QString& sFunc)
+void QueryView::slotFindDef(const TQString& sFunc)
{
QueryViewDlg* pDlg;
@@ -290,8 +290,8 @@ void QueryView::slotFindDef(const QString& sFunc)
pDlg = new QueryViewDlg(QueryViewDlg::DestroyOnSelect, this);
// Display a line when it is selected in the dialogue
- connect(pDlg, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)), this,
- SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)));
+ connect(pDlg, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)), this,
+ SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)));
// Start the query
pDlg->query(CscopeFrontend::Definition, sFunc);
@@ -303,10 +303,10 @@ void QueryView::slotFindDef(const QString& sFunc)
* @param pItem The item from which to copy
* @param nCol The index of the item field to copy
*/
-void QueryView::slotCopy(QListViewItem* pItem, int nCol)
+void QueryView::slotCopy(TQListViewItem* pItem, int nCol)
{
- QApplication::clipboard()->setText(pItem->text(nCol),
- QClipboard::Clipboard);
+ TQApplication::clipboard()->setText(pItem->text(nCol),
+ TQClipboard::Clipboard);
}
/**
@@ -320,15 +320,15 @@ void QueryView::slotCopy(QListViewItem* pItem, int nCol)
void QueryView::slotFilter(int nCol)
{
SearchResultsDlg dlg(this);
- QRegExp re;
- QListViewItem* pItem;
+ TQRegExp re;
+ TQListViewItem* pItem;
bool bNegate;
// Prepare the dialogue
dlg.setColumn(nCol);
// Show the dialogue
- if (dlg.exec() != QDialog::Accepted)
+ if (dlg.exec() != TQDialog::Accepted)
return;
// Get the selected regular expression
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ void QueryView::slotFilter(int nCol)
*/
void QueryView::slotShowAll()
{
- QListViewItem* pItem;
+ TQListViewItem* pItem;
// Iterate over all items in the list
pItem = firstChild();
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ void QueryView::slotShowAll()
* object.
* @param pItem The item to remove
*/
-void QueryView::slotRemoveItem(QListViewItem* pItem)
+void QueryView::slotRemoveItem(TQListViewItem* pItem)
{
delete pItem;
}
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ void QueryView::Iterator::next()
/**
* @return The function associated with the list item the iterator points to
*/
-QString QueryView::Iterator::getFunc()
+TQString QueryView::Iterator::getFunc()
{
if (m_pItem == NULL)
return "";
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ QString QueryView::Iterator::getFunc()
/**
* @return The file associated with the list item the iterator points to
*/
-QString QueryView::Iterator::getFile()
+TQString QueryView::Iterator::getFile()
{
if (m_pItem == NULL)
return "";
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ QString QueryView::Iterator::getFile()
* @return The line number associated with the list item the iterator points
* to
*/
-QString QueryView::Iterator::getLine()
+TQString QueryView::Iterator::getLine()
{
if (m_pItem == NULL)
return "";
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ QString QueryView::Iterator::getLine()
/**
* @return The text associated with the list item the iterator points to
*/
-QString QueryView::Iterator::getText()
+TQString QueryView::Iterator::getText()
{
if (m_pItem == NULL)
return "";
diff --git a/src/queryview.h b/src/queryview.h
index c896d6b..abdcc82 100644
--- a/src/queryview.h
+++ b/src/queryview.h
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
#ifndef QUERYVIEW_H
#define QUERYVIEW_H
-#include <qlistview.h>
-#include <qregexp.h>
+#include <ntqlistview.h>
+#include <ntqregexp.h>
class QueryResultsMenu;
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ class QueryResultsMenu;
* results numerically by line number.
* @author Elad Lahav
*/
-class QueryViewItem : public QListViewItem
+class QueryViewItem : public TQListViewItem
{
public:
/**
@@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ public:
* @param pAfter The item to preceed the new one
* @param nLineCol The index of the line column
*/
- QueryViewItem(QListView* pView, QListViewItem* pAfter,
- int nLineCol) : QListViewItem(pView, pAfter), m_nLineCol(nLineCol)
+ QueryViewItem(TQListView* pView, TQListViewItem* pAfter,
+ int nLineCol) : TQListViewItem(pView, pAfter), m_nLineCol(nLineCol)
{}
/**
@@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ public:
* @param pAfter The item to preceed the new one
* @param nLineCol The index of the line column
*/
- QueryViewItem(QListViewItem* pParent, QListViewItem* pAfter,
- int nLineCol) : QListViewItem(pParent, pAfter), m_nLineCol(nLineCol)
+ QueryViewItem(TQListViewItem* pParent, TQListViewItem* pAfter,
+ int nLineCol) : TQListViewItem(pParent, pAfter), m_nLineCol(nLineCol)
{}
/**
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ public:
* @return 0 if the items are equal, 1 if the current item is greater,
* -1 if the current item is smaller
*/
- virtual int compare(QListViewItem* pItem, int nCol, bool bAscend) const {
+ virtual int compare(TQListViewItem* pItem, int nCol, bool bAscend) const {
if (nCol == m_nLineCol) {
uint nLineCur, nLineOther;
int nResult;
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ public:
return -1; // The second item is greater
}
- return QListViewItem::compare(pItem, nCol, bAscend);
+ return TQListViewItem::compare(pItem, nCol, bAscend);
}
private:
@@ -115,21 +115,21 @@ private:
* from records, filter records, and more.
* @author Elad Lahav
*/
-class QueryView : public QListView
+class QueryView : public TQListView
{
Q_OBJECT
public:
- QueryView(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+ QueryView(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
~QueryView();
- virtual void addRecord(const QString&, const QString&, const QString&,
- const QString&, QListViewItem* pParent = NULL);
- virtual void select(QListViewItem*);
+ virtual void addRecord(const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString&,
+ const TQString&, TQListViewItem* pParent = NULL);
+ virtual void select(TQListViewItem*);
virtual void selectNext();
virtual void selectPrev();
virtual void queryProgress();
- virtual void queryFinished(uint, QListViewItem* pParent = NULL);
+ virtual void queryFinished(uint, TQListViewItem* pParent = NULL);
/**
* Provides an iterator over the list of query results.
@@ -157,21 +157,21 @@ public:
void next();
- QString getFunc();
- QString getFile();
- QString getLine();
- QString getText();
+ TQString getFunc();
+ TQString getFile();
+ TQString getLine();
+ TQString getText();
private:
/** Points to the current list item. */
- QListViewItem* m_pItem;
+ TQListViewItem* m_pItem;
/**
* Private constructor used to return initialised iterators.
* This constructor can only be called from within QueryView.
* @param pItem The initial list item
*/
- Iterator(QListViewItem* pItem) : m_pItem(pItem) {}
+ Iterator(TQListViewItem* pItem) : m_pItem(pItem) {}
friend class QueryView;
};
@@ -194,24 +194,24 @@ signals:
* @param sFile The "File" field of the selected record
* @param nLine The "Line" field of the selected record
*/
- void lineRequested(const QString& sFile, uint nLine);
+ void lineRequested(const TQString& sFile, uint nLine);
protected:
/** A popup-menu for manipulating query result items. */
QueryResultsMenu* m_pQueryMenu;
/** A pointer to the last item (used for appending results). */
- QListViewItem* m_pLastItem;
+ TQListViewItem* m_pLastItem;
- void contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent*);
+ void contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent(TQMouseEvent*);
protected slots:
- virtual void slotRecordSelected(QListViewItem*);
- virtual void slotFindDef(const QString&);
- virtual void slotCopy(QListViewItem*, int);
+ virtual void slotRecordSelected(TQListViewItem*);
+ virtual void slotFindDef(const TQString&);
+ virtual void slotCopy(TQListViewItem*, int);
virtual void slotFilter(int);
virtual void slotShowAll();
- virtual void slotRemoveItem(QListViewItem*);
+ virtual void slotRemoveItem(TQListViewItem*);
};
#endif
diff --git a/src/queryviewdlg.cpp b/src/queryviewdlg.cpp
index 93cd85e..f9ddb84 100644
--- a/src/queryviewdlg.cpp
+++ b/src/queryviewdlg.cpp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
* @param pParent The parent widget
* @param szName The widget's name
*/
-QueryViewDlg::QueryViewDlg(uint nFlags, QWidget* pParent,
+QueryViewDlg::QueryViewDlg(uint nFlags, TQWidget* pParent,
const char* szName) :
QueryViewLayout(pParent, szName),
m_nFlags(nFlags)
@@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ QueryViewDlg::QueryViewDlg(uint nFlags, QWidget* pParent,
connect(m_pView, SIGNAL(needToShow()), this, SLOT(slotShow()));
// Propagate the lineRequested() signal from the QueryView object
- connect(m_pView, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)), this,
- SLOT(slotLineRequested(const QString&, uint)));
+ connect(m_pView, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)), this,
+ SLOT(slotLineRequested(const TQString&, uint)));
// Make the dialogue modal
setModal(true);
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ QueryViewDlg::~QueryViewDlg()
* @param sText The query's text
* @param bCase true for case-sensitive queries, false otherwise
*/
-void QueryViewDlg::query(uint nType, const QString& sText, bool bCase)
+void QueryViewDlg::query(uint nType, const TQString& sText, bool bCase)
{
m_pDriver->query(nType, sText, bCase);
}
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ void QueryViewDlg::slotShow()
* This slot is connected to the lineRequested() signal emitted by the
* QueryView widget.
*/
-void QueryViewDlg::slotLineRequested(const QString& sFileName, uint nLine)
+void QueryViewDlg::slotLineRequested(const TQString& sFileName, uint nLine)
{
emit lineRequested(sFileName, nLine);
diff --git a/src/queryviewdlg.h b/src/queryviewdlg.h
index fc1c2f7..f78ee21 100644
--- a/src/queryviewdlg.h
+++ b/src/queryviewdlg.h
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class QueryViewDlg : public QueryViewLayout
Q_OBJECT
public:
- QueryViewDlg(uint nFlags = 0, QWidget* pParent = 0,
+ QueryViewDlg(uint nFlags = 0, TQWidget* pParent = 0,
const char* szName = 0);
~QueryViewDlg();
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public:
enum { CloseOnSelect = 0x1, DestroyOnClose = 0x2,
DestroyOnSelect = CloseOnSelect | DestroyOnClose };
- void query(uint, const QString&, bool bCase = true);
+ void query(uint, const TQString&, bool bCase = true);
QueryView::Iterator getIterator();
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ signals:
* @param sFile The "File" field of the selected record
* @param nLine The "Line" field of the selected record
*/
- void lineRequested(const QString& sFile, uint nLine);
+ void lineRequested(const TQString& sFile, uint nLine);
private:
/** Flags the control the behaviour of the dialogue. */
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ private:
private slots:
void slotShow();
- void slotLineRequested(const QString&, uint);
+ void slotLineRequested(const TQString&, uint);
};
#endif
diff --git a/src/queryviewdriver.cpp b/src/queryviewdriver.cpp
index f04c44d..8c35238 100644
--- a/src/queryviewdriver.cpp
+++ b/src/queryviewdriver.cpp
@@ -36,8 +36,8 @@
* @param pParent The parent object of the driver
* @param szName The name of the object
*/
-QueryViewDriver::QueryViewDriver(QueryView* pView, QObject* pParent,
- const char* szName) : QObject(pParent, szName),
+QueryViewDriver::QueryViewDriver(QueryView* pView, TQObject* pParent,
+ const char* szName) : TQObject(pParent, szName),
m_pView(pView),
m_pItem(NULL),
m_progress(pView),
@@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ QueryViewDriver::~QueryViewDriver()
* @param pItem If non-null, represents an view item passed back to
* the view in a call to addRecord()
*/
-void QueryViewDriver::query(uint nType, const QString& sText, bool bCase,
- QListViewItem* pItem)
+void QueryViewDriver::query(uint nType, const TQString& sText, bool bCase,
+ TQListViewItem* pItem)
{
m_pItem = pItem;
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ void QueryViewDriver::query(uint nType, const QString& sText, bool bCase,
*/
void QueryViewDriver::slotDataReady(FrontendToken* pToken)
{
- QString sFile, sFunc, sLine, sText;
+ TQString sFile, sFunc, sLine, sText;
// Get the file name
sFile = pToken->getData();
diff --git a/src/queryviewdriver.h b/src/queryviewdriver.h
index 77ff9ed..7851cea 100644
--- a/src/queryviewdriver.h
+++ b/src/queryviewdriver.h
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
#ifndef QUERYVIEWDRIVER_H
#define QUERYVIEWDRIVER_H
-#include <qobject.h>
-#include <qlistview.h>
+#include <ntqobject.h>
+#include <ntqlistview.h>
#include "cscopefrontend.h"
class QueryView;
@@ -42,15 +42,15 @@ class QueryView;
* query progress bar.
* @author Elad Lahav
*/
-class QueryViewDriver : public QObject
+class QueryViewDriver : public TQObject
{
Q_OBJECT
public:
- QueryViewDriver(QueryView*, QObject* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+ QueryViewDriver(QueryView*, TQObject* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
~QueryViewDriver();
- void query(uint, const QString&, bool bCase, QListViewItem* pItem = NULL);
+ void query(uint, const TQString&, bool bCase, TQListViewItem* pItem = NULL);
/**
* @return true if a query is currently running, false otherwise
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ private:
QueryView* m_pView;
/** QueryView item passed to addRecord(). */
- QListViewItem* m_pItem;
+ TQListViewItem* m_pItem;
/** Displays query progress information. */
CscopeProgress m_progress;
diff --git a/src/queryviewlayout.ui b/src/queryviewlayout.ui
index ae097c5..6dda34b 100644
--- a/src/queryviewlayout.ui
+++ b/src/queryviewlayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
<class>QueryViewLayout</class>
-<widget class="QDialog">
+<widget class="TQDialog">
<property name="name">
<cstring>QueryViewLayout</cstring>
</property>
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
<cstring>m_pView</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLabel">
+ <widget class="TQLabel">
<property name="name">
<cstring>textLabel1</cstring>
</property>
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
<enum>Horizontal</enum>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>Layout1</cstring>
</property>
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>buttonOk</cstring>
</property>
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>buttonCancel</cstring>
</property>
diff --git a/src/querywidget.cpp b/src/querywidget.cpp
index 113f216..2246c8e 100644
--- a/src/querywidget.cpp
+++ b/src/querywidget.cpp
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qtoolbutton.h>
-#include <qtooltip.h>
+#include <ntqtoolbutton.h>
+#include <ntqtooltip.h>
#include <klocale.h>
#include <kmessagebox.h>
#include "querywidget.h"
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
* @param pParent The parent widget
* @param szName The widget's name
*/
-QueryWidget::QueryWidget(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+QueryWidget::QueryWidget(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
QueryWidgetLayout(pParent, szName),
m_pPageMenu(NULL),
m_pLockAction(NULL),
@@ -50,18 +50,18 @@ QueryWidget::QueryWidget(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
m_pQueryTabs->setHoverCloseButton(true);
// Change the lock action state according to the current page
- connect(m_pQueryTabs, SIGNAL(currentChanged(QWidget*)), this,
- SLOT(slotCurrentChanged(QWidget*)));
+ connect(m_pQueryTabs, SIGNAL(currentChanged(TQWidget*)), this,
+ SLOT(slotCurrentChanged(TQWidget*)));
// Close a query when its tab button is clicked
- connect(m_pQueryTabs, SIGNAL(closeRequest(QWidget*)), this,
- SLOT(slotClosePage(QWidget*)));
+ connect(m_pQueryTabs, SIGNAL(closeRequest(TQWidget*)), this,
+ SLOT(slotClosePage(TQWidget*)));
// Show the menu when requested
- connect(m_pQueryTabs, SIGNAL(contextMenu(const QPoint&)), this,
- SLOT(slotContextMenu(const QPoint&)));
- connect(m_pQueryTabs, SIGNAL(contextMenu(QWidget*, const QPoint&)), this,
- SLOT(slotContextMenu(QWidget*, const QPoint&)));
+ connect(m_pQueryTabs, SIGNAL(contextMenu(const TQPoint&)), this,
+ SLOT(slotContextMenu(const TQPoint&)));
+ connect(m_pQueryTabs, SIGNAL(contextMenu(TQWidget*, const TQPoint&)), this,
+ SLOT(slotContextMenu(TQWidget*, const TQPoint&)));
}
/**
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ QueryWidget::~QueryWidget()
* @param sText The query's text, as entered by the user
* @param bCase true for case-sensitive queries, false otherwise
*/
-void QueryWidget::initQuery(uint nType, const QString& sText, bool bCase)
+void QueryWidget::initQuery(uint nType, const TQString& sText, bool bCase)
{
QueryPage* pPage;
@@ -123,12 +123,12 @@ void QueryWidget::applyPrefs()
* @param sProjPath The full path of the project directory
* @param slFiles The list of query file names to load
*/
-void QueryWidget::loadPages(const QString& sProjPath,
- const QStringList& slFiles)
+void QueryWidget::loadPages(const TQString& sProjPath,
+ const TQStringList& slFiles)
{
- QStringList::ConstIterator itr;
+ TQStringList::ConstIterator itr;
QueryPageBase* pPage;
- QString sName;
+ TQString sName;
// Iterate through query files
for (itr = slFiles.begin(); itr != slFiles.end(); ++itr) {
@@ -155,11 +155,11 @@ void QueryWidget::loadPages(const QString& sProjPath,
* @param sProjPath The full path of the project directory
* @param slFiles Holds a list of query file names, upon return
*/
-void QueryWidget::savePages(const QString& sProjPath, QStringList& slFiles)
+void QueryWidget::savePages(const TQString& sProjPath, TQStringList& slFiles)
{
int nPageCount, i;
QueryPage* pPage;
- QString sFileName;
+ TQString sFileName;
// Iterate pages
nPageCount = m_pQueryTabs->count();
@@ -180,8 +180,8 @@ void QueryWidget::savePages(const QString& sProjPath, QStringList& slFiles)
* @param sText The contents of the line pointed to by the file path and
* line number
*/
-void QueryWidget::addHistoryRecord(const QString& sFile, uint nLine,
- const QString& sText)
+void QueryWidget::addHistoryRecord(const TQString& sFile, uint nLine,
+ const TQString& sText)
{
// Validate file name and line number
if (sFile.isEmpty() || nLine == 0)
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ void QueryWidget::setPageCaption(QueryPageBase* pPage)
void QueryWidget::addQueryPage()
{
QueryPage* pPage;
- QString sTitle;
+ TQString sTitle;
// Create the page
pPage = new QueryPage(this);
@@ -228,8 +228,8 @@ void QueryWidget::addQueryPage()
// Emit the lineRequested() signal when a query record is selected on
// this page
- connect(pPage, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)), this,
- SLOT(slotRequestLine(const QString&, uint)));
+ connect(pPage, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)), this,
+ SLOT(slotRequestLine(const TQString&, uint)));
}
/**
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ void QueryWidget::slotPrevResult()
*/
void QueryWidget::slotCloseCurrent()
{
- QWidget* pPage;
+ TQWidget* pPage;
// Close the current page
pPage = currentPage();
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ void QueryWidget::selectActiveHistory()
* @param pMenu Pointer to the popup menu
* @param pAction Pointer to the "Lock/Unlock" toggle action
*/
-void QueryWidget::setPageMenu(QPopupMenu* pMenu, KToggleAction* pAction)
+void QueryWidget::setPageMenu(TQPopupMenu* pMenu, KToggleAction* pAction)
{
m_pPageMenu = pMenu;
m_pLockAction = pAction;
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ void QueryWidget::setPageMenu(QPopupMenu* pMenu, KToggleAction* pAction)
* @param sFileName The file's path
* @param nLine The requested line in the file
*/
-void QueryWidget::slotRequestLine(const QString& sFileName, uint nLine)
+void QueryWidget::slotRequestLine(const TQString& sFileName, uint nLine)
{
// Disable history if the request came from the active history page
if (currentPage() == m_pHistPage)
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ void QueryWidget::slotRequestLine(const QString& sFileName, uint nLine)
* Update the lock button when the current query page changes.
* @param pWidget The new current page
*/
-void QueryWidget::slotCurrentChanged(QWidget* pWidget)
+void QueryWidget::slotCurrentChanged(TQWidget* pWidget)
{
QueryPage* pPage;
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ void QueryWidget::slotCurrentChanged(QWidget* pWidget)
* This slot is connected to the closeRequest() signal of the KTabBar object.
* @param pPage The page to close
*/
-void QueryWidget::slotClosePage(QWidget* pPage)
+void QueryWidget::slotClosePage(TQWidget* pPage)
{
// Prompt the user before closing a locked query
if (((QueryPage*)pPage)->isLocked()) {
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ void QueryWidget::slotClosePage(QWidget* pPage)
* @param pt The point over which the mouse was clicked in request for the
* context menu
*/
-void QueryWidget::slotContextMenu(const QPoint& pt)
+void QueryWidget::slotContextMenu(const TQPoint& pt)
{
uint i;
@@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ void QueryWidget::slotContextMenu(const QPoint& pt)
* @param pt The point over which the mouse was clicked in request for
* the context menu
*/
-void QueryWidget::slotContextMenu(QWidget* pWidget, const QPoint& pt)
+void QueryWidget::slotContextMenu(TQWidget* pWidget, const TQPoint& pt)
{
uint i;
@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ void QueryWidget::findHistoryPage()
{
HistoryPage* pPage;
int nPages, i;
- QString sTitle;
+ TQString sTitle;
// First check if the active history page is unlocked
if (m_pHistPage != NULL && !m_pHistPage->isLocked())
@@ -594,8 +594,8 @@ void QueryWidget::findHistoryPage()
// Emit the lineRequested() signal when a query record is selected on
// this page
- connect(m_pHistPage, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)), this,
- SLOT(slotRequestLine(const QString&, uint)));
+ connect(m_pHistPage, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)), this,
+ SLOT(slotRequestLine(const TQString&, uint)));
}
#include "querywidget.moc"
diff --git a/src/querywidget.h b/src/querywidget.h
index a798ec0..d309bb0 100644
--- a/src/querywidget.h
+++ b/src/querywidget.h
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
#ifndef QUERYWIDGET_H
#define QUERYWIDGET_H
-#include <qlistview.h>
-#include <qpopupmenu.h>
+#include <ntqlistview.h>
+#include <ntqpopupmenu.h>
#include <kaction.h>
#include "querywidgetlayout.h"
#include "tabwidget.h"
@@ -47,17 +47,17 @@ class QueryWidget : public QueryWidgetLayout
Q_OBJECT
public:
- QueryWidget(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+ QueryWidget(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
~QueryWidget();
void addQueryPage();
- void initQuery(uint, const QString&, bool);
+ void initQuery(uint, const TQString&, bool);
void applyPrefs();
- void loadPages(const QString&, const QStringList&);
- void savePages(const QString&, QStringList&);
- void addHistoryRecord(const QString&, uint, const QString&);
+ void loadPages(const TQString&, const TQStringList&);
+ void savePages(const TQString&, TQStringList&);
+ void addHistoryRecord(const TQString&, uint, const TQString&);
void selectActiveHistory();
- void setPageMenu(QPopupMenu*, KToggleAction*);
+ void setPageMenu(TQPopupMenu*, KToggleAction*);
void getBookmarks(FileLocationList&);
/**
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ signals:
* @param sPath The full path of the requested source file
* @param nLine The requested line number
*/
- void lineRequested(const QString& sPath, uint nLine);
+ void lineRequested(const TQString& sPath, uint nLine);
/**
* Emitted when new query page is requested by user
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ signals:
private:
/** A popup menu with query page commands (new query, lock/unlock, close
query, etc.). */
- QPopupMenu* m_pPageMenu;
+ TQPopupMenu* m_pPageMenu;
/** A toggle-like action for changing the locked state of a query. */
KToggleAction* m_pLockAction;
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ private:
/**
* @param pWidget A query page to set as the current one
*/
- inline void setCurrentPage(QWidget* pWidget) {
+ inline void setCurrentPage(TQWidget* pWidget) {
if (pWidget)
m_pQueryTabs->setCurrentPage(m_pQueryTabs->indexOf(pWidget));
}
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ private:
* @param pPage The page to check
* @return true if the given page is a history page
*/
- inline bool isHistoryPage(QWidget* pPage) {
+ inline bool isHistoryPage(TQWidget* pPage) {
return (dynamic_cast<HistoryPage*>(pPage) != NULL);
}
@@ -142,11 +142,11 @@ private:
void findHistoryPage();
private slots:
- void slotRequestLine(const QString&, uint);
- void slotCurrentChanged(QWidget*);
- void slotClosePage(QWidget*);
- void slotContextMenu(const QPoint&);
- void slotContextMenu(QWidget*, const QPoint&);
+ void slotRequestLine(const TQString&, uint);
+ void slotCurrentChanged(TQWidget*);
+ void slotClosePage(TQWidget*);
+ void slotContextMenu(const TQPoint&);
+ void slotContextMenu(TQWidget*, const TQPoint&);
};
#endif
diff --git a/src/querywidgetlayout.ui b/src/querywidgetlayout.ui
index 52e7fb3..62299cb 100644
--- a/src/querywidgetlayout.ui
+++ b/src/querywidgetlayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
<class>QueryWidgetLayout</class>
-<widget class="QWidget">
+<widget class="TQWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>QueryWidgetLayout</cstring>
</property>
diff --git a/src/scanprogressdlg.cpp b/src/scanprogressdlg.cpp
index e380c60..243c3a4 100644
--- a/src/scanprogressdlg.cpp
+++ b/src/scanprogressdlg.cpp
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qlabel.h>
-#include <qpushbutton.h>
+#include <ntqlabel.h>
+#include <ntqpushbutton.h>
#include <klocale.h>
#include "scanprogressdlg.h"
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
* @param pParent The parent widget
* @param szName The widget's name
*/
-ScanProgressDlg::ScanProgressDlg(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+ScanProgressDlg::ScanProgressDlg(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
ScanProgressLayout(pParent, szName),
m_nFiles(0),
m_nCurFiles(0)
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ ScanProgressDlg::~ScanProgressDlg()
*/
void ScanProgressDlg::addFiles(int nFiles)
{
- QString sText;
+ TQString sText;
// Do nothing if no files were scanned
if (nFiles <= 0)
diff --git a/src/scanprogressdlg.h b/src/scanprogressdlg.h
index 84564de..2e18ed5 100644
--- a/src/scanprogressdlg.h
+++ b/src/scanprogressdlg.h
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
#ifndef SCANPROGRESSDLG_H
#define SCANPROGRESSDLG_H
-#include <qwidget.h>
+#include <ntqwidget.h>
#include <scanprogresslayout.h>
/**
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ class ScanProgressDlg : public ScanProgressLayout
Q_OBJECT
public:
- ScanProgressDlg(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+ ScanProgressDlg(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
~ScanProgressDlg();
void addFiles(int);
diff --git a/src/scanprogresslayout.ui b/src/scanprogresslayout.ui
index 85482a8..17da7fa 100644
--- a/src/scanprogresslayout.ui
+++ b/src/scanprogresslayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.1" stdsetdef="1">
<class>ScanProgressLayout</class>
-<widget class="QDialog">
+<widget class="TQDialog">
<property name="name">
<cstring>ScanProgressLayout</cstring>
</property>
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout4</cstring>
</property>
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLabel">
+ <widget class="TQLabel">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pText</cstring>
</property>
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout2</cstring>
</property>
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pCancelButton</cstring>
</property>
diff --git a/src/searchlist.cpp b/src/searchlist.cpp
index ccff869..867807d 100644
--- a/src/searchlist.cpp
+++ b/src/searchlist.cpp
@@ -25,25 +25,25 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qheader.h>
+#include <ntqheader.h>
#include "searchlist.h"
/**
- * Intercepting additional key events of QLineEdit to browse the list
+ * Intercepting additional key events of TQLineEdit to browse the list
* @param pKey The pressed key event
*/
-void SearchLineEdit::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent* pKey)
+void SearchLineEdit::keyPressEvent(TQKeyEvent* pKey)
{
switch(pKey->key()) {
- case Qt::Key_Up:
- case Qt::Key_Down:
- case Qt::Key_PageUp:
- case Qt::Key_PageDown:
+ case TQt::Key_Up:
+ case TQt::Key_Down:
+ case TQt::Key_PageUp:
+ case TQt::Key_PageDown:
emit keyPressed(pKey);
break;
default:
- QLineEdit::keyPressEvent(pKey);
+ TQLineEdit::keyPressEvent(pKey);
break;
}
}
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ void SearchLineEdit::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent* pKey)
* @param pParent Owner list view widget
*/
ListToolTip::ListToolTip(SearchList* pParent) :
- QToolTip(pParent->getList()->viewport()),
+ TQToolTip(pParent->getList()->viewport()),
m_pList(pParent)
{
}
@@ -63,11 +63,11 @@ ListToolTip::ListToolTip(SearchList* pParent) :
* pointer.
* @param pt The mouse pointer coordinates
*/
-void ListToolTip::maybeTip(const QPoint& pt)
+void ListToolTip::maybeTip(const TQPoint& pt)
{
- QString str;
- QListView* pList;
- QListViewItem* pItem;
+ TQString str;
+ TQListView* pList;
+ TQListViewItem* pItem;
// Get the item at the given point
pList = m_pList->getList();
@@ -80,17 +80,17 @@ void ListToolTip::maybeTip(const QPoint& pt)
return;
// Get the bounding rectangle of the item
- const QRect rcItem = pList->itemRect(pItem);
+ const TQRect rcItem = pList->itemRect(pItem);
if (!rcItem.isValid())
return;
// Get the header coordinates
- const QRect rcHead = pList->header()->rect();
+ const TQRect rcHead = pList->header()->rect();
if (!rcHead.isValid())
return;
// Calculate the tool-tip rectangle
- QRect rcCell(rcHead.left(), rcItem.top(), rcItem.width(), rcItem.height());
+ TQRect rcCell(rcHead.left(), rcItem.top(), rcItem.width(), rcItem.height());
// Display the tool-tip
tip(rcCell, str);
@@ -102,28 +102,28 @@ void ListToolTip::maybeTip(const QPoint& pt)
* @param pParent The parent widget
* @param szName The widget's name
*/
-SearchList::SearchList(int nSearchCol, QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
- QVBox(pParent, szName),
+SearchList::SearchList(int nSearchCol, TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+ TQVBox(pParent, szName),
m_nSearchCol(nSearchCol)
{
// Create the child widgets
m_pEdit = new SearchLineEdit(this);
- m_pList = new QListView(this);
+ m_pList = new TQListView(this);
// Set up the tooltip generator
- QToolTip::remove(m_pList);
+ TQToolTip::remove(m_pList);
m_pToolTip = new ListToolTip(this);
- connect(m_pEdit, SIGNAL(textChanged(const QString&)), this,
- SLOT(slotFindItem(const QString&)));
- connect(m_pList, SIGNAL(doubleClicked(QListViewItem*)), this,
- SLOT(slotItemSelected(QListViewItem*)));
- connect(m_pList, SIGNAL(returnPressed(QListViewItem*)), this,
- SLOT(slotItemSelected(QListViewItem*)));
+ connect(m_pEdit, SIGNAL(textChanged(const TQString&)), this,
+ SLOT(slotFindItem(const TQString&)));
+ connect(m_pList, SIGNAL(doubleClicked(TQListViewItem*)), this,
+ SLOT(slotItemSelected(TQListViewItem*)));
+ connect(m_pList, SIGNAL(returnPressed(TQListViewItem*)), this,
+ SLOT(slotItemSelected(TQListViewItem*)));
connect(m_pEdit, SIGNAL(returnPressed()), this,
SLOT(slotItemSelected()));
- connect(m_pEdit, SIGNAL(keyPressed(QKeyEvent*)), this,
- SLOT(slotKeyPressed(QKeyEvent*)));
+ connect(m_pEdit, SIGNAL(keyPressed(TQKeyEvent*)), this,
+ SLOT(slotKeyPressed(TQKeyEvent*)));
}
/**
@@ -148,9 +148,9 @@ void SearchList::slotSetFocus()
* This slot is connected to the textChanged() signal of the line edit widget.
* @param sText The new text in the edit widget
*/
-void SearchList::slotFindItem(const QString& sText)
+void SearchList::slotFindItem(const TQString& sText)
{
- QListViewItem* pItem;
+ TQListViewItem* pItem;
// Try to find an item that contains this text
// Priority to exactly matched,
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ void SearchList::slotFindItem(const QString& sText)
* This slot is connected to the doubleClicked() and returnPressed()
* signals of the list widget.
*/
-void SearchList::slotItemSelected(QListViewItem* pItem)
+void SearchList::slotItemSelected(TQListViewItem* pItem)
{
processItemSelected(pItem);
m_pEdit->setText("");
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ void SearchList::slotItemSelected(QListViewItem* pItem)
*/
void SearchList::slotItemSelected()
{
- QListViewItem* pItem;
+ TQListViewItem* pItem;
if ((pItem = m_pList->selectedItem()) != NULL) {
m_pEdit->setText(pItem->text(m_nSearchCol));
@@ -203,9 +203,9 @@ void SearchList::slotItemSelected()
* This slot is connected to the keyPressed() signal of the edit widget.
* @param pKey The key evant passed by the edit box
*/
-void SearchList::slotKeyPressed(QKeyEvent* pKey)
+void SearchList::slotKeyPressed(TQKeyEvent* pKey)
{
- QListViewItem* pItem, * pNewItem;
+ TQListViewItem* pItem, * pNewItem;
int nPageSize, nPos;
// Select the current item, or the first one if there is no current item
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ void SearchList::slotKeyPressed(QKeyEvent* pKey)
// Set a new current item based on the pressed key
switch (pKey->key()) {
- case Qt::Key_Up:
+ case TQt::Key_Up:
if (pItem) {
for (pNewItem = pItem->itemAbove();
pNewItem && !SEARCH_MATCH(pNewItem);
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ void SearchList::slotKeyPressed(QKeyEvent* pKey)
}
break;
- case Qt::Key_Down:
+ case TQt::Key_Down:
if (pItem) {
for (pNewItem = pItem->itemBelow();
pNewItem && !SEARCH_MATCH(pNewItem);
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ void SearchList::slotKeyPressed(QKeyEvent* pKey)
}
break;
- case Qt::Key_PageUp:
+ case TQt::Key_PageUp:
nPageSize = m_pList->visibleHeight() / pItem->height();
for (nPos = 0;
pItem && pItem->itemAbove() && (nPos < nPageSize);
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ void SearchList::slotKeyPressed(QKeyEvent* pKey)
pItem = pItem->itemAbove();
break;
- case Qt::Key_PageDown:
+ case TQt::Key_PageDown:
nPageSize = m_pList->visibleHeight() / pItem->height();
for (nPos = 0;
pItem && pItem->itemBelow() && (nPos < nPageSize);
diff --git a/src/searchlist.h b/src/searchlist.h
index ffa7ac8..3986b4b 100644
--- a/src/searchlist.h
+++ b/src/searchlist.h
@@ -28,25 +28,25 @@
#ifndef SEARCHLIST_H
#define SEARCHLIST_H
-#include <qwidget.h>
-#include <qvbox.h>
-#include <qlineedit.h>
-#include <qlistview.h>
-#include <qtooltip.h>
+#include <ntqwidget.h>
+#include <ntqvbox.h>
+#include <ntqlineedit.h>
+#include <ntqlistview.h>
+#include <ntqtooltip.h>
class SearchList;
/**
* Defines a line text edit for searchable list view.
- * The widget is based on QLineEdit with additional key functions
+ * The widget is based on TQLineEdit with additional key functions
* Supported key events (up and down) are emitted as signals
* @author Albert Yosher
*/
-class SearchLineEdit : public QLineEdit
+class SearchLineEdit : public TQLineEdit
{
Q_OBJECT
public:
- SearchLineEdit(QWidget* pParent) : QLineEdit(pParent) {};
+ SearchLineEdit(TQWidget* pParent) : TQLineEdit(pParent) {};
~SearchLineEdit() {};
signals:
@@ -55,10 +55,10 @@ signals:
* inside this edit widget.
* @param pEvent The event received for this key press
*/
- void keyPressed(QKeyEvent* pEvent);
+ void keyPressed(TQKeyEvent* pEvent);
private:
- virtual void keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent*);
+ virtual void keyPressEvent(TQKeyEvent*);
};
/**
@@ -67,13 +67,13 @@ private:
* list item.
* @author Gabor Fekete
*/
-class ListToolTip : public QToolTip
+class ListToolTip : public TQToolTip
{
public:
ListToolTip(SearchList* pParent);
protected:
- virtual void maybeTip(const QPoint& pt);
+ virtual void maybeTip(const TQPoint& pt);
private:
/** The owner widget. */
@@ -88,18 +88,18 @@ private:
* set to point to the first item that matches the new text.
* @author Elad Lahav
*/
-class SearchList : public QVBox
+class SearchList : public TQVBox
{
Q_OBJECT
public:
- SearchList(int nSearchCol, QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+ SearchList(int nSearchCol, TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
~SearchList();
/**
* @return A pointer to the list part of the widget.
*/
- QListView* getList() { return m_pList; }
+ TQListView* getList() { return m_pList; }
/**
* Constructs a tool-tip for the given item.
@@ -107,30 +107,30 @@ public:
* @param sTip The constructed tip string (on return)
* @return True to display the tip, false otherwise
*/
- virtual bool getTip(QListViewItem* pItem, QString& sTip) = 0;
+ virtual bool getTip(TQListViewItem* pItem, TQString& sTip) = 0;
public slots:
void slotSetFocus();
protected:
/** The search edit-box. */
- QLineEdit* m_pEdit;
+ TQLineEdit* m_pEdit;
/** The list part of the widget. */
- QListView* m_pList;
+ TQListView* m_pList;
/**
* Called whenever the user selects an item in the list by either double-
* clicking it, or by highlighting the item and pressing the ENTER key.
* @param pItem The selected list item
*/
- virtual void processItemSelected(QListViewItem* pItem) = 0;
+ virtual void processItemSelected(TQListViewItem* pItem) = 0;
protected slots:
- void slotFindItem(const QString&);
- void slotItemSelected(QListViewItem*);
+ void slotFindItem(const TQString&);
+ void slotItemSelected(TQListViewItem*);
void slotItemSelected();
- void slotKeyPressed(QKeyEvent*);
+ void slotKeyPressed(TQKeyEvent*);
private:
/** Specifies the search column, i.e., the list column whose strings are
diff --git a/src/searchresultsdlg.cpp b/src/searchresultsdlg.cpp
index bb63fa5..bbcdd9b 100644
--- a/src/searchresultsdlg.cpp
+++ b/src/searchresultsdlg.cpp
@@ -25,10 +25,10 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qpushbutton.h>
-#include <qlineedit.h>
-#include <qcombobox.h>
-#include <qradiobutton.h>
+#include <ntqpushbutton.h>
+#include <ntqlineedit.h>
+#include <ntqcombobox.h>
+#include <ntqradiobutton.h>
#include "searchresultsdlg.h"
int SearchResultsDlg::s_nType = PlainText;
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ bool SearchResultsDlg::s_bNegate = false;
* @param pParent The parent widget
* @param szName Optional widget name
*/
-SearchResultsDlg::SearchResultsDlg(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+SearchResultsDlg::SearchResultsDlg(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
SearchResultsLayout(pParent, szName, true, 0)
{
// Select the last selected type radio button
@@ -96,16 +96,16 @@ int SearchResultsDlg::getColumn()
* Creates a regular expression based on the given pattern and type of search.
* @param re A regular expression object to set
*/
-void SearchResultsDlg::getPattern(QRegExp& re)
+void SearchResultsDlg::getPattern(TQRegExp& re)
{
- QString sPattern;
+ TQString sPattern;
sPattern = m_pSearchEdit->text();
// Create the regular expression
switch (s_nType) {
case PlainText:
- re.setPattern(QRegExp::escape(sPattern));
+ re.setPattern(TQRegExp::escape(sPattern));
re.setWildcard(false);
break;
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ void SearchResultsDlg::getPattern(QRegExp& re)
*/
void SearchResultsDlg::accept()
{
- QString sText;
+ TQString sText;
// Determine the selected type and store its value for the next invocation
if (m_pTextRadio->isChecked())
@@ -148,12 +148,12 @@ void SearchResultsDlg::accept()
sText = m_pSearchEdit->text();
sText.stripWhiteSpace();
if (sText.isEmpty()) {
- QDialog::reject();
+ TQDialog::reject();
return;
}
// Close the dialogue
- QDialog::accept();
+ TQDialog::accept();
}
#include "searchresultsdlg.moc"
diff --git a/src/searchresultsdlg.h b/src/searchresultsdlg.h
index d636f8f..9c30500 100644
--- a/src/searchresultsdlg.h
+++ b/src/searchresultsdlg.h
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
#ifndef SEARCHRESULTSDLG_H
#define SEARCHRESULTSDLG_H
-#include <qregexp.h>
-#include <qcheckbox.h>
+#include <ntqregexp.h>
+#include <ntqcheckbox.h>
#include "searchresultslayout.h"
/**
@@ -42,12 +42,12 @@ class SearchResultsDlg : public SearchResultsLayout
Q_OBJECT
public:
- SearchResultsDlg(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+ SearchResultsDlg(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
~SearchResultsDlg();
void setColumn(int);
int getColumn();
- void getPattern(QRegExp&);
+ void getPattern(TQRegExp&);
/**
* @return true if the search pattern should be negated, false otherwise
diff --git a/src/searchresultslayout.ui b/src/searchresultslayout.ui
index cdcde53..d897980 100644
--- a/src/searchresultslayout.ui
+++ b/src/searchresultslayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
<class>SearchResultsLayout</class>
-<widget class="QDialog">
+<widget class="TQDialog">
<property name="name">
<cstring>SearchResultsLayout</cstring>
</property>
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout2</cstring>
</property>
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLabel">
+ <widget class="TQLabel">
<property name="name">
<cstring>textLabel2</cstring>
</property>
@@ -35,14 +35,14 @@
<string>Search For:</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLineEdit">
+ <widget class="TQLineEdit">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pSearchEdit</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</hbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout4</cstring>
</property>
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLabel">
+ <widget class="TQLabel">
<property name="name">
<cstring>textLabel1</cstring>
</property>
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
- <widget class="QComboBox">
+ <widget class="TQComboBox">
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>Function</string>
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
</widget>
</hbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QButtonGroup">
+ <widget class="TQButtonGroup">
<property name="name">
<cstring>buttonGroup1</cstring>
</property>
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QRadioButton">
+ <widget class="TQRadioButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pTextRadio</cstring>
</property>
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
<string>Plain Text</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QRadioButton">
+ <widget class="TQRadioButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pRegExpRadio</cstring>
</property>
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
<string>RegE&amp;xp</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QRadioButton">
+ <widget class="TQRadioButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pSimpRegExpRadio</cstring>
</property>
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
</widget>
</vbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QCheckBox">
+ <widget class="TQCheckBox">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pCaseSenCheck</cstring>
</property>
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
<string>Case Sensitive</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QCheckBox">
+ <widget class="TQCheckBox">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pNegateCheck</cstring>
</property>
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
<string>Negate Search</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout3</cstring>
</property>
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pOKButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
<string>OK</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pCancelButton</cstring>
</property>
diff --git a/src/symbolcompletion.cpp b/src/symbolcompletion.cpp
index 2ec8194..e385c07 100644
--- a/src/symbolcompletion.cpp
+++ b/src/symbolcompletion.cpp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qtimer.h>
+#include <ntqtimer.h>
#include <klocale.h>
#include "symbolcompletion.h"
@@ -41,14 +41,14 @@ uint SymbolCompletion::s_nACMaxEntries;
* @param szName Optional object name
*/
SymbolCompletion::SymbolCompletion(SymbolCompletion::Interface* pEditor,
- QObject* pParent, const char* szName) :
- QObject(pParent, szName),
+ TQObject* pParent, const char* szName) :
+ TQObject(pParent, szName),
m_pEditor(pEditor),
m_pCCObject(NULL)
{
// Initialise member objects
m_pCscope = new CscopeFrontend();
- m_pAutoCompTimer = new QTimer(this);
+ m_pAutoCompTimer = new TQTimer(this);
// Add entries to the completion list when they are available
connect(m_pCscope, SIGNAL(dataReady(FrontendToken*)), this,
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ void SymbolCompletion::initAutoCompletion(bool bEnabled, uint nMinChars,
*/
void SymbolCompletion::slotComplete()
{
- QString sSymbol;
+ TQString sSymbol;
uint nPosInWord;
// Read the symbol currently under the cursor
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ void SymbolCompletion::slotAutoComplete()
* @param sPrefix The symbol to complete
* @param nMaxEntries The maximal number of entries to display
*/
-void SymbolCompletion::complete(const QString& sPrefix, int nMaxEntries)
+void SymbolCompletion::complete(const TQString& sPrefix, int nMaxEntries)
{
// Create a regular expression to extract symbol names from the query
// results
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ void SymbolCompletion::filterEntries()
* message.
* @param sMsg The text of the message to include in the list.
*/
-void SymbolCompletion::makeErrMsg(const QString& sMsg)
+void SymbolCompletion::makeErrMsg(const TQString& sMsg)
{
Entry entry;
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ void SymbolCompletion::makeErrMsg(const QString& sMsg)
void SymbolCompletion::slotAddEntry(FrontendToken* pToken)
{
Entry entry;
- QString sText;
+ TQString sText;
// Do not add entries beyond the requested limit
if (m_elEntries.count() > m_nMaxEntries)
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ void SymbolCompletion::slotQueryFinished(uint /* nRecords */)
KTextEditor::CodeCompletionInterface* pCCI;
uint nEntryCount;
EntryList::Iterator itr;
- QString sPrevText;
+ TQString sPrevText;
// Get the number of entries
nEntryCount = m_elEntries.count();
@@ -262,9 +262,9 @@ void SymbolCompletion::slotQueryFinished(uint /* nRecords */)
// Insert the correct part of the completed symbol, when chosen by the
// user
connect(m_pCCObject,
- SIGNAL(filterInsertString(KTextEditor::CompletionEntry*, QString*)),
+ SIGNAL(filterInsertString(KTextEditor::CompletionEntry*, TQString*)),
this,
- SLOT(slotFilterInsert(KTextEditor::CompletionEntry*, QString*)));
+ SLOT(slotFilterInsert(KTextEditor::CompletionEntry*, TQString*)));
// Check the number of entries in the list
if (nEntryCount == 0) {
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ void SymbolCompletion::slotQueryFinished(uint /* nRecords */)
* @param pTextToInsert Contains the string to insert, upon return
*/
void SymbolCompletion::slotFilterInsert(KTextEditor::CompletionEntry* pEntry,
- QString* pTextToInsert)
+ TQString* pTextToInsert)
{
// Insert the completed entry, unless it contains an error message
if (pEntry->userdata.isEmpty())
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ void SymbolCompletion::slotFilterInsert(KTextEditor::CompletionEntry* pEntry,
*/
void SymbolCompletion::slotAutoCompleteTimeout()
{
- QString sPrefix;
+ TQString sPrefix;
uint nPosInWord, nLength;
// Read the symbol currently under the cursor
diff --git a/src/symbolcompletion.h b/src/symbolcompletion.h
index 6fe57e2..f25eb91 100644
--- a/src/symbolcompletion.h
+++ b/src/symbolcompletion.h
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
#ifndef SYMBOLCOMPLETION_H
#define SYMBOLCOMPLETION_H
-#include <qobject.h>
-#include <qregexp.h>
+#include <ntqobject.h>
+#include <ntqregexp.h>
#include <ktexteditor/codecompletioninterface.h>
#include <ktexteditor/view.h>
#include "cscopefrontend.h"
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
* The results can then be displayed as symbol completion lists.
* @author Albert Yosher
*/
-class SymbolCompletion : public QObject
+class SymbolCompletion : public TQObject
{
Q_OBJECT
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ public:
* @param pPosInWord Set this value to the offset in the word on
* which the cursor is positioned
*/
- virtual QString getWordUnderCursor(uint* pPosInWord) = 0;
+ virtual TQString getWordUnderCursor(uint* pPosInWord) = 0;
/**
* Returns a target object for displaying the completion list.
@@ -74,10 +74,10 @@ public:
* KTextEditor::CodeCompletionInterface, or NULL if the
* implementation does not support this interface.
*/
- virtual QObject* getCCObject() = 0;
+ virtual TQObject* getCCObject() = 0;
};
- SymbolCompletion(SymbolCompletion::Interface*, QObject* pParent = 0,
+ SymbolCompletion(SymbolCompletion::Interface*, TQObject* pParent = 0,
const char* szName = 0);
~SymbolCompletion();
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ private:
* A sortable version of the value list used by CodeCompletionInterface.
* @author Albert Yosher
*/
- class EntryList : public QValueList<Entry>
+ class EntryList : public TQValueList<Entry>
{
public:
/**
@@ -133,8 +133,8 @@ private:
* Type casting support required for calling showCompletionBox().
* @return A casted reference to this object
*/
- operator QValueList<KTextEditor::CompletionEntry>()
- { return *(QValueList<KTextEditor::CompletionEntry>*)this; }
+ operator TQValueList<KTextEditor::CompletionEntry>()
+ { return *(TQValueList<KTextEditor::CompletionEntry>*)this; }
};
/** Editor object for which symbol completion is provided. */
@@ -142,13 +142,13 @@ private:
/** An object that supports KTextEditor::CodeCompletionInterface, as
supplied by the editor. */
- QObject* m_pCCObject;
+ TQObject* m_pCCObject;
/** Cscope process used to run completion queries. */
CscopeFrontend* m_pCscope;
/** The prefix used for the current query. */
- QString m_sPrefix;
+ TQString m_sPrefix;
/** A list of possible completions for the given prefix. */
EntryList m_elEntries;
@@ -159,17 +159,17 @@ private:
/** Regular expression for extracting a symbol out of Cscope's text field.
NOTE: This member is required due to a bug in Cscope that renders the
symbol field useless. */
- QRegExp m_reSymbol;
+ TQRegExp m_reSymbol;
/** Auto-completion timer. */
- QTimer* m_pAutoCompTimer;
+ TQTimer* m_pAutoCompTimer;
/** Auto-completion flag */
bool m_bAutoCompletion;
- void complete(const QString&, int nMaxEntries = 1000);
+ void complete(const TQString&, int nMaxEntries = 1000);
void filterEntries();
- void makeErrMsg(const QString&);
+ void makeErrMsg(const TQString&);
/** true if auto-completion is enabled, false otherwise. */
static bool s_bACEnabled;
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ private slots:
void slotAutoCompleteTimeout();
void slotAddEntry(FrontendToken*);
void slotQueryFinished(uint);
- void slotFilterInsert(KTextEditor::CompletionEntry*, QString*);
+ void slotFilterInsert(KTextEditor::CompletionEntry*, TQString*);
};
#endif
diff --git a/src/symboldlg.cpp b/src/symboldlg.cpp
index 3301678..8ec631c 100644
--- a/src/symboldlg.cpp
+++ b/src/symboldlg.cpp
@@ -25,26 +25,26 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qlabel.h>
-#include <qlistview.h>
-#include <qpushbutton.h>
-#include <qradiobutton.h>
-#include <qcheckbox.h>
-#include <qgroupbox.h>
+#include <ntqlabel.h>
+#include <ntqlistview.h>
+#include <ntqpushbutton.h>
+#include <ntqradiobutton.h>
+#include <ntqcheckbox.h>
+#include <ntqgroupbox.h>
#include <kcombobox.h>
#include <klocale.h>
#include "symboldlg.h"
#include "cscopefrontend.h"
#include "kscopeconfig.h"
-QStringList SymbolDlg::s_slHistory;
+TQStringList SymbolDlg::s_slHistory;
/**
* Class constructor.
* @param pParent Parent widget
* @param szName This widget's name
*/
-SymbolDlg::SymbolDlg(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+SymbolDlg::SymbolDlg(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
SymbolLayout(pParent, szName, true, 0),
m_progress(m_pHintList)
{
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ SymbolDlg::SymbolDlg(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
// Initialise the hint list (hidden by default)
m_pHintList->addColumn(i18n("Suggested Symbols"));
m_pHintList->hide();
- ((QWidget*)m_pHintGroup)->hide();
+ ((TQWidget*)m_pHintGroup)->hide();
m_pBeginWithRadio->toggle();
adjustSize();
@@ -74,13 +74,13 @@ SymbolDlg::SymbolDlg(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
SLOT(slotTypeChanged(int)));
// Selecting an item in the hint list sets it as the current text
- connect(m_pHintList, SIGNAL(selectionChanged(QListViewItem*)), this,
- SLOT(slotHintItemSelected(QListViewItem*)));
+ connect(m_pHintList, SIGNAL(selectionChanged(TQListViewItem*)), this,
+ SLOT(slotHintItemSelected(TQListViewItem*)));
// Double-clicking an item in the hint list accepts that item as the
// result of the query (i.e., the item is selcted and the dialogue is
// closed)
- connect(m_pHintList, SIGNAL(doubleClicked(QListViewItem*)), this,
+ connect(m_pHintList, SIGNAL(doubleClicked(TQListViewItem*)), this,
SLOT(accept()));
// Refresh the hint list when the hint options change
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ void SymbolDlg::setType(uint nType)
/**
* @param sSymbol The initial text of the combo-box
*/
-void SymbolDlg::setSymbol(const QString& sSymbol)
+void SymbolDlg::setSymbol(const TQString& sSymbol)
{
m_pSymbolHC->setCurrentText(sSymbol);
}
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ void SymbolDlg::setSymbol(const QString& sSymbol)
/**
* @param slSymHistory A list of previously queried symbols
*/
-void SymbolDlg::setHistory(QStringList& slSymHistory)
+void SymbolDlg::setHistory(TQStringList& slSymHistory)
{
m_pSymbolHC->setHistoryItems(slSymHistory);
}
@@ -133,9 +133,9 @@ void SymbolDlg::setHistory(QStringList& slSymHistory)
/**
* @return The current text of the symbol combo-box
*/
-QString SymbolDlg::getSymbol() const
+TQString SymbolDlg::getSymbol() const
{
- QString sResult;
+ TQString sResult;
sResult = m_pSymbolHC->currentText().stripWhiteSpace();
if (m_pSubStringCheck->isChecked())
@@ -169,8 +169,8 @@ bool SymbolDlg::getCase() const
* @return The text entered by the user in the symbol combo-box, or an empty
* string if the dialogue was cancelled
*/
-QString SymbolDlg::promptSymbol(QWidget* pParent, uint& nType,
- const QString& sSymbol, bool& bCase)
+TQString SymbolDlg::promptSymbol(TQWidget* pParent, uint& nType,
+ const TQString& sSymbol, bool& bCase)
{
SymbolDlg dlg(pParent);
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ QString SymbolDlg::promptSymbol(QWidget* pParent, uint& nType,
dlg.setSymbol(sSymbol);
// Display the dialogue
- if (dlg.exec() != QDialog::Accepted)
+ if (dlg.exec() != TQDialog::Accepted)
return "";
// Return the text entered by the user
@@ -215,12 +215,12 @@ uint SymbolDlg::getQueryType(uint nType)
*/
void SymbolDlg::slotHintClicked()
{
- QString sText, sRegExp;
+ TQString sText, sRegExp;
// Show the hint list if necessary
if (!m_pHintList->isVisible()) {
m_pHintList->show();
- ((QWidget*)m_pHintGroup)->show();
+ ((TQWidget*)m_pHintGroup)->show();
adjustSize();
}
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ void SymbolDlg::slotHintClicked()
*/
void SymbolDlg::slotHintDataReady(FrontendToken* pToken)
{
- QString sText;
+ TQString sText;
// Get the line text
pToken = pToken->getNext()->getNext()->getNext();
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ void SymbolDlg::slotHintDataReady(FrontendToken* pToken)
return;
// Add a list item
- (void)new QListViewItem(m_pHintList, m_reHint.capturedTexts().first());
+ (void)new TQListViewItem(m_pHintList, m_reHint.capturedTexts().first());
}
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ void SymbolDlg::slotHintDataReady(FrontendToken* pToken)
* This slot is connected to the doubleClicked() signal of the hint list-view.
* @param pItem The clicked list item
*/
-void SymbolDlg::slotHintItemSelected(QListViewItem* pItem)
+void SymbolDlg::slotHintItemSelected(TQListViewItem* pItem)
{
m_pSymbolHC->setCurrentText(pItem->text(0));
}
diff --git a/src/symboldlg.h b/src/symboldlg.h
index 4360213..1e5b463 100644
--- a/src/symboldlg.h
+++ b/src/symboldlg.h
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
#ifndef SYMBOLDLG_H
#define SYMBOLDLG_H
-#include <qregexp.h>
+#include <ntqregexp.h>
#include "symbollayout.h"
#include "cscopefrontend.h"
@@ -46,20 +46,20 @@ class SymbolDlg : public SymbolLayout
Q_OBJECT
public:
- SymbolDlg(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+ SymbolDlg(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
~SymbolDlg();
enum { Reference = 0, Definition, Called, Calling, Text, Pattern,
FileName, Including, CallTree };
void setType(uint);
- void setSymbol(const QString&);
- void setHistory(QStringList&);
- QString getSymbol() const;
+ void setSymbol(const TQString&);
+ void setHistory(TQStringList&);
+ TQString getSymbol() const;
uint getType() const;
bool getCase() const;
- static QString promptSymbol(QWidget*, uint&, const QString&, bool&);
+ static TQString promptSymbol(TQWidget*, uint&, const TQString&, bool&);
static uint getQueryType(uint);
static void resetHistory() { s_slHistory.clear(); }
@@ -70,17 +70,17 @@ private:
/** A regular expression for extracting the symbol name out of the text
token of a Cscope record.
@see note in slotHintDataReady(). */
- QRegExp m_reHint;
+ TQRegExp m_reHint;
/** Displays query progress information. */
CscopeProgress m_progress;
- static QStringList s_slHistory;
+ static TQStringList s_slHistory;
private slots:
void slotHintClicked();
void slotHintDataReady(FrontendToken*);
- void slotHintItemSelected(QListViewItem*);
+ void slotHintItemSelected(TQListViewItem*);
void slotHintOptionChanged(bool);
void slotHintProgress(int, int);
void slotHintFinished(uint);
diff --git a/src/symbollayout.ui b/src/symbollayout.ui
index 09b2885..4ffe188 100644
--- a/src/symbollayout.ui
+++ b/src/symbollayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
<class>SymbolLayout</class>
-<widget class="QDialog">
+<widget class="TQDialog">
<property name="name">
<cstring>SymbolLayout</cstring>
</property>
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout15</cstring>
</property>
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout14</cstring>
</property>
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QLabel">
+ <widget class="TQLabel">
<property name="name">
<cstring>textLabel1</cstring>
</property>
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
<string>Type</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLabel">
+ <widget class="TQLabel">
<property name="name">
<cstring>textLabel2</cstring>
</property>
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
</widget>
</vbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout13</cstring>
</property>
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QComboBox">
+ <widget class="TQComboBox">
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>References to</string>
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
</widget>
</hbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QCheckBox">
+ <widget class="TQCheckBox">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pSubStringCheck</cstring>
</property>
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
<string>Alt+A</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QCheckBox">
+ <widget class="TQCheckBox">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pCaseCheck</cstring>
</property>
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@
<enum>Horizontal</enum>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout3</cstring>
</property>
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pOKButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
<string>OK</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pHintButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@
<string>Hi&amp;nt</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pCancelButton</cstring>
</property>
@@ -242,12 +242,12 @@
</widget>
</hbox>
</widget>
- <widget class="QListView">
+ <widget class="TQListView">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pHintList</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QButtonGroup">
+ <widget class="TQButtonGroup">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pHintGroup</cstring>
</property>
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@
<property name="name">
<cstring>unnamed</cstring>
</property>
- <widget class="QRadioButton">
+ <widget class="TQRadioButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pBeginWithRadio</cstring>
</property>
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@
<string>S&amp;ymbols Beginning With...</string>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QRadioButton">
+ <widget class="TQRadioButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pContainRadio</cstring>
</property>
diff --git a/src/tabwidget.cpp b/src/tabwidget.cpp
index 2795a84..57cfa84 100644
--- a/src/tabwidget.cpp
+++ b/src/tabwidget.cpp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
*
***************************************************************************/
-#include <qtooltip.h>
+#include <ntqtooltip.h>
#include <klocale.h>
#include "tabwidget.h"
#include "kscopepixmaps.h"
@@ -35,19 +35,19 @@
* @param pParent A pointer to the parent widget
* @param szName Optional widget name
*/
-TabWidget::TabWidget(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+TabWidget::TabWidget(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
KTabWidget(pParent, szName)
{
// Create a popup menu
- m_pMenu = new QPopupMenu(this);
+ m_pMenu = new TQPopupMenu(this);
// Set the current tab based on the menu selection
connect(m_pMenu, SIGNAL(activated(int)), this, SLOT(setCurrentPage(int)));
// Create a button at the top-right corner of the tab widget
- m_pButton = new QToolButton(this);
+ m_pButton = new TQToolButton(this);
m_pButton->setIconSet(Pixmaps().getPixmap(KScopePixmaps::TabList));
- QToolTip::add(m_pButton, i18n("Shows a list of all open tabs"));
+ TQToolTip::add(m_pButton, i18n("Shows a list of all open tabs"));
m_pButton->adjustSize();
setCornerWidget(m_pButton, TopRight);
diff --git a/src/tabwidget.h b/src/tabwidget.h
index 74672ae..b83589e 100644
--- a/src/tabwidget.h
+++ b/src/tabwidget.h
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
#define TABWIDGET_H
-#include <qtoolbutton.h>
-#include <qpopupmenu.h>
+#include <ntqtoolbutton.h>
+#include <ntqpopupmenu.h>
#include <ktabwidget.h>
/**
@@ -42,15 +42,15 @@ class TabWidget : public KTabWidget
{
Q_OBJECT
public:
- TabWidget(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+ TabWidget(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
~TabWidget();
private:
/** The list button. */
- QToolButton* m_pButton;
+ TQToolButton* m_pButton;
/** A popup-menu containing all tab labels. */
- QPopupMenu* m_pMenu;
+ TQPopupMenu* m_pMenu;
private slots:
void slotShowTabList();
diff --git a/src/treewidget.cpp b/src/treewidget.cpp
index b303194..db0a26b 100644
--- a/src/treewidget.cpp
+++ b/src/treewidget.cpp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
* @param pParent Parent widget
* @param szName The name of the widget
*/
-TreeWidget::TreeWidget(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+TreeWidget::TreeWidget(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
QueryView(pParent, szName),
m_nQueryType(CscopeFrontend::Called)
{
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@ TreeWidget::TreeWidget(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
m_pDriver = new QueryViewDriver(this, this);
// Query a tree item when it is expanded for the first time
- connect(this, SIGNAL(expanded(QListViewItem*)), this,
- SLOT(slotQueryItem(QListViewItem*)));
+ connect(this, SIGNAL(expanded(TQListViewItem*)), this,
+ SLOT(slotQueryItem(TQListViewItem*)));
}
/**
@@ -68,16 +68,16 @@ void TreeWidget::setMode(Mode mode)
* Sets a new root item for the tree.
* @param sFunc The name of the function to serve as root
*/
-void TreeWidget::setRoot(const QString& sFunc)
+void TreeWidget::setRoot(const TQString& sFunc)
{
- QListViewItem* pRoot;
+ TQListViewItem* pRoot;
// Remove the current root, if any
if ((pRoot = firstChild()) != NULL)
delete pRoot;
// Create a new root item
- pRoot = new QListViewItem(this, sFunc);
+ pRoot = new TQListViewItem(this, sFunc);
pRoot->setExpandable(true);
}
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ void TreeWidget::setRoot(const QString& sFunc)
*/
void TreeWidget::queryRoot()
{
- QListViewItem* pRoot;
+ TQListViewItem* pRoot;
if ((pRoot = firstChild()) != NULL)
slotQueryItem(pRoot);
@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@ void TreeWidget::queryRoot()
*/
void TreeWidget::save(FILE* pFile)
{
- QTextStream str(pFile, IO_WriteOnly);
- QListViewItem* pRoot;
+ TQTextStream str(pFile, IO_WriteOnly);
+ TQListViewItem* pRoot;
Encoder enc;
if (m_nQueryType == CscopeFrontend::Called)
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ void TreeWidget::save(FILE* pFile)
* @param str An initialised text stream to use for writing
* @param enc An encoder for free-text strings
*/
-void TreeWidget::saveItems(QListViewItem* pItem, QTextStream& str, Encoder& enc)
+void TreeWidget::saveItems(TQListViewItem* pItem, TQTextStream& str, Encoder& enc)
{
// Iterate over all items in this level
for (; pItem != NULL; pItem = pItem->nextSibling()) {
@@ -150,10 +150,10 @@ void TreeWidget::saveItems(QListViewItem* pItem, QTextStream& str, Encoder& enc)
* @param sText The line's text
* @param pParent The parent for the new item
*/
-void TreeWidget::addRecord(const QString& sFunc, const QString& sFile,
- const QString& sLine, const QString& sText, QListViewItem* pParent)
+void TreeWidget::addRecord(const TQString& sFunc, const TQString& sFile,
+ const TQString& sLine, const TQString& sText, TQListViewItem* pParent)
{
- QListViewItem* pItem;
+ TQListViewItem* pItem;
pItem = new QueryViewItem(pParent, m_pLastItem, 2);
pItem->setText(0, sFunc);
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ void TreeWidget::addRecord(const QString& sFunc, const QString& sFile,
* @param nResults Number of results
* @param pParent The item for which the query was executed
*/
-void TreeWidget::queryFinished(uint nResults, QListViewItem* pParent)
+void TreeWidget::queryFinished(uint nResults, TQListViewItem* pParent)
{
if (nResults == 0)
pParent->setExpandable(false);
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ void TreeWidget::queryFinished(uint nResults, QListViewItem* pParent)
* This slot is connected to the expanded() signal of the list view.
* @param pItem The item to query
*/
-void TreeWidget::slotQueryItem(QListViewItem* pItem)
+void TreeWidget::slotQueryItem(TQListViewItem* pItem)
{
// Do nothing if the item was already queried
// An item has been queried if it has children or marked as non-expandable
@@ -207,10 +207,10 @@ void TreeWidget::slotQueryItem(QListViewItem* pItem)
* @param re The pattern to search
* @param nCol The list column to search in
*/
-void TreeWidget::slotSearch(QListViewItem* pParent, const QRegExp& re,
+void TreeWidget::slotSearch(TQListViewItem* pParent, const TQRegExp& re,
int nCol)
{
- QListViewItem* pItem;
+ TQListViewItem* pItem;
// Get the first child
if (pParent != NULL)
@@ -236,9 +236,9 @@ void TreeWidget::slotSearch(QListViewItem* pParent, const QRegExp& re,
* This slot is connected to the showAll() signal of the QueryResultsMenu
* object.
*/
-void TreeWidget::slotShowAll(QListViewItem* pParent)
+void TreeWidget::slotShowAll(TQListViewItem* pParent)
{
- QListViewItem* pItem;
+ TQListViewItem* pItem;
// Get the first child
if (pParent != NULL)
diff --git a/src/treewidget.h b/src/treewidget.h
index 57c2a98..34d32b6 100644
--- a/src/treewidget.h
+++ b/src/treewidget.h
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class TreeWidget : public QueryView
Q_OBJECT
public:
- TreeWidget(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+ TreeWidget(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
~TreeWidget();
/**
@@ -54,17 +54,17 @@ public:
enum Mode { Called, Calling };
void setMode(Mode);
- void setRoot(const QString&);
+ void setRoot(const TQString&);
void queryRoot();
void save(FILE*);
- virtual void addRecord(const QString&, const QString&, const QString&,
- const QString&, QListViewItem*);
- virtual void queryFinished(uint, QListViewItem*);
+ virtual void addRecord(const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString&,
+ const TQString&, TQListViewItem*);
+ virtual void queryFinished(uint, TQListViewItem*);
protected slots:
- virtual void slotSearch(QListViewItem*, const QRegExp&, int);
- virtual void slotShowAll(QListViewItem*);
+ virtual void slotSearch(TQListViewItem*, const TQRegExp&, int);
+ virtual void slotShowAll(TQListViewItem*);
private:
/** The CscopeFrontend query type to use (based on the current mode). */
@@ -73,10 +73,10 @@ private:
/** Runs queries and outputs the results as tree items. */
QueryViewDriver* m_pDriver;
- void saveItems(QListViewItem*, QTextStream&, Encoder&);
+ void saveItems(TQListViewItem*, TQTextStream&, Encoder&);
private slots:
- void slotQueryItem(QListViewItem*);
+ void slotQueryItem(TQListViewItem*);
};
#endif
diff --git a/src/welcomedlg.ui b/src/welcomedlg.ui
index 44c385c..dde3cdd 100644
--- a/src/welcomedlg.ui
+++ b/src/welcomedlg.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
<class>WelcomeDlg</class>
-<widget class="QDialog">
+<widget class="TQDialog">
<property name="name">
<cstring>WelcomeDlg</cstring>
</property>
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Enjoy!
<enum>Horizontal</enum>
</property>
</widget>
- <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+ <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
<property name="name">
<cstring>layout1</cstring>
</property>
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Enjoy!
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
- <widget class="QPushButton">
+ <widget class="TQPushButton">
<property name="name">
<cstring>m_pCloseButton</cstring>
</property>